Journey To D'zeron

As of February 2014 this is the current edit of Destiny of Dreams . 
the chapter and section titles are working titles which serve the purpose of giving me an outline of the story so I can find myself arround in this rough draft form. 
I was going to put this all on one page, but it's getting unweildy. 
having split it into sections, I am going to have this page as an index of the sections.
I will also however not delete the old duplicate text until I am very sure I got all the sections created exactly as I want them, so this will be a backup. 
I'm thinking of breaking it into even shorter section because even the current sections are fairly long to get arround.
==Journey To D'zeron Section 1: Jason at KSU==
Journey to D'zeron Section 2: The job offer
Journey to D'zeron Section 3: The Journey Begins
Journey to D'zeron Section 4: The Marrion Jay
Journey to D'zeron Section 5: Jai-Ten
Journey to D'zeron Section 6: Into Dreams
Journey to D'zeron Section 7: Consent
Journey to D'zeron Section 8: Into Nightmares
Journey to D'zeron Section 9: Salvation
Journey to D'zeron Section 10: The River
Journey to D'zeron Section 11: D'zeron
Journey to D'zeron Section 12: Awakening
Journey to D'zeron section 13: Serai The Weaver
Journey to D'zeron Section 14: Dream marriage
Journey to D'zeron Section 15: Life in D'zeron
==Section one: Jason at KSU==
==Chapter 1 Jason Meets Matthias==
     If there was anything Jason Scott-Harris hated more than advanced technology, it was Kansas winter. In drifting snow he parked the air car as close as possible to the tower entrance on the roof of Waters Hall. Jason glared at the swirling blizzard hatefully, then gathered resolve and told the dome to open. He raced the January storm across the roof to the door, defending his hand-knit possum-angora scarf against the wind’s attempts to tear it from his grasp. 
     The ancient steel door slammed heavily behind him. Grateful for the warmth Jason rushed down the hallway removing his long wool coat as he walked,. He breathed carefully trying not to fog his glasses. Blood gradually returning to his extremities drew awareness to the cold stiffness of his muscles. He cursed the winter.  I have to get warmed up soon to be ready to climb. He glanced down, trying to shake away some melting snow which had gathered between his bare toes and the leather of his sandals
      “Professor Scott-Harris!” A tall, ragged young man appeared from nowhere around the corner and ran right into him. Jason recoiled, heart racing, prepared for combat if necessary. Well, at least this will help warm me up for climbing.
       Seconds later Jason realized he had just rudely collided with a student standing innocently in the hallway outside his office door. It’s still his fault, Jason consoled himself. This is my tower. No one should be here uninvited.
     Hot tears on his frozen skin were a bitter reminder of the cold winter weather and the need to be warm soon. His glasses fogged, blurring his vision further. He wanted to wipe the tears away, rub his hands on his face to get warm, but his hands were full of bulky winter clothes, which he shifted awkwardly onto his left arm so he could get the chain with his office key from around his neck, hoping to disappear into his office and slam the door behind him. Hoping to quickly forget this intruding stranger had ever existed. 
      Time stretched out long as Jason struggled with frozen fingers to insert the key, warm in his shaking hands. The student stood too close beside him, reaching out insistently. Damned fanatics. They keep harassing me, but never hear me. They don’t consider me human. Maybe I’m not. They should just leave me alone.
       The warmth of the young man’s hand burned on Jason’s shoulder as the key finally condescended to enter the slot and the door swung mercifully open providing an avenue of escape. 
        “I’m sorry I startled you, Professor Scott-Harris. And I’m sorry I came to your tower without your permission. Dr. Pershington told me to come up here and he let me in. I’m sorry, Sir. I wouldn’t have done it if he hadn’t insisted, but he is head of the department, y’know? And he’s hard to say no to. I knew you wouldn’t like it but I didn’t feel I could presume to take your orders against his when we haven’t even spoken yet.  I need to get my cameras set up right away. sir, and Persington said you won’t come down until class starts. He insisted I should wait for you here.” The boy towered over him, talking too fast, smiling nervously, standing far too close, still reaching out.
       Silently cursing Pershington’s ill-conceived good intentions, Jason said nothing. He walked in and hung his coat and scarf behind the door. The young man followed too close for comfort, too fast for Jason to shut the door against him. Conflict was inevitable. Jason turned away from his coat, moving to where he could place the desk between himself and the intruder. The intruder smiled slightly, and didn’t pursue. Finally it dawned on Jason with a flood of both dread and relief. “You’re Matthias Daniels. My new teaching assistant.”
      Matthias relaxed visibly. His eyes sparkled behind a dark veil of spiral-curled hair. “Yeah. Sorry. I should have introduced myself.” Matthias stepped forward grinning and held out his hand again.
      Jason shook hands mechanically. “Your hands are very warm.” 
      He cursed himself for saying this as Matthias stopped smiling and blushed bright red behind his freckles. “Uh, yeah I guess so.”
      Jason blushed also, withdrew his hand hastily, but Matthias said exactly the right thing to bring them back to the task at hand.
 
     “It’s just ‘cause you’re cold from being outside, Professor Scott-Harris. You need to get warmed up before you climb. Just gimme the Amphitheater layout and the lesson plan and I’ll go get my cameras set up and check all your climbing props.” 
     Matthias looked like he wanted to say much more, like he wanted to ask lots of intrusive, confusing questions, but he had the sense to stick to business. Maybe having an assistant wouldn’t be so bad after all. 
   Jason handed the requested materials to Matthias, and then Matthias was mercifully gone without the need for exchanging another word. 
       Jason collapsed into his desk chair, took off his glasses, laid his head down on his arms and cried.
         
==      Chapter 2 Matthias Sets up for the lecture==
                                                                       
       Persington was waiting at the base of the tower staircase. “How was he?” 
       Mathias grinned and held up Professor Scott-Harris’s lesson plan. “Amazing! And ridiculous! I knew he was young, but wow, he’s no bigger than a ten year old, and he was wearing shorts and sandals in the snow.  I can’t wait to see him climb walls.”
       “Good.” Persington paused, stroked his long white beard with a serene, enigmatic little smile, and peered out at Matthias from under shaggy grey eyebrows. Matthias felt he had fallen through a portal into a fantasy role playing game. Rogue that I am, I have entered the lair of the Goblin prince, obtained the keys to his kingdom with my trickery. Safely returned, I must now report to my master, the ancient sorcerer, and hope he doesn’t  turn me into a toad just because he needs some toad spit for a potion. Matthias suppressed a giggle and waited respectfully for the old man to finish. 
        “Apparently he was able to tolerate your presence, ”
       “Yeah. Friendlier than anticipated Dr. Persington. Handed over his plans without any objection. He didn’t seem to mind. I believe we’ll get along just fine.” Matthias’s hopes soared, realizing as he said it that he now truly did believe they would be fine. Jason was just a scared little kid. Matthias had plenty of experience with little kids. He was the oldest of 10, and Mom wasn’t around much. He worked at a daycare center. The idea of working for an eccentric genius who had traveled to other worlds and could dream in ways other people didn’t dream of had intimidated Matthias at first, but Matthias knew he could handle this scared little boy. [delete this or use it elsewhere]
       “Well then.” Pershington nodded in slow motion.  “that would be merciful, wouldn’t it? I do hope so. Still--appearances can be deceiving, especially at first when you don’t understand what you’re dealing with. Don’t forget what your job is, young man. You work for me-- and don’t even mention dreaming until I give my approval.” 
       Imagining the old sorcerer transforming into a giant snake Matthias excused himself to set up his cameras. The historical significance of his present assignment awed him. No one had ever recorded a video of Jason Scott-Harris. There weren’t any photos or holograms of him on the internet, not even on the university website, though every other professor was shown. Maybe the university didn’t want the world to know that their star lecturer looked like a terrified ten year old. 
       Matthias placed a 20th century video camera on the ceiling so he could take some close-up shots of Professor Scott-Harris climbing across the ceiling. For that location He chose the one with the wireless connections because it was so far from the stage. The benefits of studying in a department which also houses part of the Alien Studies program: Paragangian technology. Through its power I can do Magic. I can fly.  The anti-grav platform he rode on to set up the cameras was controlled by a small flat metalic oval which adheired to the side of his neck, and connected through his skin directly to his nervous system as he stood on the disk. he had only to think of where he wanted to go, and the disk floated smoothly there, according to his thoughts. Magic.  But Jason will fly this same sky with only his own muscles, his own hands --and toes-- with nothing but what the Great Mother gave him. Who’s the greater wizard? He is. Because his magic is his own. Mine’s stolen --an illusion lent by aliens. His is real, the Great Spirit of Retrotechnology speaking to him, to us through him. He is the Exalted Prophet of Retrotechnology, and I …
I…ME…Matthias Daniels….
      I am his assistant. His apprentice. I speak for the prophet, Like Aaron speaking for Moses. 
        Matthias checked and repositioned the several ropes which had been hung from the ceiling to simulate vines, and the other beams and protrusions added to the walls and ceiling of the lecture hall to simulate tree branches. He set up the archaic computer which would control and monitor his five late twentieth and early twenty-first century video cameras. Recording Scott-Harris’s Introduction to Retrotechnology lectures using a variety of obsolete recording methods had been Matthias’s idea, but Pershington loved it, because those recordings could be used in other courses both to demonstrate the technologies, and also make Scott-Harris’s popular and highly entertaining lectures available to more students. Apparently Scott-Harris consented, because here Matthias was, setting up 21st century video cameras for the first day of class, according to a plan handed to Matthias personally by the Prophet himself. 
[rewrite following exposition into the context of Matthias’s thoughts as he sets up cameras. by this time Matthias already has some sort of relationship with Taz, and he might think of Sammy and Mom, add these referances to his thoughts also]
    Pershington was allowing Matthias to count the video project as a technology elective, giving him course credit for the time spent doing it as well as paying him as a teaching assistant, and paying him for the rights to his recordings. Great deal all around, but what really mattered was that Matthias was here, learning from The Amazing and Mysterious Jason Scott-Harris, the scholar he admired more than anyone else in the universe. 
       Matthias had applied to the university as a graduate student In Dream Studies, to work with Jason Scott-Harris, and Jonathan Landon. Scott-Harris and Landon were the foremost experts on dreaming in the country ---the world-- probably the galaxy, for that matter. But Landon was too sick to teach this semester, and Scott-Harris, being a very young and new to the profession of teaching, refused to sponsor a graduate student. Not willing to give up his dream without a fight, Matthias had hitchhiked to KS with the intention of making a personal appeal to Scott-Harris. He found the young man to be quite well guarded. But Pershington was so impressed with Matthias’s determination that he offered him a teaching assistantship in Retrotechnology, if he was willing to help deal with students for Professor Scott-Harris, who was notoriously bad about refusing to deal with students one-on-one. This way Matthias could get to know Scott-Harris personally, and might get his chance to convince him to mentor Matthias in dream studies. 
      Pershington came to check on Matthias before class. One of the ceiling cameras had a loose connection but Matthias didn’t have time to fix it before class. He told Pershington. Pershington offered to ask Jason to fix it for him. [translate that into an acctual conversation]
      Pershington walked out the door and reentered with Professor Scott-Harris. They spoke breifly, gesturing at the camera and ropes Matthias had arranged. Pershington stood at the back, observing Matthias.
       Show time.
   Matthias turned on the cameras. Jason ran right up the doorframe and headed for the ceiling like a squirrel climbing a tree. He hung there gripping the first ceiling beam with his toes, and the fingertips of one hand, upside down, in tan cotton shorts and an off-white t-shirt, like some alien albino amphibian defying gravity without the aid of Paragangian technology. He then repositioned himself, an elf in an ancient magical forest, sitting casually on the beam, oblivious to the danger of the height and the students below. He turned to each of Matthias’s camera and greeted them, Jumping and swinging like a monkey between the beams to get into the field of vision of each camera. 
       Matthias chose the best perspective to display for the students on the large projection screen at the front of the lecture hall. On a whim, he added a little 21st century background music. In keeping with the level of technology he was using for the day. 
     Then Matthias relaxed and just enjoyed the show. Magic. Real magic. No cheating here at all, and no hint of the terror he had seen in the eyes of the shy child who had given him the lesson plans two hours earlier.
==Chapter 3 Jason's climbing entrance to Retrotechnology==
POV Jason [POV Matthias for backstory book abt Jason’s last semester at KSU]
 Jason looked around at the cameras, then up at the screen, getting his bearings relative to this change in his climbing environment. The path he normally took to the front lead over to the left but the camera he had been asked to repair was in the other direction. 
Jason paused, upside down, when he reached the ceiling, then swung upright to sit on the first beam. He wiggled his toes. They were still a bit chilly but beam-clinging was getting them warmed up pretty fast. He’d made this climb so many times before he could do it easily and thoughtlessly even with cold toes. It was easier than climbing down the outside of the tower, which he sometimes did in the summer to avoid students and colleagues. FOr Jason, Climbing was as easy as walking down the isle to the lecturn. In fact, it was easier. Up here he was safe. The students couldn’t try to talk to him or ask him questions or shake his hand, or stand towering over him making him feel small and vulnerable. He did not have to fear them here. He was only a show, not really a man; some exotic creature from another time and place. They were a sea of impersonal humanity swaying slightly now to Matthias’s music. Jason didn’t recognize the tune, but he liked it. It added to the carnival atmosphere and in so doing increased the distance between himself and the crowd. 
      Climbing was always fun. He did a few flying leaps between beams just for his own entertainment and the students responded appreciatively. He wiggled his toes. Pretty well back to normal now. 
       
         Jason headed left, towards the ropes hanging the ceiling. He took the first flying swing in time with the music to cheers from the sea below, but held on to the rope there.  he detached the next rope from the ceiling and wrapped it around his shoulders. He swung back to the same perch in the rafters he had departed. He stood, ran down the beam, stretched out to hook the rope to another beam and then hopped across several beams back and took another flying swing, landing on the beam adjacent to Matthias’s disconnected camera. He glanced down at Matthias, who grinned and waved.  
      Climbing was more fun with background music, and the class response better, too. Fixing cameras and adjusting his movements to make it easier for Matthias to capture made the climb more entertaining than just traveling from the back to the front of the lecture hall without having to deal with students. It gave the climb more of a feeling of purpose. 
      Jason fixed the camera, then looked to see that his image from that camera appeared on the screen. He met Matthias’s gaze again and smiled warmly. Knowing he would not have to deal with the questions at the end of the lecture also made him feel much more relaxed. Maybe the teaching assistant had been a good idea.
     Okay.
     Enough fun; time to get to work. Jason headed for the floor of the Amphitheater, dropped from the rafters onto the platform to thunderous applause, signaled for Matthias to stop the music, and then began. 
   “Welcome to Introduction to Retro-technology. Anthropology 653. My name is Jason Scott-Harris, and the man with the cameras is my new teaching assistant Matthias Daniels. He’ll be addressing any questions you may have at the end of my lecture as well as explaining what he’s doing with the cameras.”
==Chapter 4      rough draft of Jason's lecture==
old notes:
This is the 4th time he has taught this same class, the first year he had very few students, but he impressed them so much that the word spread and now it is in the largest lecture hall available and they still turn people away. He’s very entertaining. 
the requirement to have learned Spanish before taking the course was started the second semester, because Jason was annoyed the first time when some students had to use translaters to understand that part of the lecture. The course would fill a cultural overlay requirement, or a social science, it might be required for an anthropology degree, an elective for a history degree, or an Alien Studies degree, whether in the anthro tech or bio track of that program. It would be prerequisite  for all Prophor Scott-Harris’s other courses: --to understand Jason, you have to take this course. In a sense, it would be intro to Professor Scott-Harris [Matthias might make a mental comment to this effect]
 for the first lecture, Matthias would use digital equipment to record, and would then play back part of the tape for the students during the Q&A period after Jason’s lecture 
      Matthias would videotape Jason’s lectures, he would justify this as a study he is doing on 20th century recording technologies, so each lecture would be recorded using a different method…film cameras, audio cameras, stenography, digital video cameras, various different sorts of Digital video cameras, etc. His primary personal intention is just to record Jason because Jason is amazing to watch and listen to and he is Jason’s biggest fan.
     In his lecture he would introduce a few basic principles of Anthropology which I want to use later in the story, cultural relativism, the definition of culture and of Anthropology, things like that. 
     His lecture would be passionate, a sort of baptist preacher style lecture performance, promoting very dramatically the history and importance of Retrotechnology, and also including a lot of fairly acrobatic climbing around. it might also include some roleplaying, as he is comfortable playing a role, to some degree. He might use some fun old 20th century lecture technology, such as powerpoint, or even film or slide projection, 
probably as he spoke of each section of the course, he would take on the persona of a person from that culture, dress In the garb of the culture, and use technologies appropriate for such a lecture in that culture. His lecture performance would be highly entertaining, not because of anything he said, but because of his antics in the process, because of his physical skill in climbing walls and changing personas while talking. 
because the appeal of his lecture style will be highly visual, however, this will be a great challenge to make it as fun in writing as it would be to be a student sitting in his lecture hall. 
xxxxxxxxx xx
He would talk of D’zeron in this lecture, 
and of the history of alien visitation of the earth,
The differences of technologies of different alien races, giving the example of the most advanced race in the galaxy, Paragangia, and the fact that they had no written language. 
He would speak of his two field studies, in Mexico and at HomeWorld, and the limited  tech levels of these worlds.
include in the lecture the catch phrases “going forward by going back” and “living with what you find”
[above is from previous chapter file]
Slightly edited and wiki posted on sept 16 2012
rough draft of Jasons lecture may 2011. 
[combined with older outline for lecture]
historical information still needed:
--figure years pre-alliance of first contact. 
--date of the shattering, etc.
in this course, as well as exploring more fully the doctrines and history of the field of Retrotechnology, we will examine in detail several examples of lower technology cultures with which I am familiar. 
History of Retrotechnology:
In the early days of the earth alliance, many new technologies suddenly came to the earth from alien cultures, especially, from the planet HomeWorld and from Paragangia. Those which came from Paragangian included not only Paragangian technologies, most of which were withheld from Earth because they would be harmful, but primarily technologies the Paragagians brought to us from other cultures more similar to our own which they have encountered in their many journeys around the galaxy. 
The history of Retrotechnology is closely connected with the history of the earth alliance, and the Anthropology and Alien Studies department at KSU. [*x number of years pre-alliance…figure this before moving on to next chapter] When Jordan Keerigan-Smith was with the KSU anthro department, he traveled to Mexico hoping to find the friend of a friend who had gone missing there. Orlando Cartwright. He had worked in Oaxaca as a young Anthropology student, and had traveled around Mexico with his mother, the artist Lynzee Keeringan-Smith who happens to also be my great great great grandmother. 
He discovered that Orlando Cartwright was the son of the leader of a nearby village, [Name of Mexican village] and that village had been visited by aliens [for x years]. Next to that village now stand Earth Station Mexico. Any of you who have traveled off-world have certainly been there, unless you know someone with a HomeWorld air car
Those first Alien visitor were from the planet HomeWorld. Later In the semester we’ll talk more about HomeWorld when we discuss the LDS colony where I did my first field study. They had come seeking the original home planet of their people and seemed to believe that the Earth was that planet. Genetic studies indicate that it is highly possible that the people of HomeWorld came from the earth thousands of years ago, making Earth the true home world of the HomeWorld people. although the linguistic connections are not clear. It is possible that other Terran cultures had mixed with the people of HomeWorld, or that the people of earth came from Home World or that we both came from some other unknown place.  Again, we will cover that later in more details.
HomeWorld, as you know, has it’s own sort of specialized space travel. With their assistance we explored the galaxy and 7 years later made first contact with Paragania, or more specifically, with the Marrion Jay space community lead by Sen’tran Jenzar. This was the beginning of the historical period we now call Earth Alliance.
Sen’Tran introduced us to Paragan, the leader of Paragangia, and the Earth Alliance began, with Paragangia receiving land in Mexico for a small Earth-based spaceport called Earth Station Mexico which would provide passage to the stars for the people of Earth. In exchange for that land the American government received a solar system with two planets called Beta Blue and Blue Destiny. A colony was sent to Blue Destiny, of artists and inventors, [date and details] followed a few years later with a Christian extreemist colony.[date, details]
With this sudden influx of Paraganigina and HomeWorld technology, and other alien technologies brought by the Paragangians and found through our new ability to travel throughout the galaxy,  Jordan Keerigan- Smith realized the need to preserve and study less advanced technologies both of alien planets and older technologies of the Earth. 
Thus the duel departments of Alien studies and Retrotechnology at KSU came into existence tight here in the first half-century of the Alliance.  The movement because very popular among people who feared new alien technologies, 
This influx of advanced technology disconcerted many people. The excessively rapid change caused the culture to destabilize. Professor Jordan-Kerrigan Smith, the founder of the Alien studies program at KSU recognizing the need, he initiated the Retrotechnology movement, an effort to seek less technological approaches to all areas of human life.
 but within a generation, that fear had subsided and interest in Retrotechnology waned.
xxx[check this date when I do timeline] 
  Retrotechnology gained renewed interest after the implosion of the planet Paragangian, known as the Shattering, which was due to overdevelopment of the made-made structures of the planet.
The empire of Paragangia was shattered as well as their planet, all known members of the Paragan leadership clan…the Paragangian equivalent  of a royal family….were lost in the implosion, as well as the science clan who had traveled to the planet to research it’s  growing instability. Most of the remaining Paragangians were spacers who had never lived on the planet, and diplomats called Negotiators who had gone to represent the Paragan government to other alien cultures. 
Around this time, the Christian colony on Blue Destiny and the other colony, which had migrated to Beta Blue, renaming the planet “Hell” both were mysteriously depopulated, as a Group of travelers going to visit relatives on Hell colony discovered. Finding the colonies empty, they then traveled to HomeWorld because the leader of that group, Emily Hawthorn, daughter of Dr Sherman Hawthorn Sr. He was a well respected member of our just-created Alien studies program,  and was doing an extended field study on HomeWorld at the time of her birth, He had married a native of HomeWorld. Emily, being half native, wanted her son Isaiah to be raised there. 
We will discuss that colony later also, as that is where I did my first friend study. 
After the Shatter, Paragangian refugees gathered at Earth Station Mexico. This influx of population caused friction between the Paragangians and the local Mexicans. to settle this, the American government offered  the local people the now Depopuated planet Blue Destiny, in exchange for land to build Earth Station Mexico into a home for all Paraganigan refugees. Thus, the first intentionally retro-technological colony  was formed, Planet Mexico. 
On this planet, no langauge other than the primitave langauge of Mexico, Spanish, is spoken and, apart from interplanetarty transportation systems to commute to Earth Station Mexico and relatives still living in Old Mexico,  a relatively low level of technology was maintained. Old Mexico has also preserved a slightly lower level of technology,  Having advanced less quickly due to poverty in the years before the Alliance. After the formation of Planet Mexico and ESM this tendency increased in all Mexican culture, 
This also we will discuss detail later in the semester. [translate this line into Spanish]
Gradually, after a few generations, alien technologies became a casual accepted part of American technology, as did the process of assimilating them and assessing their impact on the culture. gradually, the need for Retrotechnology in the culture at large began to wane, and interest in the field declined entirely. 
However, 40 years ago, with the help of Sen’tran Jenzar, the Paragangian Spacer from first contact, and our very own Professor Jonathan Landon discovered the planet we now know as Terran 8. On Terran 8 is the village called D’zeron, which has carefully maintained limits on their own technological development for a thousand years. This, my friends, was a retro-technological paradise, especially if the rectro-technologist happens to also enjoy dreaming and climbing.
D’zeron technology is based on skills such as the climbing I demonstrated earlier, and the ability to dream, rather than on creation of material objects. This we will also discuss in depth as the semester proceeds. 
But before we explore these various extra terrestrial cultures, we will review the history of Earth technologies in various parts of the world, and last we will consider the present and future value if the study of retro-technology beyond the field of anthropology and Alien Studies. 
but in the spirit of Retrotechnology, in the spirit of valuing the things of the past, preserving them for a future time when such things are again needed, the study of retro-technology continues.  It helps us keep perspective and remember that going forward technological does not have to mean advancing to the more intensive technologies, sometimes to go forward, we need to remember to go back. more importantly, however, is the fact that there are still many cultures around the galaxy who live at lower levels of technology, and as many of us, as Alien studies students will train to serve in the Earth Defense Service as Negotiators, we will have use for this knowledge. 
This concludes my portion of the introduction, now I turn you over to my Assistant Matthias, who will answer any questions you have about the course, explain the texts and evaluation procedures and introduce you to his recording project. 
xxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
first, and concurrent with our history exploration, we will look at the LDS colony of HomeWorld, where I studied for one year as part of my masters program. then we will turn out attention to the Isolationist culture of Blue Destiny, popularly know as Planet Mexico, where I spent a year observing for my doctoral project.. 
lead by [name] the [org name people of planet mexico founding] took a retrotechnological stand. on planet mexico, they chose to seek the preservation of traditional Mexican culture, to the degree where any language other than Spanish is completely forbidden on the planet. exceptions are made for the languages of native tribes who lived in Earth Mexico before the coming of the Spanish.  also forbidden is any technology of alien origin. they do of course make an exception for the technologies required to  quickly transport between Planet Mexico and Earth Mexico.
we’ll also examine briefly culture of [name of village] the village of  [that type of people] which has grown up outside the entrance of ESM, to serve the needs of Mexican travelers. 
finally, we’ll turn our attention to my favorite area of interest, the Low technology village on Terra 8 called D’zeron. Travel to this remote and isolated village is tightly controlled, and no one from the earth has had the privilage of traveling there in the past 40 yrs, however, since the one man who has ever visited the village is my father, Professor Jonathan Landon, I will be able to give you a fair overview of this very interesting alien culture. 
    Matthias would introduce them to their printed text books [including the two books Jason has written about his field studies] and their wooden pencils and spiral notebooks to take notes on. [that would be for the Planet Mexico session. In that session, he would give part of a lecture In Spanish. He might allow them to use translators for a moment, but the he would require them to particiate in the lecture entirely in Spanish. He would offer them a paper syllibus, all of this which would be delivered to them by Matthias. Jason would not refer to him directly until the end of the lecture, when he leaves and allows Matthias to address any remaining questions. Jason would have Matthias make clear that he was not going to sign autographs, or schedule any personal interviews, and the any such request would bring forth grade penalties, and it is not appropriate to the course.
==chapter 5 Jason and his Parents==
  [re write transition section into past tense and make it more active and personal--he can be thiningking about the history of the tower due to something with MAtthias or something in the lecture]
      Jason leaves the lecture hall and goes to His office. It is the same office which was used by Jordan Keerigan-Smith, who Jason idolizes, or at least has some affinity for. Jordan was the founder of the Alien studies department, and one of the founders of Retro-technology. [*figure out the history of the tower room…the tower was added to the building in the time of Sherman Hawthorn to accommodate access from the roof by air cars.] 
He feels a disconcerting discontent at teaching the same course he has taught 4 times, at the impersonal nature of the course, and a disconcerting excitement about having Matthias there to insulate him form the more annoying parts of it. He’s confused as to why it feels old even though teaching with Matthias and his cameras is very different than how he taught before.
He picks up his guitar, reminisces about his field studies, decide to go home and see how Jonathan is doing and pointedly leaves before Matthias arrives to brief him on the lecture. He isn’t interested in meeting with Matthias. He leaves a message that he has gone out and will meet with Matthias the next day.
Mom was in the kitchen boiling something. 
    “Smells good” said Jason “Tea, or dye stuff?” 
    “It should be a purplish blue color” Gloria Scott held up a spoonful of the dark liquid, explaining what plants she had used. Jason wasn’t really paying attention. 
     “For your world history tapestry? Looking more like teal so far. Got plans all drawn up?” 
     Mom wrinkled her nose and dropped a few more plants into the dye pot. “I’m procrastinating the Alliance Years panel. It’s been such a dull time for textile technologies. But the early sections, I’ve got those pretty well figured.” 
       Jason laid his guitar down on the kitchen counter. “How’s he doing?” 
       She stopped stirring, met Jason’s eyes and shrugged. 
       
       Jonathan lay curled up facing the wall. Jason lay down and snuggled up beside him. Increasingly over these past few months the illness was taking its toll, his body seemed more bone than flesh now. Not many men held out this long. Jonathan had so much will to live. He refused most pain medications, enduring cheerfully even the most difficult treatments. Disconcerting emotions engulfed Jason whenever he saw Jonathan now. Dispair? Love?  remorse? admiration? awe? fear? sorrow? pity? agony? regret? No words seemed to gesture in the right direction. Jason’s current feelings confused him even more than all feelings always confused Jason. He feared the feelings and the confusion, knew that he feared them, and feared that fear as well.
     Holding his father close Jason cried silent tears and wished he could take the pain into himself and ease Jonathan’s burden, so Jonathan would not carry this pain alone. Jonathan wrapped his thin but still surprisingly strong arms tightly around Jason’s arms, pulling him closer. Retrotechnology be damned, Jason thought. You stubborn old man, why not let go your pride and let yourself be healed? For me, because I need you, even if you don’t care about your own pain, even if you don’t mind dying. Your Paragangian friends at ESM could make this all go away if you just let them. Jason felt guilt for the thought, and vowed to be more true to the doctrine Retrotechnology. Jonathan had the right to choose his own life, including death and pain if that’s what he wanted. Jonathan was clearly in his right mind, less distracted by pain then a normal person would be when they had no pain.
      “I’m sorry, Dad”
      “Jase. No. It is what it is.” Jason could hear the pain in Jonathan’s voice, softer and slower than usual, as if he had to consciously form every sound of every word with full concentration.  “How is your assistant?” 
      Jason pulled away slightly, and Jonathan turned painfully to meet his gaze. Jonathan’s eyes were completely grey. The pain must be terrible. Jonathan’s dark brown eyes color-shifted with his moods, like grey smoke spreading across the iris from the center.
     Noticing Jason’s reaction to his eyes he closed them, leaned his head against Jason’s chest and Jason held him, helplessly, knowing he needed to answer Jonathan’s question, needed to think clearly and put into words the things he wanted to put out of his mind and forget. Jonathan needed something new to put his attention on. “Matthias Daniels. He’s not too bad. I helped him fix one of his cameras. He stayed at the end to handle questions. I haven’t really spoken with him yet.” 
      Jonathan’s eyes were almost completely brown again, and he was smiling. “So you like him, Jase. I knew you would. What’s he like?” [JOnathan has had some internet or phone contact with Matthias at this point, perhaps before he came to KSU]
       His pain gets so much worse when I’m not here. But I can’t always be here. If I was, I’d run out of things to share.  “No. I don’t like him, Dad. I like not having to answer questions. And fixing cameras make the climb more interesting. Less pointless, you know? You wanna dream now?” Sharing in dreams would be easier than trying to put it all into words. Especially since what Jason had lived through today was more significant of feelings than verbalizable facts.
      Jason sat up and took off his t-shirt, then lay back down and wrapped his arms around his father and they both went right to sleep.
last edited Feb this section feb 20 2014
==5X old notes and out takes from Ch. 5==
posted on wiki sept 2012
x2 --differant chapter
***To write this I need to make clear Jonathan’s state of health. Perhaps Jason would ask Jonathan, why if Alexandreil is the leader of Paragangia, why doesn’t he take Jonathan to Paragangia and heal him. Jonathan would try to answer this with a Retrotechnology answer. in fact, being a scholar of Retrotechnology would make a good cover for a lot of his hidden backstory. they would have already discussed this, so I need to be careful not to make it inappropriate exposition. 
This chapter would show Jason’s very close relationship with Jonathan[and Gloria], and what Jonathan has told Jason about his son and the village. Jonathan will encourage him to insist on being allowed not to be linked, and especially not to receive an implant, [because he knows the hazard of this, but he would not tell Jason the hazard directy]. Jonathan would also perhaps express ambivalent animosity towards Sen’tran. At this point they are pretending that Alex and Sen banished him believing him a traitor. But Jason does not even know he was ever in Paragangia. But Jonathan defers to Sen, and trusts him, so he would tell Jason very little leaving it up to Sen how much Jason should be allowed to know at this point.  Jonathan would know that Jason going on this journey probably means he will become Paragan. He might say a few things to try to soften the blow, without telling him anything. [he would tell him things about embracing his destiny.things which are calculated to be remembered and recognized at the time he realizes he is Paragan, such that he will then realize that Jonathan wants him to become Paragan, and knows.
Jason has shunned learning anything about Paragangia. Up to this point Jonathan has encouraged that, keeping him busy with other things, now he encourages him to began to learn, but Jason is still not interested. [balance between encouraging him to get to know Paragangia and keeping him from getting a implant any sooner than he has to. actually, Jonathan might encourage him to take a temp link. his mother has one, which he could use.] 
There would be no mention of Desmond at this point, we are just introduced to his parents as his parents. The fact that his fathers name is not the same as his would be left to the reader to wonder about. Given the title “son of Desmond Harris” that speculation would be pretty obvious to most I think.
==Chapter 6 Jonathan and Jason dream and Jason talks with GLoria==
 Jonathan and Jason dream scene 
Consciously controlling his brain waves, Jason took himself immediately into [brain waves for sleep] and then to rem sleep. Jonathan was waiting: young, healthy, golden-skinned Jonathan, his short chestnut brown hair not even beginning to grey.
Jonathan wanted Jason to share the lecture, and Matthias. Potential friends for Jason always interested Jonathan as much as they didn’t interest Jason. Jason felt no need for friends.  He had his parents. On HomeWorld, he had Aunt Rae and Leroy. There were a few people he met in his travels whom he still kept in touch with. But everyday sort of friends seemed pointless. For some reason Jonathan still hoped he would find some. Silly, Jason thought, but no harm in hoping.
    “Share your pain first.” Insisted Jason.  
      “I’ll show you pain,” Young, golden Jonathan grinned, tackling Jason and wrestling him to the ground. Jason had always hated this game, but tolerated it because he loved Jonathan. Jonathan never failed to be amused at how Jason still panicked and screamed every time Jonathan tackled him. 
         When the panicking and screaming and wresting was done, and Jason lay out of breath on his back in a field of soft alien wildflowers under a bright blue-orange sky, Joanthan said  “I went first last time. Besides I’ve got nothing new. Same old pain day after day. It’s your turn Jase. Show me.” 
     Jason conceded. He jumped up shook off the dust and leaves, then held out his hand and helped Jonathan up. “I‘m getting too old for this” Jonathan laughed. “You gotta stop tackling me like that, Jase.” 
       Jonathan was always impossible to refuse. Jason’s dream-sharing would take Jonathan’s mind away from the pain, if Jason went first.  That way, when Jonathan finally shared his pain, there would be less of it present in his mind to share. This was Jason’s version of the wrestling game. If Jason went first, the pain would not be fully shared. The more Jonathan shared, the less he carried alone. Jason wanted to remove as much as possible. Jason now realized that Jonathan had chosen to go first yesterday because he had anticipated this. The old rogue.
     On the other hand, sharing the lecture while it was fresh in Jason’s mind unshadowed by Jonathan’s pain probably was wise. This way Jonathan would get a more pure image of it, and he could replay it for himself later when Jason wasn’t home. It would help take his mind off the pain then too. 
       Replaying a memory with Jonathan was never the same as living it the first time. Jason knew what was coming, Jonathan’s feelings about the experience were there also, and Jason’s anticipation of Jonathan’s feelings. Jonathan liked Matthias, and this annoyed Jason. Jonathan laughed at Jason for being annoyed. That annoyed Jason even more. He pulled back just enough from the shared dream to feel Jonathan’s pain. He repented, resolving to allow Jonathan to enjoy Matthias and even to make a point to interact with Matthias more often in the future so he would be able to share that with Jonathan. Jonathan was pleased, and that made Jason happy. 
      Jason shared the air car ride in the snow, his run across the roof, and his initial encounter with Matthias. Jonathan found it all highly amusing. Jason shared the climb and the cameras and the lecture in detail, and then the air car ride home. The snow had stopped falling and the sun glistened off all the snow-covered trees. Jason hadn’t paid any attention to it at the time, but now, living it again with Jonathan, it was beautiful. Jonathan loved winter as well as any season. In the dream, he shared that love with Jason, and Jason could feel it too. too bad that feeling didn’t translate into waking when Jason was walking across the roof getting snow in his sandals. 
      Jason regretted that he had not paid more attention to the students. Jonathan found them fascinating. Jason had been distracted by Matthias’s recordings. But Jonathan would also enjoy watching those. Jason was curious to see them, too. He would watch them with Jonathan later. 
    When Jason’s day was shared, and Jonathan had made the most of it, finally Jonathan shared his pain. It was reaching the point where when Jonathan was alone he lost consciousness of everything but pain, became pain, and had no other form. With Jason, the pain was less than when he was alone. Gloria could not comfort him as well because she could not dream with him the way Jason did. It was a rare skill, not easy to develop even if you had the innate capacity. Gloria didn’t have it.
    After the sharing of memories and pain, they created imaginary adventures together, carefully designed to distract Jonathan from his pain so he could sleep. Although they had spent the equivalent of several days together in dreams, when Jason awoke only an hour had passed. Jonathan was resting quietly in a dream paradise Jason had built for him, away from his pain for now but Jason felt the shadow of it upon himself, as if he was carrying away the pain so Jonathan could sleep and dream and rest.
       Jason disentangled himself from Jonathan’s arms, put on his t-shirt and walked stiffly back to the kitchen.
       Gloria was still making dye. “Not joining us for lunch, I gather?” 
       Jason climbed up onto the counter by the stove, and sat there with his arms wrapped tight around his legs, his head resting on his knees. “He’s resting now. The pain is worse than ever, Mom. How much longer can it go on like this? Why doesn’t he let someone heal him?”
       Mom shook her head. “You know as well as I do, Sunshine. Pain meds make him too groggy to dream, and if he can’t dream, he declines even faster.” 
      “Yeah, I know, but you still have friends in Paragangia don’t you? From when you painted their historical mural. Why can’t he get help from them? He knows lots of people on Earth Station Mexico also. They can cure these things without using any drugs. I know. I’ve done some research.
      She smiled up at him cheerfully. “Research on Paragangia? That’s wonderful, Sunshine. Paragangians are a beautiful people.”
     “No, Mom. Research on the combination of immune system and nerve degeneration Dad has. Apparently Paragangians call it exile sickness, because they have no natural immunity so it often happens to them if they leave Paragangia. But they have ways of treating it.”
       “They have ways of treating everything…” Mom looked up at Jason frowning, disappointed that he wasn’t researching Paragangia. She loved Paragangia, and never understood why being an anthropologist didn’t make Jason want to study Paragangia, just as Jonathan couldn’t understand Jason not wanting friends. 
        “Jonathan doesn’t choose it.” she continued “He’s had some hard experiences with Paragangia. He didn’t leave them on best of terms.” 
      “Would they be so heartless to just let a man die like this?”
     “They have their reasons.” She shrugged “It’s Jonathan’s choice. He isn’t going to ask them for help.” 
      “That’s not fair, Mom. I don’t want to lose my Dad. And students like Matthias, who want to dream, I can’t teach them. I can’t bear the thought of dreaming with anyone other than Dad. Or of not having him to dream with.”
       “You worry too much, Sunshine. He won’t leave you any too soon, and when he does, you’ll be able to dream with others. Don’t worry so much.” 
       MOim would never understand. She couldn’t dream. Jason unfurled silently back to the floor, put on his sandals and his wool coat, and headed out to the aircar, and the snow, and back to the university.
==Chapter 7 Jason and Matthias==
Jason goes back to the office to get some materials he wants to work on, and finds Matthias waiting for him, even though Jason had left a message saying he would meet with Matthias tomorrow. 
      After Matthias briefs a disinterested and impatient Jason on the lecture question session, He would make his observations about how Jason’s reclusive behavior increases his celebrity. If Jason interacted with the students more he wouldn’t be such a mythological figure. Jason would express the opinion that being a mysterious celebrity increases his effectiveness as a teacher of Retrotechnology, which is normally not a popular subject, and he doesn’t care whether the students like him or hate him as long as they take in his message and leave him alone. 
“It’s your job to keep them from bothering me. It’s also your job not to bother me. Jonathan likes you a lot, but I don’t. Jonathan thinks I need friends, but I don’t. I don’t need anyone. Except Jonathan. And my mom.”
Matthias grinned “I miss my Mom. she won't talk to me anymore because she hates dreams. I’m glad Jonathan likes me.”
Jason turned tearful again. “So am I Matthias. Maybe that's why I put up with you. He hurts so much all the time now. Anything that captures his interest makes it easier for him. When I dream with him, He’s better, but I can’t dream with him all the time.”
“Will you teach me to dream, Professor Scott-Harris?”
“No. I can't. Jonathan likes you, but I don’t,” Jason tried to explain.
“So?” Matthias persisted.
“It’s not something I would do with just anyone. It’s very personal. He’s my Dad.”
 “Jonathan did it with other people when he wasn't sick.” Matthias argued “I read Jonathan’s book about D’zeron, which talks about his dream studies here too.”
“Right. I’ve read it.” He looked apologetically up at the tall curly haired graduate student and Matthias grinned back amiably. 
Jason blushed. Am I lying? Is it true I don’t like him? He’s like Jonathan when Jonathan was young. Only kinder, or maybe just more polite. 
“I mean, I don’t want to like you” Jason tried to clarify, then realized that sounded even worse. Tears burned behind his eyes and he desperately wished Matthias would leave.
“I know, but maybe you will anyhow. We could try?”
Jason’s ambivalence finally brought forth tears and he didn’t even try to wipe them away. He did want to share with Matthias, --thoughts, feelings, who knows, maybe even dreams--but that would bring them closer than Jason wanted to be with anyone. He was trying not to share anything, and was already annoyed with himself for sharing more than he intended, and for wanting to share when he knew he did not want to live with the consequences.
“It’s okay to be confused, Jason” Matthias comforted, “It’s okay to feel all sorts of things at once, even things you don’t want to feel. There’s no commitment in feelings, they don’t own you unless you choose them.” Matthias wiped away tears from the side of Jason’s face, like Jonathan, an intimate gesture which normally would have offended him but somehow it didn’t. Maybe he was already too hurt to feel any more pain. 
“No. It’s not okay.” insisted Jason
“That’s okay too, Jason. Everything’s okay.”
Jason smiled, and somehow, it was okay. Matthias left, still smiling, without another word.
 
[*** ---I need to write out the content of Jonathan’s book on D’zeron
this section edited feb 29 2014
==Chapter 8 Matthias brings Jason the Job offer message==
for almost two weeks, the semester proceeds smoothly…Jason lectures, Matthias answers questions.
Jason at first is pleased that his performance has gone well, but after awhile he settles into the routine and starts feeling discontent. He’s increasingly bored of teaching intro to retrotech, having taught it several times before he’s pretty much mastered it. It’s no challenge.
Matthias’s recording is an interesting twist, but not that interesting. Matthias diligently insulating him from the students is ambivalently appreciated, making the lecture less stressful. less stressful also meant more boring. Life is a balance between discomfort and boredom, he decided, and began to wish there were something more. In terms of Retrotechnology, We make life better, easier, until there is little challenge and little discomfort. Then we are bored. On the other hand, having to deal with Matthias was almost as bothersome as students.
Jason was impressed with Matthias’s thoughtfulness. Matthias always said just the right things. Matthias’s admiration was sincere, personal, not just the celebrity of illusion. It made Jason feel violated, but also made him feel loved. Confused, he wants to avoid Matthias, yet he always enjoyed seeing him, and sometimes used Jonathan as an excuse to seek him out.
After class on Friday morning it’s unseasonably warm for early February. Jason picked up his guitar, and sat out on the tower roof reminiscing about his field studies. He wanted to go home to Florida, where the weather was warm, to get away for Kansas and winter and the routine of class. He could stay in the cottage there for the weekend. He would leave the office by crawling down the rough stone sides of the building. He did this fairly often in the summer, even though it's technically not allowed. No one ever questioned his right to do it because he's such a celebrity and thus such an asset to the department.
Then, Matthias comes to the office to report on the question and answer period.
"i thought I might find you out here. It's such a nice day." Jason nodded silently, waiting.
"the question and answer period was uneventful, but...." Matthias fell silent.
Jason turned to look at him and he still didn't go on. "But what?"
"Well..." it was unlike Matthias to delay saying anything. he usally jsut threw everything out there efficianty and quickly. that was probably what jason liked most
"Matthias!" Jason hissed his name, clearly annoyed.
"Okay, okay, it's just..." Matthias paused and Jason glared "Pershington asked me to give you this message."
"what? What message?"
"That you got a call while we were in class. A Job offer. An invitation to serve as a negotiator for Paragangia."
Jason laughed slightly, shrugged, and turned back to his guitar. "Okay. Thanks Matthias."
"Um, Jason? I know that's a really good offer, but...I really hope you don't leave."
[part of this might be from Matthias’s point of view, to show his sincere concern for Jason, and at the same time his desire to keep Jason close for his own personal ambitions.]
Jason laughed and put down the guitar, turning to face Matthias. "You're worried I might take a job with Paragangia Matthias.? Thought you knew me better than that."
"Well" Matthias still looked uncomfortable "Pershington said to tell you he told them you would return the call at your earliest convenience."
"That's stupid.He should have just told them no himself. Just tell him to call them back and tell them I'm not interested."
"Well" more reluctance, "I did suggest that. He said they insisted on talking to you personally."
[Jason will consider returning the call or not, or asking Matthias to do it for him [express his feelings about Paragangia here, to Matthias. There might be some discussion here of Matthias’s intention to get him to teach him to dream]. He also considers having Jonathan handle it for him, or possibly Pershington, who took the call in the first place.]
Jason laughed. “Paragangia? Right. Tell Pershington to tell them no. Or how ‘bout you call back for me, Matthias? As my assistant hired to deal with people I don’t want to deal with. I bet you’d love to talk to someone from Paragangia. Maybe they’ll would offer the job to you instead. You’ve been a great Negotiator for me, I’ll give you a good reference”
Matthias grinned “Wow, thanks Jason.”
Jason breathed a sigh of relief supposing the matter was settled
“I’m glad you think so highly of me, as a negotiator, since as you know I AM a pre-negotiation student, so you good referance coud be very helpful at some point. and I appreciate the offer, because you’re right. I’d love to talk to Paragangia. But I don't want to become a negotiator for Paragangia. I like the job I have now, and, as you say, I’m great at it.  I think you need to call them back yourself, though and so does Pershington. and technically I actually work for him.. For what it’s worth, though, I really hope you don’t go.” His huge brown eyes fixed on Jason’s pleading like a lost puppy. "Because I want to learn to dream. I’ll tell Pershington I gave you the Message.” And Matthias was gone before he finished speaking.
Alone on the roof again, Jason laughed and shook his head. “Paragangia” he said aloud to himself “now that would really be some pain to overcome my boredom.” [they would have talked earlier— him and Jonathan—about pain overcoming boredom]
Then he fell silent…..
Sentran healed my grandfather to convince my mother to do the mural. maybe …
I could learn about Paragangian healing, and find someone who could help Jonathan,.
==Chapter 9 Jonathan learns of offer Jason learns of Alex==
Jonathan was bad again that evening. Jason took off his shirt and lay down to dream with him without even asking first.
That night, Jonathan will encourage him to get to know Matthias, and to help him learn to dream. Jason will say “I’m not ready to commit to mentoring relationships. Actually, I’m considering going on another field study.”
“ Where would you want to go?”
“I’m not sure, 'I got a job offer today, and it got me thinking.' I’m bored with teaching the same class over and over. I want to learn something new. I don’t have to go on doing this forever, Dad. Just because I’m successful at something doesn’t mean I should spend my whole life on it, right?”
'“The department would be pretty bad off with both of us gone, Jase. You should at least train your replacement before you leave. I thought I was doing that. Maybe I was wrong.
'But I don’t really like teaching, Dad. Not like you do. And I don’t feel right about dreaming with someone I don’t know.
You dreamed with me the first day I met you Jase, Jason grinned. “Yeah, I had no idea what I was getting into. You took advantage of my childish innocence just as my mother feared. 
“ you’ve known Matth a few weeks now. I know how much you like him.
“you mean you like Matthias, so i should have no reason not to.”
'“Whatever. But you can’t spend your whole life just doing one field study after another,”
'Why not? That’s what I’m good at.
'What kind of life would that be, Jase? One of these days you’ll find a wife, and settle down and have a family, and then you won’t be able to go running around the Galexy doing field studies all the time.
'all the more reason to do it now, Dad. I’m nowhere near ready to start a family. I have a family. You’re my family. I guess that’s the main reason I’m not going. I don’t want to leave you.
' “Maybe you should consider the job offer. Maybe we could go with you. There’s really nothing to keep us here I guess, and you always hated winter.”
“Not as much as I’ve always hated Paragangia.”
“Paragangia?” Jonathan sat up, smiling as if just the mention of this healed him a little bit.
Jason laughed up at him. “Yeah, Dad, Paragangia. Can you imagine, --“Jason Scott-Harris, Retro-technologist and Negotiator for Paragangia." Pershington sent Matthias up to tell me. What were they thinking?”
“Was it Alex?” Jonathan asked, with disconcerting enthusiasm
“It was Paragangia. Pershington took the call. Who’s Alex?”
“Will you return the call?” Jonathan asked.
“Of course not,” Jason laughed, “Paragangia. What point would there be?”
Jonathan grinned and tried to tackle Jason the way he always did in the dream plane. Taken by surprise, Jason screamed as he did in dream, then laughed and helped Jonathan painfully sit back up.
“Step out of your comfort zone sometimes Jase.” Jonathan said, with alarming sincerity. “Was it Alex?”
“You want me to work for Paragangia? leave3 you behind so i can Go off to some strange planet, or HomeStation, or just Earth Station Mexico? What would you do without me?”
“I’d hurt all the time, and eventually die like I’m gonna do anyhow Jase.
“Don’t say that, Dad. I’m not gonna leave you, and you are not going to die!”
Jason flopped down on the bed and stared up at the ceiling.
Jonathan wiped a tear from Jason’s cheek, tenderly. “Everybody dies Jase”
“Who’s Alex?”
“The Center of Paragangia.”
“No” There was obviously more to it. “Who was Alex for you, Dad?”
“A childhood friend.”
“You never mention him.”
Long pause. “I haven’t thought about Alex for ….a very long time.” replied Jonathan, his voice full of sadness. 
Whoever he was, this Alex must have been important. And Paragangian. Maybe he could help. 
“Ok Dad. You show me Alex, and I’ll ask Pershington about the call on Monday, okay? I’ll find out exactly who called, and I’ll share every bit of it with you. Maybe it was Alex. Maybe if it was I’ll call him back for you and see how he’s doing now, but I’m not going to work for Paragangia, not even for Alex. And, please don’t tell Mom about this, okay?”
“Most Paragangian Negotiators don’t work directly in Paragangia, Jase. They represent Paragangia in other places. If it was Earth Station Mexico, we could live in the village [name the village]we could stay with Marisol. But more likely, he might want you on planet Mexico, or HomeWorld. You’re more qualified there than anyone and you have a foot in the door. That’s probably what he wants. We could go there together, too. We have friends in all those places. No more winter, and you wouldn’t be bored. Great place to raise a family.”
“Why the sudden interest in my future family?”
“You’re almost twenty-one, Jase. If you’re too shy to even share dreams with Matth, you’ve got to have lots of kids to pass your dream skills on to. Might as well get started. Call Theo now and find out what that job offer was. Jonathan hands the phone to Jason.
Jason sets it down on the nightstand. “Nope. Monday, or not at all. First you have to show me who Alex was.”
x
[they Dream shared memories about Alexandreil, when he was born, and when he became dreambound a s a tiny child, in which Jonathan helps him heal gives him hope, protects him from the demands of his father. Perhaps in which he expresses the wish not to become center, and Jonathan reassures him that he’ll be there to protect him. Jason gets the idea from this that if he learns more about Alexandreil that he can heal Jonathan, and notices he feels better when he is sharing about Alexandreil.]
[ this also raises Questions about why Alex became Center and why Jonathan is no longer there to protect him. –those should be dealt with in a later chapter, after Jason has time to ponder questions]
==Chapter 10 placeholder for shared memories of ALex==
Jonathan shows Jason his childhood freind Alex in a dream. [what scene would he remeber due to Jason mentioning the job offer, since his memories of paragangia can only be accessed as Jason needs them?
Jonathan would be greatful for jason asking and causing his memories to return. He knows how the memory blocks work, and why Sen'tran put them in his memory. Gloria would be afraid for her son, and ambivalant
Jonathan might have some precognition about Desmond's return. Sen'tran might know Desmond will return, or isn't dead.
==11 Jason tells GLoria==
Jason left Jonathan sleeping, as he Always did, and came into the kitchen.  He was excited about something, and that made her edgy.
‘Hey Mom, I  wasn’t intending to tell you this cause I didn’t want to get you stated hassling me about needing to learn more about Paragangia, but I told Jonathan and he shared some memories with me about Alex. It was almost as if he had totally forgotten and something I said brought it back to his memory,...
 Something you said brought it back to memory. if only you knew how true that was. IF only you could never know. thought GLoria
....and he seems so much better now because of it. So I want to tell you, too. I got a job offer from Paragangia today.”
‘A job offer?” one which made some of Jonathan’s blocked memories return? Her heart pounded as memories of dark time long forgotten flooded into her own mind.  Loss. Terror. Destiny which had been carefully put out of her mind until now. Maybe with help from Sen’tran, she wasn’t sure. her heart pounded. 
insert here returning memories of fleeing Paragangia, Sen’tran altering her memories, Jason’s birth and what Sen’tran did at his birth to protect Jason, etc. Harris holding newborn jason.
WHy are these memories given back now? she is aprehensive.
       Bewildered, Jason’s  joy faded to confusion. His spirit deflated as he slumped onto a stool across from her instead of climbing up to sit on the counter near where she was working. “You always want me to learn about Paragangia.” Jason wanted to protect Jonathan more than anything. GLoria wanted to Protect Jason more. So did Jonathan. Usually. 
“I want you to understand them, Jason. To love them as I do. I want you not to be afraid of them. I wanted you to study them as an anthropologist, not to join them.”
Jason smiled slightly “Don’t worry Mom. I’m not going.  But Dad was really excited when I told him they were trying to contact me. He thinks it might be his childhood friend Alex, Cause I guess Alex grew up to become some big shot Paragangian leader, even though he wasn’t the leadership type.  So tomorrow I’m going to return the message for him. I can find out who it was, and see if they have any news about his freind. Just thinking about Alex, sharing those memories, made him feel much better. I haven’t seen him so happy in years. Funny he never mentioned this guy before.” 
 Sen’tran blocked memories when Jonathan was exiled that he would only be able to access access when someone--especially Jason-- ask directly. Jason had recovered some of  these happy memories, which would sustain Jonathan for a time. Gloria was happy for Jonathan, for this healing, but not for what she knew it would lead them towards. Not for her own share of returning memories.
“Alex?” Gloria repeated the name, puzzled.”I don’t know of anyone named Alex.” 
“Dad shared memories from their childhood together on Earth Station Mexico.”
“You mean Alexandreil. He’s Center of the Paragangian Empire. Nobody ever calls him Alex.”  A cold silent Paragangian, his tall thin body fragile and tenative, his eyes haunted and lonely. She had seen him at community rituals while she was painting the mural, Even then Jonathan was always seeking news of him, missing him, lonely for the lack of him. Darcy brought news along with his insults, and brought Alexandreil’s newborn son, Leon to meet her once, when she was apprehensive about her pregnancy. This part of Jonathan’s life he never shared, and gloria had respected his privacy. But apparently he had shared it with Jason. Memories of that time filled her mind, Longing for Desmond engulfed her. She stared at Jason, struggling to keep her composure. [there might be a later chapter in which she is happy to have her memories of Desmond back, she would discuss this with Taz in the Matthias and Taz book---OR all this POV gloria stuff might better be moved to that concurrant book, jsut like  ALlissa pov things moved to book two of the trillogy]
“Sorry.” said Jason, mistaking her sorrow for offense “I didn’t mean any disrespect to your people. Dad called him Alex. You know he would. Nobody gets a full name with Jonathan Landon. Alexandreil wasn’t the Center of Paragangia then, he was a scared little kid.”
Memories of her son and his father, his conception his birth, his childhood flooded into her mind. Jason Scott-Harris, the  Son of Paragan, the only living descendant.
---Center of Paragangia.--  Desmond  was the center of Paragangia. forgo  tten memories came back to her, bittersweet. She hadn’t realized he was Paragon until after she conceived his child and by so doing married him. He was gone forever now,, because he was Center of Paragangia. Alexandreil had been terrified to take his place. But for Jonathan, he took it until someone else was able to.Because Jonathan Jonathan was strong enough to endure 21 years of exile sickness, and Alexandreil surely wasn’t. 
Jason, Desmond’s child, all that I was allowed to keep of my beloved husband-- whatever job you image Alexandriel is offering, all he really wants is to make you the Center of Paragangia, to free himself of that burden, and bring Jonathan out of exile. 
Gloria remembered promises she had made to Sen’tran. ---not to tell Jason, and to let him choose for himself--- But maternal instinct spoke louder than promises sometimes.
“Don’t call him back. Paragangia isn’t good for you, Jason. Please.”
“Why not, Glor?” Jonathan interrupted, standing in the doorway “He’s almost 21.We can’t protect him forever. You always knew that.”
All the feelings in her congealed into a sudden empty calm. No I didn’t Jonathan. Sen’tran let me forget. but your right. I knew. I just didn’t remember that I knew. I always knew. Numb and cold She turned to face her son, the son of Desmond Harris, the Heir of Paragangia. “You’re right, Jason. He does seem to be feeling better.” 
Setting her sorry aside, Gloria hugged Jonathan gently and affectionately “It’s great to see you up.”  Then she whispered warningly “We’ll talk later. Be careful what you say.” 
==11X notes on Alex and memory blocks==
[the reason Alex is contacting him at that time has to do with turning 21. He needs Jason to be old enough to take over the Empire without legal problems from his American citizenship and minority, or Jonathan and Gloria. It might also have to do with the ban against Paragangians on D’zeron being lifted]
Jonathan will reminisce about his childhood with Alex, and maybe even mention that Alex went to D’zeron with him, visited the city briefly and explored regions of the continent Jonathan himself never had a chance to visit . this will be shared after JOnathan knows that Jason is going to D’zeron.
anything which had to do with Paragangian dreaming with Alex or Sen’tran would be blocked from his memory to some degree, because as an exile he would not be trusted not to tell people about Paragangian dream culture, which is sacred and not shared with the outside world. thus the parts he would remember of his relationships would be the parts which happened in waking. [When Jason learns of the culture, because of his previous writings, he would be under pressure to write a book about Paragangian culture, from an inside perspective, and would refuse, at first, but would then later write one which would still with hold all the sacred secrets but give the people of earth a more sympathetic view of Paragangia.  
[how much would Jason know about Alex from the D’zeron journey?—probably only that Alex did not spend much time in D’zeron. Perhaps once it was decided that Jonathan would marry a D’zeron woman, it was decided that Alex would not visit the village again. Since Jonathan would not have been involved in Alex’s wanderings he would not feel any need to share what he knew of it with Jason. Would knowing Alex had been there make Jason anxious to get to know Alex, the only person he would meet besides Jonathan who had been there? Alex would be very reluctant to talk about his visit to D’zeron, and would avoid talking about it [he’s very anti-social and shy, anyhow]. Alex would have visited D’zeron only briefly. Mostly he would have stayed o the Marrion Jay, or explored other parts of the planet while Jonathan was involved with the village. [Jonathan would have little or no memory of his time in Paragangia after D’zeron?Alex’s memories of D’zron are not happy ones-- what would Jason know about Desmond and what would Jonathan remember?...what Jason knows would come from Gloria. Jonathan would know that Sen’tran has erased his memories, and would rely on what Gloria told him of the time. Jason would know about Desmond building the station and commissioning the mural, but not about his role as Center or his geneology as Paragan]
 Jason will then get the idea that this job might be his ticket to D’zeron, and a way to help heal Jonathan, [He thinks Alex will want to help his old friend because Jonathan helped him as a child] and want to call, even though he hates and avoids Paragangia. 
==Chapter 12 rough draft first convo with Alexandreil==
Jason found THeodeas Persiongton in his office Monday morning. “Dr Persington, Matthias told me Friday that you had a message for me from Paragangia, but he didn’t bring me the contact card. 
Persiongton looked up from his desk and adjusted his glasses, as if returning from a great distance. ‘jason.” he seemed to be focusing his thoughts trying to remember who Jason was and what he was inquiring about.  He remembered suddenly, and spring to life riseing from his chair. He unlocked his desk draw out the card, looked at it  and hesitated before handing it to Jason. “Here it is My boy, but I wanted to talk with you first, before you make a descision on this offer. I have a feeling that you might not be coming back if you choose this path, and though I wiish you all success and happiness, I want you also to understand how tragic your departure would be for this department. If you could at least take this into account  and perhaps find it in your heart to keep in touch, and allow us to share in your journey? “
Jason laughed. “don’t be silly Dr Pershing ton. I’m not going anywhere. I jsut promised Jonathan I would return the message to find out who it is and see if I can get him news of an old freind there.
Persington looked at him searchingly, with such intensity that he stood silent and fidgeted for what seemed like a long time. 
“you think you will refuse, and you don’t even know what the offer is? AH yess, I supose I didn’t tell Matthias because I didn’t want him to worry.”
“he worried anyhow. you could ahve told him. what’s the offer?” 
Persington SHruged, Held out the card and pointed to the description. Jason read it aloud “Alexandreil Teppin of center of Paragangia request to speak with Dr. Jason Scott-Harris about a position as Negotiator for D’zeron, in light of his uneque qualifications for this position.”
Jason looked up at the old man in stunned silence,
“that’s right Jason. Negotiator to D’zeron. not suprizing really, you know THe ban was lifted a few years ago and it’s time for Paragangia to seek to reestablish freindly relations there. Nobody could be more qualified than you. Can you really say no to D”zeron, Jason?”
“sure.” his voice replied with a palpable tone of defiance. “this return message is just going to be a polite refusal for the sake of gathering news from Jonathans old freind” but his pounding heart said otherwise. He took the card from Persington.
He will return message, using the same tech GLoria used to contact Paragangia, and speak to Darcy, who will give his full Paragangian name and stay very businesslike in this callbut speak in a beautiful warm seductive male voice. Jason will find him comforting and in next weeks contact will try to prolong the conversation slightly. . Darcy informs him that Alexandreil is requesting templink communication, which can be accomplished through the aircar which was given to Jason’s mother when she painted the mural for paragangia. this way ALexandreil could speak directly to Jason’s mind via the Paragangian community mind. 
Jason expresses his aversion to technology and refusal to participate even for a moment in the community mind. Darcy tries to remind him that Alexandreil is an important person and to refuse this form of communication is highly disrespectful. he explains his position as a negotiator, and as he does so Jason thinks about the job offer in light tf that. how he would have to fairlepresent the needs of both Paragangia and D’zeron. Jason convinces Darcy that he will not link, and Darcy suggests that Darcy could link with Jason and convey ALexandreil’s thoughts. Remembering Jonathan, and the reason for the return call, Jason insists first on a videolink call, and then conceded to a basic voice message such as he is having with Darcy.  Darcy appologizes for ALexandreil being unaccustomed to direct speach.
there was a long pause, and then a soft, tenative voice. “I am Alexandreil Teppin. DO you accept my offer to negotiate between Paragangia and D:zeron? “
“No. I do not accept your offer.”
“wait” replied ALexandreil, he paused “please, Jason....” and then a long silence followed. the stress of Alexandreils voice increast when he spoke again...“THis project is of great importance. Please reveiw the details of the offer? I will have my Negotiator  convery to you the details so you can reveiw it at your leisure, and consult with your.....advisors?”  He sounded like a paniced child repeating scripted answers, and Jason was quite certain that the other guy was telling him what to say. ALexandreils discomfort made jason very uneasy, and he suddenly felt tears rising and wanted nothing more than jsut to end the conversation and retire to his office tower. He thought of Jonathan, of the dreams about ALex and How Jonathan had struggled to keep him alive as a child. this was important to Jonathan, and Jason had promised. he had to try.
 I’m contacting you on behalf of Jonathan Landon, my father, “ he blurted “ he misses you, he wants to know how you are doing.”
there was a long pause, and ALexandriels voice returned as a choked whisper. “JOnathan knows how I’m doing. nothing has changed. I cannot tell you more. Please consider my offer.” 
jason wasn’t sure why, but this disconcerting conversation suddenly made him feel elated. He thought it would cheer Jonathan quite a it to hear his old friend’s voice, and he also wanted very much at this point to end ALexandreils discomfort. 
“I would be happy to reveiw any information you send and speak to you again when I am more informed, a week from today. agreed?
Darcy andswered “agreed. I will send you the information, and then you may speak to ALexandreil again. I will see that he is more prepared next time. I apologize for not forseeing this communication barrier. 
jason noticed the comforting warmth of the negotiators voice. “thank you sir, you ahve been quite helpful. I look forward to speaking with you again next week. 
Jason sat in the booth and stared at the reprinted message card, which said he had an appointment to speak with Alexandreil Teppin the next Monday. He would read the papers, and recoment someone else for the position, and try to get more memories of Alexandreil to share with JOnathan. 
[when Jason comes out of the ANthropology office messaging booth Matthias is waiting for him. there will be a conversation between them based on the fact that Matthias assumes Jason is going because Persington has told him about the offer, and maybe even asked Matthias if he is willing to teach Jason’s class by video next semester.
==Chapter 13 place holder Matthias react to jasons first call to Alexandreil==
==Chapter 14 placeholder Jason reads about the project, talks to parents and coworkers==
==Chapter 15 placeholder dreamshare with Jonathan of convo with Alex==
Jason tells JOnathan, shares with Jonathan in dream. about  his conversation with Alexandreil 
Jonathan shares more memories which he gets back at that time. ALso shares  with Jason how scared GLoria is about this.does not tell Jason to go, tells him to consider it carefully and decide for himself. 
[jason might also talk to Aunt Rae about the job offer, and she tells him to pray about it. in desperation, he does pray about it, even though he beleives it is a ritual and there is no real power behind it. just  a way to organize his thoughts. 
the term and concept of unkind Destiny would come up here certainly.
==Chapter 16     none in computer file?check older versions==
==Chapter 17 second call to Alex==
 Jason returns ALexandreil’s call the next week feeling very ambivalant. His mother clearly does not want him to go, but on the other hand has shared many memories from her time in Paragangia, sharing about her father, and how he died while she was away, how Sen’tran had healed him slightly before she left, jsut enough to make him comfortable, and how she came to understadn in the end that that was exactly what Jamie wanted. SHe feel Jason also should come to understnad that this is what JOnathan wanted. but even as she is telling him this, she begs him not to go and expresses fears and concerns about him. 
  he would try to get Alexandreil to talk about more personal things by talking about Jonathan, in order to have more to share with Jonathan, to make him feel better. [Alexandreil would be very uncomfortable with this line of discussing and come across rude and cold and stricktly business. he’s very unused to speaking in person [I mean, not on link]
Alexandreil would figure out that helping Jonathan is what would motivate Jason, and he also wants to help. Jason would ask him to visit Jonathan, alexandreil would counter he can’t ever leave the station. But If Jason did the job at hand, Alex will say, Jason would be able to bring Jonathan news of his son on D’zeron which should cheer him as much as news of Alexandreil.  ALex Suggests that maybe he could help JOnathan, Maybe he could bring the son back to visit Jonathan [Alex hopes Jason will bring Lenn back]
Then Jason would really realize the job offer was D’zeron, and the brother he always wanted to meet lives there,  and he’s been dreaming, littterally of going there all his life, even before he met Jonathan, he’s always felt it was his destiny, but never thought it was possible.  would be sure that he should go, this is the confirmation of the spirit Rae spoke of, but still would be afraid to go because he is afraid Jonathan will die while he is away. D’zeron would be a very long journey.  He would express this fear, 
He might mention he considers asking for Paragangian medical technology to heal Jonathan, But fears jonathan would refuse help.. ALex would agree with absolute certainty that there is no way to convince JOnathan to receive Paragangian MEdical care at this time, bue HE feels it might be possible after the project is complete. Jonathan would have to refuse because of his retrotech beliefs [actually since he is exiled hes not legally able to receive that help. Alexandreil would know this, but wouldn’t tell Jason and Jason doesn’t know]
Alexandreil might assure him in some way that Jonathan would not die, that he could not offer to heal Jonathan’s “exile sickness” but he could make sure Jonathan would not die before Jason got back from D’zeron. Jason would not believe this offer. Alex would perhaps offer to send Sen’tran to check on Jonathan. [this won’t happen, so if he makes the offer I need to find a way for them to cancil it] Jonathan would agree with Alexandreil, would trust that they would keep him alive, especially when he knows that Sen’tran is involved. He trusts Sen’tran, Sen’tran is his mother. 
[But when Jason talks to Harris about how Paragangians die, he might remember this conversation and wonder if it is true. He might even talk to Harris about it. and they would talk about Jonathan still being alive even though he was exiled.]
at the end of this conversation Jason hadecided to go, or knows he will go, but still doesn’t want to. He tells ALexandreil NO but tells him He’ll call back if he changed his mind. Darcy fully understands and tells Jason they will hear from him soon, and will procceed with all the neccessary arrangements. Jason does not protest. 
==Chapter 18 Jason agrees to go==
placeholder Jason finally decides to go at the end of the semester, 
XXXXXXXXX           Scene two
 Jason would go home and talk with his parents about this offer, 
[So eventually Jason would agree to go, but the whole thing would be very ambivalent and he would be very worried about Jonathan the whole time, this would make talking to him about Desmond even harder and add drama to the decision to go to D’zeron. ]
Jason returns his call, and agrees to began his journey at then end of the semester. 
 ***need details of what the communications tech might be in America, and how Jason would use some sort of lower level of technology, which would annoy Alexandreil and entertain Jonathan and Matthias, and Jason’s student, all of whom Jason would enjoy sharing his adventure with. [He might agree to post on the equvalant of online some sort of log of his journey as he traveled. or he might refuse because he didn’t want to be involved with that tech, but he might allow Matthias to do something like that for him]
--Jonathan would have been occasionally cruel to Alexandreil growing up the same way he is dreaming with Jason tackling him and such, so he could easily laugh at Alex’s discomfort.
*** need details of Alexandreil’s reason for calling in Jason and how he justifies it to his people. one reason Jason is chosen might be that Sen’tran Jenzar agrees, as a friend of Gloria, to support the effort to re-establish contact with D’zeron only if it is Jason.
I should make a wiki page for secrets, for who knows what and why and how. not sure how to organize that.
Alex and Sen both know what happened before, before the banning, but only Alex knows about Lenn and the dragons. Quetzal knows, but he does not share this with Sen’tran. 
***I need to figure this out to figure out the details of the banning so I can clearify Alex’s and Sen’s motivations.  Writing Sen’tran backstory first will help with these details.
[Matthias might try to get invited along so he can still learn dreaming from Jason, but Alexandriel would refuse and Jason would assign him to teach retrotech next semester in his place. Pershington would be happy with this]
Moon mini-Scene?
{perhaps a short scene here with Jason looking at the moon, playing his guitar and wondering about the future} Jason might travel to Florida for a weekend to get time to think.
==Chapter 19 placeholder transition second half of semester==
the semester will be halfway over by the time he finally agrees to go. this will give him a rather short time to prepare.  
insert here a chapter summarizing Jason’s semester before he leaves. 
basically this would be a very brief outline for the prequal book about Matthias.---see Matthias Story 
The time traveling expert Devon Estrada from “gift of time” would be one of Jason’s colegeues In the department here, so some small mention of him would be in order to set up for Carston mention. mention of Dr Hawthorn would be in order in the part about the history of the discipline]
Mention here also of Jason growing his hair out, 
it’s about an inch long at the start, in January. If he leaves mid may, he has about 4 months of growth time before he goes. So it would only be about 3 inches by that time, and only 4 or 5 inches by the time he arrives in D’zeron.  
and any other preparations he did for D’zeron. mention also of the butterfly girl dream, perhaps???
==                       Section two--the journey begins==
==Chapter  Earth Station Mexico==
EarthStation Mexico, May 17 ***[change date,], Alliance Year 166.[?]
          Jason stepped out of the aircar into the village square of the ancient Mexican settlement outside the entrance to Earth Station Mexico. [name the village]
*[explain his feelings, memories of the place, other arrivals, describe the aircar, give the town a Spanish name which means something about holding back time, or hanging onto the past, ie, nostalgia? origin of this name would be explained in his retrotch lecture in chapter one, and this village introduced there] 
          He programmed the aircar to return to his home in Kansas, then sent it on it’s way [how is that done? what does it look like} before turning to look around him. The village **[Name the village] seemed unchanged. like time stood still there. He wanted to stop and visit [mention specific people and places significant from his time there—I’ll have to write about his time there to write this part] but he didn’t have time. Reluctantly, he turned to face the towering black monolith that was Earth Station Mexico.
          A long-haired American boy in jeans and a t-shirt accosted him before he reached 
the entrance, just far enough out that his presence did not trigger the opening of the wall. Looking directly into Jason’s eyes, the young man spoke.  “Jason Scott-Harris, My name is Matthew, and I stand before this door. ‘Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way which leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because straight is the gate and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.’ what kingdoms lie beyond the doors which open only for you, Jason Scott-Harris?” 
      Matthew stared at Jason as if demanding an answer.
      He knows my name. Jason stared back speechless. Jason was familiar with the scripture. it evoked memories of HomeWorld, the LDS colony, Leroy, Rae…
      What is this? Do I have to give a password? Alexandreil didn’t mention anything about a password. A fan who has read my books, maybe? a former student? Before he recovered sufficiently to formulate any response or even a question, the portal of the station dissolved from within and a woman approached him. Well over six feet tall, expressionless and covered head to toe with black clothing matching her black skin. Nothing unusual for a Paragangian, except that she was entering the world beyond the station walls.  
     She glared at Matthew    
     Matthew smiled back. “perfect love cast out fear, Rhonda.” 
     She glanced down in Jason’s general direction without meeting his eyes and spoke awkwardly, probably unaccustomed to speaking aloud, like Alexandreil.  “Dr Scott-Harris, My name is Rhonda. Alexandreil waits at HomeStation with Harris Jenzar. Please follow me.”    
        Grateful to be freed from the riddle of Matthew-who-stands-before-the-door, Jason followed. Rhonda tried to hand him a small flat object. “A temporary link to the Community Mind so you can function independently on this station, on HomeStation, and on the ships we travel with.” It sounded like a command.
       How does a device connecting my brain to alien technology make me able to function independantly? Jason smiled nervously “No thank you, Rhonda. I’m a retro-technologist, I told Alexandreil I won’t be linked to your computer. I don’t want to become part of your community.”
       Rhonda persisted as if speaking to an intractable child. “It won’t make you part of our community. Nothing can do that. It merely provides access to information, and control of entrances and devices.” 
       “No thank you,” insisted the retro-technologist patiently. If this is how they treat non-Paragangians, no wonder they need someone like me to negotiate with D’zeron.
       Rhonda glared with pure hatred, put the link back into some invisible pocket and glared at Jason’s luggage. “A Retro-technologists is supposed to live with what he finds.” [make that a Retrotech catchphrase prior to this point]
       Jason shrugged. “To negotiate with anti-technological people I need natural materials that don’t offend their customs. Things I can’t get in Paragangia.”
          “A material generator can create any material,” stated Rhonda, as Jason sent his luggage ahead to HomeStation. He chose to hand-carry his turtle-shell guitar though the transport. If anyone asked him why, he intended to tell them how irreplaceable was, having been made for his dead father by the husband of his great aunt Rae on HomeWorld; if he sent it with his luggage it might be damaged or lost. In truth Jason carried it whenever he traveled because he needed something familiar to hold onto.
         Jason deposited his bags into the transporter and entered the destination HomeStation. I’m going to Terran 8 and to D’zeron, a dream come true. He grinned in a moment of giddiness and watched his possessions vanish. DIzziness repaced giddiness as Disappearing luggage made the journey suddenly too real, and terrifying. Fighting back tears Jason stared at the now empty transport not wanting to follow his luggage, not wanting to turn and face the Paragangian woman impatiently waiting to take him where his luggage already was: many light-years away where Jonathan’s childhood friend  waited for him with someone named Harris Jenzar who was probably a relative of Sen’tran. His head spun. Jason took a deep breath, trying to pull himself together. his vision blurred. He thought he might faint. He feared that If he lost consciousness they would link him to the community mind without consent, and transport him to some unknown place far across the universe where he might be lost forever.
        “Hey, Dr. Scott-Harris!” A familiar, mocking voice from behind, accompanied by the steel whir of skateboard wheel-bearings, pulled Jason back from his fears. “Jonathan told me you might be on the station today”
        “Carston.” Jason grinned in spite of himself as a young man with long dark-purple hair spun past and stopped in front of him. “What’re you up to these days?” He noticed Carton had a white antique Guitar strapped to his back. [Jason’s time living at the station would have taken place right before Gift of time starts. Jason would have stayed with Marisol actually that would very likely not been his first visit with Marisol, and therefore not his first meeting with his cousin Carston] 
        Carston flipped the skateboard up and caught it, spinning the wheels with his hand to produce a metallic whirring sound. “Up to no good as usual.” He laughed. “Actually, Dr. Scott-Harris, I guess I’m doing something like what you taught me: I’m trying to go forward by going back.”
           “You’re studying retro-technology?” 
          “Nope” Carston smirked and threw the skateboard spinning into the air. It landed neatly on its wheels with a muffled thud a few inches behind him. He stepped gracefully back onto it, and rocked it rhythmically back and forth as if dancing. “I’m time traveling.”
         “Time travel? Carston! That’s illegal to even study, unless you have a government contract like Devon Estrada” [some mention of Devon Estrada might be appropriate here. Jason might have hear about the Guitar, actually, as if would have been interesting news in the department when Devon went to investigate. but it might also have been hush-hush and Jason might have just not picked up on such things. or Devon might have mentioned it because there is a picture on it of Jason and He knows Jason is related to Carston]
         Carston shrugged “I’m not studying, Dr Scott-Harris. I’m just traveling. Don’t worry. You Know Wally’s got my back if I get into trouble. Always.” Carston kicked the board back up and caught it in his left hand, while reaching out with the other hand to grab hold of a lock of Jason’s pale blond hair. “Growing your hair out. Where’re you off to Dr. Retro-tech?” 
          Jason brushed away Carston’s hand in annoyance. “I’m going to Terran 8 to negotiate for Paragangia in the low tech village D’zeron. Long hair is the custom there. They start growing their hair out at age twelve[is this the current age of adulthood?] when they reach adulthood. When they are courting they wear it loose and when they are married, or when they’re working and want to set aside courtship for a time, they braid it.”
          Carson smirked, “It’s not braided. So I’m guessing you’re not working, you just think you’re finally old enough to go seduce D’zeron women like your daddy did, and bind your Paragangian treaties with bloodlines.” 
       “Of course not.” Jason blushed in embarrassment, and then in anger, realizing that Carston always said that sort of thing just to make him blush. “It’s not long enough to braid well yet. I’ll braid it before I get there so they’ll know I’m not courting. Alexandreil chose me because I speak the language, and understand the technology limits. I’ve always wanted to go to D’zeron, because D’zeron has a dream field.” 
          “Long way to go just for dreaming. About as far as you can go and still exist. Wally would say ‘Terran 8 is almost as remote as the possibilities of Carston’s time travel ever leading to anything good’.”
          Jason laughed at Carston’s impression of Earth Station Mexico’s Terran transport technician. “How is Waldo?” 
         “Same as ever. Doesn’t approve but he helps me anyhow ‘cause he knows I’ll still do it, and he feels like I’m safer if he’s helping. Which I certainly am.” 
         “I wish I had time to go see him. I guess I won’t be seeing anyone but Paragangians for the next few months.”
       Carston laughed without sympathy. “Sounds like great fun.”
       Going to D’zeron was a dream come true. Paragangia would be a nightmare. Rhonda was waiting impatiently to take him there. 
         “It was nice to see you, Carston. Tell Wally I’ll come by on my return journey.” Normally Jason hated socializing almost as much as he hated his arrogant, reckless cousin, but the prospect of six months alone in Paragangia looming before him made small talk with Carston feel comfortingly familiar. 
        “Will do.” Carston noisily flipped his skateboard onto the floor, mounted and rolled away as it landed. Shaking back long purple hair, he laughed mockingly. “See you next year, Dr. Scott-Harris. Have a nice journey to D’zeron. I can’t imagine why anyone would agree to go there, especially you.” 
       
==Chapter 21 HomeStation and Harris==
             Jason blinked dizzily, and shut his eyes trying to catch his balance. Transports were common. The University had transports between floors and buildings in the newer halls. The one in Jason’s tower had been given to Jordan Keerigan-Smith by Paraganians shortly after first contact. the first installed on the earth outside of Earth Station Mexico. Transports were certainly safer than the old elevators in Waters Hall, but being taken apart and reassembled in another location was just wrong. He took the stairs or climbed down the rough stone walls from the rooftop.
     Being suddenly light-years from Earth in an alien space station also seemed wrong. He knew it would be this way. He could handle it.
     He opened his eyes to sizeless shadowless black-walled room filled with bright light which seemed to arise from the air itself.: Desmond built this. Tears filled his eyes,  The realization overwhelmed him. He lived and died for this. If he had lived, I would have grown up here. Part of me belongs to Paragangia. 
         Jason squeezed his eyes shut. He shook his head to clear away thoughts and feelings. Rhonda was silent beside him, probably talking with Alexandreil through the link. The Center represented Paragangia perfectly: tall, black and expressionless.  A short black cape covered the shoulders of his featureless black jumpsuit and a black scarf covered his head. Nothing in his present appearance evoked the fearful but affectionate youth of Jonathan’s memories.
         Beside Alexandreil stood a man of similar stature --at least two feet taller than Jason-- with cleanly sculptured black features and short black hair. Most Paragangians were bald or wore a head scarf. His uniform was like an Earth Alliance Negotiator, only Black with tiny gold braid instead of sky blue.  
        They bring a negotiator to meet a negotiator? Perhaps visible hair was an attempt to appear less alien. The earth style uniform probably had this same intention. If so, it wasn’t working.
       Clinging affectionately to Alexandreil was a tall thin Terran woman with long ornately styled hair exactly the color of young Jonathan’s. Her skin was a warm golden like Jonathan’s. Her dress, black and formfitting,  a parody of the negotiator’s uniform, with more and larger gold braids. Though lacking black skin and hair, she was made in their scale. With her hairstyle and her stilettos she stood slightly taller than Alexandreil. Paragangians are all giants to a five-foot tall American anthropologist.
.  “You must be Jonathan’s boy!” She exclaimed, smiling brilliantly as Jason’s eyes met hers. Jason felt Dizzy. Except for gender and attire She looked exactly like Jonathan when he was young. Mockingly so. A characiture of Jonathan and of a Paragangian Negotiator. 
       Had they made this woman to resemble Jonathan for Jason’s benefit, or was it for Alexandreil?          
      She moved towards him with a flowing grace that took his breath away and set him at ease. Alexandreil’s wife? Or do Paraganians need two negotiators to meet a negotiator?Or three? He wasn’t sure of Rhonda’s role, either.
     She reached out to take his hand, knelt before him, flowing effortlessly down to his level the way adults often do to speak to a small child. She touched his cheek and all his fears abated as if she had taken them. Jason smiled back gratefully, and saw in her eyes that she understood. I’d rather be a child than the only pale midget in a forest of dark giants
         “I’m Darcy. I’m honored to meet you Jason. I became negotiator for Center when my brother Jonathan was exiled.” 
         Jason’s eyes traced the familiar golden contours of Darcy’s face. Could be a natural family resemblance and not Paragangian Technology?  Jonathan was born and abandoned on Earth Station Mexico by a Mexican-American prostitute. Marisol had adopted him at birth. Why didn’t he tell me?Darcy, Alex…who else don’t I know about?
         Darcy smiled sympathetically. “So. The old homosexual traitor keeps secrets from his son. Don’t you worry Honey, We’ve all got secrets. You’ll understand everything soon enough.” She brushed the back of her hand across his cheek and an inexplicable calm seemed to flow from it, strangely contrasting his disturbing thoughts.
       Old Homosexual traitor?
        Rhonda’s voice interrupted, harsh and impatient. “Enough Darcy. There is no place for you in this matter.”  
       “Quite so,” she replied, smiling warmly at Jason.  “For that I thank you, Jason. Were it not for your willingness, I might eventually be sent to D’zeron. [exactly what circumstances would make this possible?why would he say this? reword perhaps?]  I thank you for freely choosing a journey I would not wish on anyone.” 
         Jason smiled. “I’ve always wanted to go to D’zeron”
        Rhonda glared as Darcy rose gracefully, giving Jason one more calming caress as she flowed serpentine up from the floor to tower over the Paragangian woman. Rhonda might perhaps have been slightly larger, but between the shoes, the hair style and simply the force of personality, Rhonda shrank to a small dark shadow beside the golden negotiator. 
       “I greet my nephew as I choose.” Said Darcy serenely “you have …” she paused and turned to Jason, as if to draw his attention to the point “…no authority here, Rhonda.” 
    Darcy gently lifted Jason’s chin with her fingertips and whispered “Never let her bully you.” with such urgency that it felt like a warning rather than encouragement, and left Jason feeling disconcerted again. 
       Darcy returned to Alexandreil’s side as Rhonda returned to Jason. “Harris Jenzar, son of Sen’tran, will take us to the Marrion Jay Ship Community now.”
           Rhonda’s going too? Jason paled and turned his attention to the Paragangian Negotiator. Harris Jenzar looked a statue carved of smooth black stone, colorless except for the whites of his eyes and the thin gold braids accentuating the clean lines of his uniform.  Harris’s calm confidence conveyed an impression of age and wisdom, like an ancient Buddhist monk watching serenely above this trivial exchange of greetings. Since Paragangians could live hundreds of years without any physical signs of aging, it was impossible to discern his age. He could be 300. or 13.  Looking at Harris Jason saw for the first time the alien beauty of Paragangians his mother loved. 
        Jason started to smile, but instead noticed a strange metallic sphere floating in the air beside Harris. like something out of a Pre-Alliance Earth movie, it did not resemble any Paragangian technology Jason had ever seen. Was this intended to put him at ease? The Paragangian version of Retrotechnology? It turned to face Jason as soon as he glanced towards it, expressively rotating fanlike wings and seeming to meet his gaze. Jason blinked back tears. 
        I am an anthropologist. This is basically a field study, like Planet Mexico. He tried to retreat into a role he knew how to play. I can do this.He turned his attention to the beautiful stone-chiseled giant, stepped forward, forced a polite smile and held out his hand. “Harris Jenzar, I am pleased to meet you. Thank you for coming to meet us.”
         All illusion of dignified serenity vanished as Harris took his hand with childish enthusiasm and grinned widely, revealing a mouthful of slightly pointed, almost feline teeth. “Welcome to Paragangia, Jason Scott-Harris.  You look just like your mother. You don’t resemble Jonathan at all, are you sure he’s your dad?” 
        “Of course I’m sure,” Jason replied, taken aback. “Jonathan’s been my father since before I was born.” He felt a twinge of guilt. Legally it was true even though Jonathan was not his biological father. Besides, who my father was is none of this guy’s business, is it?
       “I remember your parents,” Harris went on, still holding onto Jason’s hand. “Jonathan was a good friend of mine. I watched Gloria paint the mural. she was beautiful and sweet.” Harris grinned menacingly. “This is your first visit to HomeStation, isn’t it?” 
        Small talk was difficult. Jason struggled to reply politely, “You’re right. Mom is wonderful. I sometimes watch her paint.” He wished Harris would let go of his hand but didn’t dare pull away. He had never seen a Paragangian grin before. The catlike-teeth unnerved him even more in contrast to Harris’s previous serenity and current childish enthusiasm. This is why Paragangians don’t grin. Paragangians shouldn’t grin.
         Harris’s eyes turned to Darcy for a second as if Darcy had spoken to him through the link. Harris let go of Jason’s hand and stopped grinning.
      “You’re right,” Said Jason, “this is my first time here. I haven’t seen the mural.” 
         Harris lit up like a small child receiving an unexpected but long desired gift. “Let’s go see it!” He exclaimed too enthusiastically,  grabbing Jason’s shoulder to guide him towards the courtyard. 
        Rhonda interrupted. “We are not here to tour the station, Harris. Take Dr. Scott-Harris to the Taxi ship. I’ll join you soon.”
        “What’s the hurry, Rhonda?” Harris protested “A few minutes won’t make us late for Jai-ten. Let the kid experience his own history.” 
         My history? No. Jason desperately wanted not to see it and wanted to get away from the grinning Paragangian wildcat giant still gripping his shoulder.
         Rhonda glared at Harris and fell silent. Harris grinned back catlike, undaunted. The conversation probably continued silently through the link. Jason didn’t care about the mural and didn’t want to stand in a crowd of silent arguing giants. Paragangian history wasn’t his history even if his mother painted it and his biological father commissioned it. 
        He brushed Harris’s hand off his shoulder and turned away from the courtyard. “It’s okay. I don’t need to see it now.” 
         “What if you never come back?” Harris persisted like a petulant child. 
         Jason turned to his only ally in this alien battle of dark giants, and Darcy was there for him.
         “Harris! You ought to be ashamed! He’s seen more of Paragangia than he ever wanted. Give him time. Take him on ahead, like Rhonda told you.”
          “Thank you Darcy” Jason smiled gratefully. “I’ll be back, Harris. and I’ll visit the mural with you on my return journey if you still want to. Let’s go.” 
         “You promise?” Harris asked, childlike.
          “Sure, I promise.” 
          “Okay. Let’s go.” Grinning, Harris moved toward the transport.
          Relieved, Jason slung the turtle shell guitar over his shoulder and scurried after him. The argument was good in a way. Jason was ready to go forward. At least on the Marrion Jay he would have a private room where he could avoid Paragangians.
           After exchanging silent smiling glances with Darcy, and more silent glares with Rhonda during which Jason supposed many silent link-communications occurred in which he was glad to have no part, Harris led him through the transport to a space Taxi waiting at the nearest transfer station. “We sent your luggage ahead when it arrived. Rhonda said you saw Carston. I suppose you two have much in common.” 
           Jason smiled back, grateful for something to talk about which didn’t include a tour of the station. “Not exactly. We’re cousins.”
     Harris sobered “cousins.” Harris repeated thought fully.
       Disconcerted, Jason realized Harris might take that as an admission of his biological heiritage if Harris aware of Carston’s connection to Desmond Harris’s family on HomeWorld.
       “I visited his family when I stayed at [the Mexican village by ESM] for a field study a few years ago. Carston was somewhat interested in retro-technology then.” 
          Harris laughed loudly, like a cross between an angry wildcat and a drunken pirate from some Pre-Alliance Earth movie. “Retro-technology? Like that skateboard with the metal wheel bearings?” 
         Harris imitated the sound of Carston’s wheels convincingly, as Jason filled his mind with images of Carston Hawthorn riding that skateboard, dark purple hair flying out behind him in the heavy Mexican sun, wheels clicking along the ancient pavement. It wasn’t a pleasant thought, but better than the thought of having his body disintegrated and reassembled in another space station another thousand light-years away, where a taxi-ship was waiting to carry Jason and this 7 foot tall, fanged, laughing space-pirate, along with Rhonda, through two ship-transports to the Marrion Jay Ship Community. 
        Jason didn’t realize until he was alone in his room that night that Alexandreil had not even spoken to him. 
[Jason would be able to send messages home for the first few days while they were traveling In taxi ships, so he might do that}
                                                
==Chapter 22 Harris taxi day one HomeStation                             ==
[part of this pov harris could be told in a conversation with Anton?...Anton had some weird ability to communicate  during space travel??]
and Harris might communicate with Anton from Home station. 
22
pov Harris, from the time Jason arrives on Homestation to the time they transport out to the taxi ship. day one
5—Harris Pov. His first impressions of Jason. including the same scene stated above from Harris’s pov, including the link conversations [not revealing Darcy’s gender] 
part could be his thoughts after he gets Jason settled in. 
Harris was thrilled to be taking the son of Gloria Scott and Jonathan Landon to Jai-ten. Partly because he had happy childhood memories of  Jonathan and Gloria, Partly because he got to go to Jai-Ten, and partly because he hoped and beleived the boy was really the son of Desmond Harris, the heir of Paragan. 
        Jason didn’t confess it though. No surprise. Harris knew Jonathan’s name was on the child’s birth certificate, but anyone could sign their name, especially to protect the identity of a child with a great or terrible destiny. 
Jason came through the transport terrified but looking a lot like Gloria other than that.  Pale, short. the antithesis of Paragangia purity. He’d Make a pretty strange Paragan if he was the one who could open the message on the wall. Harris like that Idea.
        Rhonda’s annoyance was overwhelming on the link, terrified and threatening. Darcy was trying to calm everyone, as always, to smooth things over. It worked too.  The boy was calmer by the time they left . for a moment Harris was more concerned for Rh onda than for JAson.                           
[Harris’s thoughts would be hyper, racing, as Jason was judging him to be like a Zen monk or a statue.—they’d be even more jumbled with mete-thoughts in his memories of the events.like Anton,                                      
conversations between Jason and Harris, on the way to Marrion jay pov harris
Harris’s Explaination of Rhonda’s role on this journey, [how does she feel about the journey? she goes representing ESm and not representing Paragangia as a whole, so not representing Alexandreil. He is not happy about her going. I’m not sure why Sen’tran agrees to take her. perhaps he has no authority to deny her passage being as he is the only transport to that part of space. she is going to help THearon return, but she would be the only one who knows this, if she even does know. she would be travelijg not to D’zeron but to Rhosoh.   the official reason for her visit would ahve to do with the medical crisis on RHosoih, and she is chosen for this because her family is from Rhoisoh.
==22X notes on Jason meeting Harris==
Harris and Jason first meeting ? accepting friendship.
I was thinking, when Jason and Harris meet, Harris would say something about being friends, and Jason, because he has himself defined as not having friends, would say I don’t have friends and I don’t want friends. It’s just not what I do. and he would think he sees Harris’s eyes go grey like Jonathan’s do for just a second, and wonder about it, the Harris would grin and say ok, I’ll be happy to play that game with you if that’s how you want it, ….
In the opening scene Harris would call him a friend, and Jason would think back on this while he’s waiting and remembering the conversation on the day they met. after they have agreed to be friends, basically. 
but I’m not sure about the order so I need to think of the implications of the current starting point, and whether I want the reader to know before they become friends how they struggled to get to that point, or to see the struggle before they see Harris’s victory of Jason’s reluctance to define any of his relationships as friendship. 
Harris might also offer at some point to be his brother rather than to be his friend. that would be an interesting conversation to write for them.
==Chapter 23 Jason and Harris on the space taxi==
in the space taxi, Harris shows Jason to a room, carrying most of his luggage there for him. He informs him that out of respect for Jason’s need for independance without a link he has already addapted the room to be usable for a terran. Jason, overwhelmed, is very quiet at first. Harris shows him how to work the food producing generator, and shows him how to work the health maintanance system. Jason pasively receives this knowlege, declining to try it at the time. there is a bed and a chair in the room, which are Paragangian but Adjusted to be usable by Jason. He tells Jason that Harris will gladly provide him with a temp link if he changes his mind, and reassures him that the MArrian Jay is better equipt for terrans. finally Jason gathers himself enough to ask Harris to just leave him alone. 
Harris explains about energy transfer, and that the taxi has been chosen not to make him comfortable but to shorten significantly his overally journey. 
Jason agrees this is good, and states he will be able to endure this for a few days, although he is not prepared for it. 
Harris also explains about sending messages, and suggests that Jason should prepare a message to send to his family, as once they arrive on the Marrion Jay they will not be able to send anything out for therest of the journey, predicted to take about 6 months. 
Jason finally convinces Harris to leave him alone, by telling him very bluntly and directly to do so. 
Harris has not yet explained about how he can take emotional energy from Jason to make the ship taxi travel faster. 
at this point HArris is drawing on his own emotions from meeting Jason and does not feel a need to draw on jason’s, because they are already traveling at record speed. [write that part from pov Harris as Harris returns to Navigation and reveiws his experiance with Jason. Harris would at this point introduce Anton by sending him messages.
the first night Jason will be hungry and want to bathe and use the restroom, and not want to use Paragangian technology. He will complain to Harris and convince him that what is being asked of him for these few days is not in keeping with the agreement, that he was not told about the several days on the space taxi, and should not be expected to use this technology which would be invasive to his body, even though they have adopted it to be used with no link. Jason might even lose control of his emotion and have a  very embarrassing temper tantrum. Harris will cope well with it, and Jason will not.                                                                                                                                                            
23
pov Jason, adjusting to the Taxi ship. night one.
The journey in the taxi through the jump gates would take several days…an aspect of the journey Jason had not fully anticipated, though he has prepared himself for the Marrion Jay. 
During most of this time he has a private room in the taxi, but it is Paragangian, so there’s a limit to how earthlike Harris can make it. For instance it will not have a bathroom and he will have to use the technology to get food. Harris may create a virtual bathroom in the taxi ship for Jason, but he will not have prepared this ahead of time, not having anticipated the need. Jason will be grateful but also ambivalent because he knows it takes much more tech to fake up lower tech in a high tech ship. discussion of the principle of living with what you find, and how that applies to adapting to another culture…being in the world but not of the world. How to be true to the principles of retrotechnology while living in Paragangia. 
He will talk to Harris and convince him that some semblance of a toilet is required. Harris will provide one at this moment of stress, and then explain more about energy transfer and how everything he creates slows the taxi, and about how if Jason would link to him  they could travel so much faster. Jason will refuse. Harris will then explain about empathy and how to some degree he can draw energy from Jason’s feelings by just talking with him. He will also try to convince Jason to try to cheer up by telling they will go fast if Jason is happier.
once Harris has created something to make Jason feel better, Harris will insist that unmaking it will be a waste of energy so he might as well enjoy it. At some point Jason will raise this argument for the using of animal products. [studying veganism might help me understand Paragangian culture] Harris will feel conflicted in trying to manipulate Jason to violate his own beliefs or change them according to Harris’s will but he is so scared of Jason’s illness he is willing to excuse this in himself.
jason will play LDS songs on his GUitar and Harris will be fascinated by it. He might know the guitar, might have seen it before when Desmond had it, and this would increase it’s value in Harris’s eyes. 
Harris would often be tempted to talk with Jason about his being the son of Desmond but most often would not say anything to Jason, because the few times he lets anything slip Jason reacts very badly. 
                         
==CHapter 24 taxi day 2 Jason getting sick and stressed==
24 
pov Harris the second day, encouraging Jason to write home, writing home, etc.  Jason is starting to get sick and Harris is aware of it and starting to get terrified. both because sickness evokes death which terrifies him and because he’s not used to powerlessness, and because he knows who Jason is and is terrified of being held responsible for losing the Heir of Paragan, and because he’s afraid of losing his chance to get to know Jason both because he realy likes Jason as an individual and because he has dreamed all his life of meeting the Heir of Paragan [and remembers his birth?]
Harris might even at this point have some thoughts about trying to dream with Jason through the dream bond he might remember they have from his being presant at Jason’s birth, but I might not reveil this to the reader until Kaar-Taal.[probably Sen'tran blocked those memories in Harris. he wanted them to ahve the dream bond but not to remember the dream bond.
Harris would think of Jason as a brother, because of this link, and might call him little brother at times, and Jason would think this is odd, but perhaps never ask. Harris probably also knows of his own destiny as the first Heir to Desmond, and the brotherhood they share thorugh that. but Jason is not officially Paragangian at this point and there are many racial secrets is fur and dreaming which cannot be shared with outsiders. Harris feels very conflicted about not sharing this. 
after his implant is removed in Kaar-Taal hw will share because he is exiled and therefor no longer under the rules of Paragangia. since he has been left with this knowlege he feels justified in sharing it. [sen’tran does not block these memories as would normally be done for exiles]
Harris would shamelessly antagonize Rhondah and take her emotional energy through the link. SHe would perhaps realize what he is doing, and, wanting to get there sooner, she would antagonize Harris also. Harris would enjoy this game and be able to draw energy from his own enjoyment of it also. it would take his mind off Jason, and then when he returned to Jaon he would be shocked by Jason’s deteriorated condition. He’s litterally never seen someone as sick as Jason, ahving spent most of his life on SHipcommunity and in Paragangia, and with Sylvia always ready to heal anyone he encountered. in the past he healed people without asking. now he wonders if that was wrong to do.
           
Harris would stop the Taxi ship at the jump gates to send out Jason’s messages home, because he realized that being able to send out those messages made him feel a great deal better. He also attached a note to the outgoing message encouraging response, and greeting Jason’s parents, assuring them he was taking good care of their son, and encouraging them to respond to Jason’s messages, even though he wouldn’t receive the responses till he arrived at Jai Ten, and pleas for help to Darcy as to how to deal with Jason. Darcy wouldn’t help much because his power only works in the same place and He knows Harris will figure it out soon enough. He would also contact Anton, and would contemplate contacting Sen’tran and choose not to, not wanting to receive Sen’tran’s disaproval primarily because it tend to slow down his navigation.
24 
pov Harris the second day, encouraging Jason to write home, writing home, etc.  
Describe the transfer station and the two taxi ships and how Harris tries to befriend him, to make him comfortable, and Jason tries to be polite while trying to avoid him. Harris knows how terrified Jason is but feels helpless to help him. He wishes he had some of the abilities Darcy has. He seeks help first from Darcy and as they get farther away from Anton. sending messages and then receiving answers at the next stop.[thus they would stop twice the second day and once the third while Harris sought an answer from Darcy the first day and then sought one from Anton the third day. anton would advise him not to stop again, but would use his supernatural abilities to continue to communicate with Harris from the MArrion Jay. this is how HArris learns of ANton’s abilitiy
==Chapter 25 Day three Jason is very sick==
the next day the stress begans to really take it’s toll on Jason’s body. he is feverish and slightly delerious when Harris comes to check on him. 
Harris panics. He tries to use his panic to collect energy, which works except he finds that his panic prevents him from using the enrgy wisely because he cannot see the course while he is paniced. He lets Sylvia auto piolot while he panics, indulges in his panic storing up the energy, and then forces himself to overcome the panic and goes to talk with Jason. 
                                                                                    
He takes advantage of Jason’s delerium to get him to eat and drink things made from the generator which will help him recover. Sen’tran has left some instructions for him, having predicted this need.
he might also seek information through his communications with Anton. He will in this context promise to introduce Anton to Jason and will later stuggle to get permission from Jason to keep this promise.
when Jason starts getting sick on the way to D”zeron Harris would remember this time.
25 
Pov Harris day three, Jason is sick. 
section three Jason is sick
on the third day Jason begins to be sick. they would arrive at the Marrion Jay on the 5th, [It might take longer than usual because Harris is so stress, but he would use his belief that Jason is Paragan to keep focused. Jason would still be sick for several days aboard the Marrion Jay. after the first few Sen might order Harris to stop bothering him and just give him time alone to heal. 
During this time, and during the first part of his time on the Marrion Jay Jason would be sick, and refuse to allow himself to healed. During the time he is ill he might be a bit more open to Harris, allowing Harris to comfort him somewhat, but not to cure him. Jason’s illness would upset Harris, but he would still be careful not to heal Jason. He might make a few minimal efforts to heal him in lower tech ways, like adjusting the food to contain things which would help his body heal. one or Both of them might remember this time when Jason is sick in D’zeron. [and when Harris is sick in D’zeron with the exile illness] Harris would do research to find out some kinds of herbal medicines and the recreate then with the material generator, and then give it to Jason, and by then he’s sick enough not to argue. What Harris learned for that he might use when Jason is sick in Kaar-taal
Jason would feel somewhat ashamed of having been sick and let Harris help him, and that would make him more determined not to in the future. But it would also make Harris much more attached to him, from having nurtured him, and from having seen his mortality. during this time Harris would keep telling Jason he can’t die because he promised to go see the mural in HomeStation, and Jason would reasure him he wasn’t going to die.
Rhonda would complain bitterly of having to be In the same Taxi with Jason while he was sick, even though there was o risk to her because the ship health maintenance system would heal her before any germs he had might really effect her. There are few people Harris really dislikes, and Rhonda is one of them. Her whining makes him more adamant in defending Jason’s right to stay sick, while at the same time he was terrified of Jason’s illness…of his suffering and the possibility he could die.
creating tech for Jason takes energy, and slows down the journey, Harris stresses on not being able to go faster, even though he is going at record breaking speed in spite of these extra chalenges. He intentionally antagonizes RHonda and uses to emotions through the link to get fuel for the ship. He also uses his own emotions, though doing so is a tricky balance because he has to stay calm to Navigate better.                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
Jason will increase he understadning of how much Harris had always cared about him and treated him with respect under difficult circumstances. increasing his apresiation for Harris and his desire to Keep his promis to go see the mural with Harris. 
==Chapter 26 mini chapter Matthias teaching Jasons class==
26x mini chapter Matthias teaching Jason’s Retrotech
after a chapter when Jason first writes home, Matthias sharing his first letter home with the students. [he’s going to make a website to post all progress news from Jason as Jason travels]this letter is written on the second morning before Jason is really sick. 
the last thing they hear before they enter the marrion Jay and can no longer send messages is that Jason is sick. 
I'm not sure how this works due to the timeing...Jason left in the spring, so is this an intersession course or what? 
==Chapter 27 day 4 and 5 jason sick last letter==
26x mini chapter Matthias teaching Jason’s Retrotech
after a chapter when Jason first writes home, Matthias sharing his first letter home with the students. [he’s going to make a website to post all progress news from Jason as Jason travels]this letter is written on the second morning before Jason is really sick. 
the last thing they hear before they enter the marrion Jay and can no longer send messages is that Jason is sick. n
[that had the same text as the previous file, I might check older files on this also]
==Chapter 28 Matthias sharing Jason's last letter==
28x 
Matthias sharing Jason’s last letter and reacting to it with family and students and co workers on earth. [Taz might be mentioned here, I need to get clear on what the status of that relationship is at this point] 
This letter includes a message from Harris encouraging them to reply to Jason so that he will have messages when he arrives at Jai-ten.
==Chapter 29 transition to the Marrion Jay==
29 transition to Marrion Jay.
upon arriving Harris prepares Jason’s bedroom, making him a full bathroom with water and everything before bringing Jason there. He pleeds with him once more to meet with Sen’tran, receive a templink, and allow himself to be ehaled jsut this once. Jason declines. Harris leaves Jason to rest in the room he has just created for him, after asking if there is anything else he would like and creating everything Jason mentions or has ever mentioned before. 
==                  Journey To D'zeron Section 3: On the Marrion Jay==
==Chapter 30 day 1 Marrion Jay==
Harris returns the next morning, as soon as he realizes Jason is awake. He then instructs Jason how to contackt him and shows him the direct observation room. he teaches him to use the communicator there and instructs him that he can also jsut yell for Harris from pretty much anywhere except his private room and Harris will hear him. at this time he first tells Jason he has promised to introduce him to Anton. Jason is offended and refuses to meet ANton at this time. 
==31X old notes first weeks on marrion jay pov jason==
Pov  Jason Jason’s first few weeks on the Marrion Jay. below are random old bit which might be useful
Jason is very sick when they first arrive from the jumpgates. Harris again tries to get him to link, ad go see sen’tran in the community. he tries to get him to accept healing from the ships automatic health maintanence system. He’s set up living space for him which is to the best of Harris’s abilities earthlike. Harris gets a few things wrong, and a few things not to Jason’s liking. every time Jason complains or mentions anything out of order Harris immediately fixes it. 
when Jason stops complaining and doesn’t notice anything else not perfectly earthlike Harris starts offering games toys playground entertainment etc [should we let him offer Sylvias services as a movie projecter? it seems like he would so I would have to move that bit of the story up. so I guessI shouldn’t let that happen. 
after a few weeks Jason very pointedly asks him to leave him along and Sen’tran insists that Harris should respect Jason’s wishes. 
He continues visiting occasionally, and even tries introducing Anton to Jason. Sen’tran finally consents to this because Anton is driving him crazy about wanting to see Jason. Jason does talk with him for a short time and enjoys his company but does not want to see him again, although he secretly considers it now and then. 
Jason records a log of his journey which he intends to send to Matthias. he records what he learns about Paragangia but it isn’t much because he doesn’t interact with them at all really. Sen’tran never visits him [why?]
I could make red links to such questions and then answer the, and the answers would be already linked. 
there could be 4 or 5 chapters of getting adjusted to the Marrian Jay and Harris trying to help him and a fe conversations, a chapter of his visit to the community and of Anton’s visit to him, but other than that, one chapter of summary could cover the whole several months of space travel. 
Jason would spend a lot of time playing his guitar. He would also read, I’m not sure what he would read. he might study scriptures, which would fascinate Harris and Harris would remember this when he gets the scriptures from Desmond. 
they would talk about reading and written language and why Paragangia does not have written language, and scriptures and the prophet Paragan.  But Jason would never really engage in these conversations, so they would be cold and minimal. Harris would not be inspired to learn to read at this point, and might not even be able to on the Marrian Jay while navigating as he could on HomeStation
There would be at least one Harris POV chapter in this section. and we would get a glimpse of life in the Paragangian community but just a tiny glimpse. 
[which I need to create before I can write this part, and  have not created and don’t feel like creating, but someday I will be inspired, and now that I have the wiki I’ll know right where to put the information so I can find it.]
XXXX XXXXXXXXXX
Jason’s first week or so on the Marrion Jay, climbing walls and dealing with Harris. summary with a few small scenes. Jason cannot enter the Paragangian community because he has refused a link. thus Sen’tran will not visit him, [what are Sen’tran’s motives here?] and Rhonda also will leave him alone. 
Harris consistently treats Jason like a kid, but often Harris acts like a kid too, trying to be his friend and sometimes like an adult trying to take care of him and comfort him. at some point he will try taking him to the Paragangian community, he will convince Jason when he is very bored that it would be an educational experience. He will do it without linking Jason, using his own link to transport Jason [which is not easy to do, and not entirely legal, and Sen’tran will be mad that Harris tried it] but Jason will not want to be there and will never choose to visit again. He will not visit again until he goes to the Marrion Jay with Serai on the way back. [ I’m not sure if he’s linked then or not. at what point can a link read genetics? a temp link wouldn’t, but I’m not sure how he could transport without his genetics being read. Sen’tran might have done something to make his genetics unreadable, when he changed the color of his eyes. ] Harris would know how to secretely read his genetics, and would do so and the link would tell him that Jason is Jonathan’s son, and not Paragan. Harris would still doubt this and have fantasies about 
They finally negotiate a deal where Jason can climb in access tunnels of the Marrion Jay’s hull structure [or something like that] and Harris will promise not to offer him any more toys. and mostly to leave him alone.
Details of the structure of the Marrion Jay, and the relationship between the community and the passengers. Paragangian passengers travel in the community. many alien passengers do also. But they have private rooms where passengers can travel without community. 
why are there no other passengers, or are there, and if so where are they going, and do they interact with the other passengers? [most would travel in the Paragangian community, with plenty of education and entertainment and interaction available on the link. this is a very pleasant way to travel so Harris feels terrible for Jason all alone in a strange place all this time]
what Jason’s room is like, and the part of the ship he is on. Harris’s room which he would take Jason to, and they would talk about start wars. Harris would tell him to watch it, offer to get it for him. Jason would tell him about Matthias.
******* 
*********
7x take outs from planetary arriving
Jason was usually to be found dressed only in tan cotton shorts, preparing himself physically to climb trees and cliffs at D’zeron. He could cling to the only-slightly-textured corridor walls by his toes and finger tips or hang upside down from a ceiling beam. 
. the weeks in the ship taxi with no escape from Paragangian technology. The disconcerting brightness of the black mazes of corridors on the Marrion Jay Ship Community, as if light sprang to life and somehow radiated without reflecting in the motionless scentless temperatureless air.  The isolation of knowing that the only other living creatures within hundreds of light years were Paragangian Spacers who looked down on him as a child, not just physically, but also because he choose not to be linked to their ship’s computer.
       Every day Harris asked again if he had changed his mind. after the first week He sopped asking about the link and started offering to sneak Jason into the community without a link. He actually talked Jason into trying this once when he was extremely bored, but Jason hated it and Sen’tran was angry and Harris didn’t even visit Jason for a few days after that, and that was worse.
         Those first few weeks Harris kept offering to create high-tech toys for the retro-technologist. Harris saw Jason practicing rock climbing on corridor walls and offered to create a gravity-controlled holographic climbing room where Jason could pretend he was climbing real trees and rocks in the exact gravity of the planet Terran 8. Jason politely refused and Harris offered to do more research so he could make it smell like real trees and rocks. After several days of sheer frustration Jason finally compromised, allowing Harris to instead give him access to all the tunnels and vents within the Marion Jay’s hull structure. The tunnels definitely didn’t smell like rocks and trees or imitate D’zeron gravity. They were white, and seemed to reflect light in a much more Earth-like way than the weird matt black of the corridors. Jason wondered if Harris had somehow recolored them just for him before offering access. They weren’t low technology by any stretch of the imagination, but they varied in size, shape, texture and orientation so they made more interesting climbing practice than hallways and support columns. They also made avoiding Harris easier. Harris was happy to have been allowed to help, and stopped bothering Jason for awhile. 
**** 
*******8x ch 8 out takes 
Paragangians rarely spoke face to face. At age four every Paragangian child was given a  “memory implant.” The child lost three days of memories, and gained a permanent invisible connection to his community’s central computer, the Community Mind. He could communicate instantly with anyone in his community. Every Community Mind connected to the central computer of the Empire -- the HomeStation Community Mind. Thus they were connected to every other Community in Paragangia, except when they were too far away from HomeStation or traveling faster than light-speed, as the Marrion Jay almost always was. Harris was immediately connected to three thousand or so citizens and passengers of the Ship Community he had grown up on. At port he could communicate with HomeStation and other Communities, though there was delay-time of several days between Terran 8 and HomeStation.
Most adult Paragangians spoke in person only to close friends and family. Harris spoke for the Community to passengers such as Jason who refused to be temporarily linked. It was like speaking to small children, so he made an effort to remember to treat them as adults. Jason made this especially difficult by also looking and acting like a child. Harris didn’t mind. Most four year olds were also more mature and intelligent than people gave them credit for.
****
**
ch 8, more out takes [harris would take Jason here when they arrived, try to interest him in his toys, they would talk about technology and Retrotechnology and star wars. ]
The navigation room was small, designed to protect the navigator from all distractions. The navigation chair could comfortably hold his body in any position. Like most Paragangian technology it was controlled almost automatically by his thoughts through his link to the Community Mind, so the navigator could direct his full attention to flying the ship: Gathering energy from all available sources—during approach, mainly from the planet’s gravity and the sun’s radiation—and redirecting that power through the reverse-drive engines, storing whatever was extra in the recycling system. The navigator’s job was to chose the path which would enable the ship to collect as much energy as possible and arrive exactly on time, without flying too close to any dangerous energy sources. For a journey this long, on time meant as soon as possible.
Traditionally, a navigation room held only floating furniture and the walls were blank and black and empty, pure as the emptiness of space. Harris’s black walls were covered with Star Wars posters, and a shelf against one wall --also adjustable through the Community Mind—held various Star-Wars-related gadgets Harris had made: a light saber and several small robots. He claimed they helped him “feel the force.” No one could argue, since Harris always got them wherever they were going faster than any other navigator in Spacer history. 
==32X  jason meets Anton==
31 Anton meets Jason
this might well become more than one chapter]
Harris would come to visit Jason at least once per day, to make sure he didn’t need help with anything. He would also give Jason some way to contact him at any time, something similar to the video phones that he uses at home. or Jason could just go someplace outside of his private room and ask for Harris, and Harris would hear him. He would also make sure that he was in a place most of the time where Jason could walk down and see him if he ever wanted to do so. But Jason never did. 
 A few weeks later, when Jason is beginning to get bored, Harris brings Anton to meet him. A chapter of conversation between the three of them. [I look forward t writing this chapter, with Anton interacting with Harris without the link. ] this chapter might also explore Harris’s family life and his interest in pre-alliance earth movies
==33 placeholder Marrion Jay journey==
I am leaving a space here because on the 2014 feb edit, these files are so random I can't sort what is current they are all jsut random notes from various time.I probably need to add some chapters here. this will save me some renumbering hopefully
from this pont on I am very unsure which is most recent, I'm going to transfer everything with minimal editing from the most current folder, and then use this as the master file to add stuff from other versions into. this is probably a real waste of time but I don't mind. perhaps I should mind.
==34 planetary arrival ==
2013--
before I can rewrite this for the current version I will need to outline full content of all forgoing chapters. this needs much revision due to changes in forgoing content.
Planetary Approach
Marrion Jay Ship Community, Earth date March 20, Alliance Year 167[correct this date when the timeline is completed]
[there would be prior to this a breif conversation in which Harris told Jason when they would be arriving, inviting Jason to go to the observation room and watch arrival. That part would include discussion of the fact that when Jason went to planet Mexico he transported and Rae had not shown him the approach when they traveled to and from earth in her HomeWorld aircar, so this would be his first time observing a planetary arrival. }
describe how Jason dresses himself and that he is carrying his guitar on his back, just as when he arrived.
Jason walked through the wall from the black corridor and was surrounded by the familiar sky-patterned walls of the direct observation room. Acutely aware now that it felt like home, having been home to him for almost six months. It didn’t really look like the sky, he thought, though it had been designed for that purpose. to help him feel at home. Remembering Earth’s sky he felt far from home, realizing how little of sky could be capture in this illusion of flat color, created by someone who didn’t love the sky. Maybe if mom had colored it, it would actually feel like sky. 
Soon he would stand beneath real sky again, feeling the joy of that expanse. It would be alien sky, orange sky with green sunlight, yet still more like Earth sky than this perfect visual likeness. and even then, it would be just as alien as everything in Paragangia. fearful and joyful anticipation strove dizzily within him.Jason struggled to slow his racing heart, and just to breathe.
He gazed down into the night sky of Terran 8. His lifelong dream. He grinned uncontrolably, then a moment later froze in terror at the same thought. He stood by the window, dizzy and nausiated, staring into the darkness of space trying to steady himself. 
Terran 8 was A bright blue disk growing slowly against the darkness,  accompanied by it’s true moon, Lurrin, showing as a bright yellow disk. The blue moon Aissis was also just barely visible now. She was not really a moon but a small planet which followed in the orbit of Terran 8 like a dog on a leash. In D’zeron they called her the moon of destiny and dreams, because she rose as the sun set, and set as the sun was rising. 
Silence deepened around him until he was alone in the universe, conscious only of the beauty of these planets, wondering at the forces which kept them spinning so beautifully each in it’s own sphere. 
 Suddenly the stillness shattered. 
“Hey Jason! we’re almost there!” Jason struggled in vain to cling to his momentary peace.
 
  The pale blue wall of the Observation Room gathered itself disconcertingly back together behind Harris, shutting out the bright blackness of the corridor while Jason gathered his own walls to face the darkness which had entered.
“I’ve brought you the world of your... dreams.” Harris laughed, a small mocking laugh, but his voice was calm and quiet. “What do you think Jedi Jason?”   
Relieved not to be alone approaching an alien world, but still intimidated by Harris’s wildcat grin Jason braced himself against the window. Gratitude mingling with terror increased his vertigo. He took a deep breath and willed himself to relax. Words failed him. 
Harris smiled only slightly, his fangs not bared.  “I’ve come to check on you before planetary arrival.” Harris gestured to his negotiators uniform, the one he wore when they first met at HomeStation six months ago “doing my job”
I should say something, thought Jason, struggling for words.
 “It’s a beautiful planet,” said Jason. “Dreamlike. I can’t believe I’m really here.” 
          Harris laughed playfully and tousled Jason’s hair as if he were a little kid. “You’ll be going to bed early tonight, huh, Kid? your real arrival happens when you sleep in the blue moonlight, right?”
usually annoying, Harris’s hair ruffling seemed comforting and familiar as the alien planet rushed closer. Tonight I will be sleeping under the blue moon Aissis, dreaming in ways that aren’t even possible on Earth.
        Jason turned away from the dark giant towering above him and stared out into space. He pressed his hands against the window wishing it felt cold like real glass. Harris was simply too friendly.
          Jason felt uncomfortable, out of character. Harris probably saw him as a lonely kid arriving in an alien world, using his anthropology professor disguise to cover his terror, just like on the space taxi when they came to the Marrion Jay. That’s what I am. Why should I object to him thinking it? He nervously pushed back a lock of hair which fell across his face, and wished he had braided it. It was long enough now, at least for some basic cornrows.
 This part of his life--this place--which had in it’s own way become home would very soon be left behind. and Harris-- Just as Jason had tried not to let Matthias have any place in his life then ended up missing his freindship. So it was with the Marrion Jay, and Harris. Jason had longed to be free of this place, but now realized this new transition would be as hard as leaving Earth. on the Marrion Jay at least he knew there was a friend of his parents in charge of the community. on Terran 8 there was no one except a half-brother twice his age he had never met who didn’t know of his existence and might not even still be living.
         Watching the end of their journey together approaching, Jason remembered the beginning ---Harris had tried so hard to comfort him those first few days on the ship Taxi. Jason smiled at the memory. He would miss Harris. Jason’s antagonism towards the black-skinned, black-haired, black-clad giant-child with all his technology toys had made the journey more interesting. Avoiding Harris became a game as Harris continually tried to win his friendship by thinking up new toys to offer. Perhaps that was about as close to friendship as any one in Jason’s life ever came. like Matthias, who would be looking forward to Jason again being able to send him messages from the planet.
“You got plans for the time in port, kiddo?” Harris asked.  “Might be awhile before you get to go looking for Jonathan’s boys. I’ve been to Jai-ten before. Interesting town.”  
           “Jonathan’s boys?” Harris spoke as if he believed Lenn were still alive. [Jason should ask him about this sometime, figure out the right time and what Harris will know. Harris shouldn’t know much]
Jason turned his attention the man he had tried so hard to avoid for six months. Harris’s thick black hair was neatly combed back and instead of his shapeless black jumpsuit he wore a formal uniform outlined with tiny gold braids. The negotiator’s uniform he was wearing when Jason first saw him at HomeStation. Harris wasn’t seeking friendship. This was his duty. I am the only Terran traveling to Jai-ten on the Marrion Jay. He got dressed up for only me.
 
         Harris persisted with childlike tenacity. “Helps to have someone local to show you around. I know people here on Jai-Ten who’d be happy to help if you’re not too proud to listen.” Harris said.
         That’s what I’ve been: too proud to listen, too afraid of Harris’s technology to trust him as a friend or even as an informant. 
Harris was turning to leave, his wildcat grin faded to resigned disappointment. 
How old is Harris? probably older than he acts. Paragangian technology erased all signs of physical aging. Harris might have been on the Marrion Jay forty years ago when Tersh and Lenn were born there. If I had ever given him a chance Harris might have offered me more than random tech-toys and a game of avoidance.
         Jason looked pensively at the planet --visibly closer now-- where he hoped to find his half-brother Tersh in the low-technology village of D’zeron. Tersh’s twin brother Lenn was stillborn. As a child Jason liked to imagine Lenn had miraculously lived and they would meet someday. Jason gave up that hope along with the other myths of childhood. Maybe it wasn’t too late. Maybe Harris had reason to think Lenn was alive. [reduced or change this exposition based on what has been already shared]
Jason turned towards Harris, a towering black shadow walking away. The sky-blue wall of the observation room had already parted, dissolving around Harris as he stepped out into the bright blackness of the corridor. 
        “I haven’t been fair to you, have I Harris?” 
        Harris turned back quite suddenly. Sylvia scurried away to avoid collision. Jason blinked wide-eyed behind his gold-framed glasses and stepped back as the planet he had waited all his life to see was slipping gradually closer, unseen, behind him.
          Harris smiled warmly, ---not a wildcat grin--  and slouched a little, as if trying to appear smaller. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to scare you. Here, I’ll sit down so I don’t seem so intimidating.” He summoned an anti-grav chair and positioned himself near the window so Jason could watch the planetary approach without having to look up while they talked. He snatched Sylvia out of the air with one hand like a basketball and set her on the floor beneath his chair. 
       “I’m just a Spacer doing my job” He gave Jason a look of humble servitude. It didn’t suit him, and the awkwardness of the gesture made Jason smile.“doing my best to get you to the port of your dreams.” Harris winked as he said the word ‘dreams.’ “You don’t owe me anything, Dr. Scott-Harris.”
         Was the formal name to mock him or show respect? Probably both. The end of their journey together grew ever nearer beyond the window.
“There’s more to life than just doing your job, Harris Jenzar.”
           Harris grinned, his slightly-pointed teeth bright against the blackness of his skin like some giant night-hunting wildcat ready to pounce, but he leaned forward meeting Jason’s eyes affectionately as an older brother, and Jason wasn’t afraid. “I wondered if you’d ever remember that, Jedi Jason.”
 “What’s a Jedi?”  Harris often called him this. Jason feared he might be inviting the retelling of some ancient earth movie, but he finally really wanted to know why Harris called him “Jedi Jason.” [I need to figure out when and why Harris stared calling him this]
 “Jedi are the most amazing people in the universe.  You haven’t seen Star Wars, have you?” 
Jason shook his head “Maybe we can watch it sometime?” he replied, more surprised than Harris at the tone of hopeful anticipation in his voice. 
           “Yeah,” Harris replied very seriously “We should do that. Sylvia has it, she can project it for us.” 
“Not right now, though,” Jason added hastily, though he was happy to hear that Sylvia could actually do something more than float silently behind Harris. 
          Harris nodded and stood to leave. Sylvia rose to follow. As if responding to Jason’s thoughts, she beeped musically.  Harris said. “Speaking of Jedi, I should get back to navigation. Planetary approach is the most dangerous part of the journey. I’m supposed to give it my full attention.” 
          Terran 8 seemed suddenly very close, approaching at dizzying speed. “Why are you here then?” Jason asked, shifting his eyes nervously between the window and the navigator. 
Harris laughed “Don’t worry little brother! Sylvia would tell me if anything really needed attention.” 
         Sylvia beeped in cheerful agreement, twisting her wings to rotate vertically as if she was nodding her head. Jason eyed her suspiciously. Like all Paragangians, Harris was linked to all systems of the ship through the Community Mind. He shouldn’t need Sylvia to tell him anything. 
         Harris turned back and met Jason’s eyes, suddenly very serious “I came in person because I wanted to see you again before we arrive. I might never get another chance.” He paused, drew a deep breath and looked down at the floor as if trying to choose words tactfully. “Traveling to D’zeron is dangerous. I set a slow approach so she could auto pilot in while I came to say good-bye. I should get back, though.” When Harris looked up his dark brown eyes had grayed like Jonathan’s, when Jonathan was in pain. 
Jason felt tears rising behind his own eyes. Harris thinks I am going to die here.
         “Since you don’t have a link you’ll need someone to control the transport.” Harris said “I can take you to port as soon as we stop if you’re ready.” His eyes were dark again, shining with childlike enthusiasm. “But you’ll have some time to kill in Jai-ten. We’re arriving mid-day, and they say it’s better to dream after Aissis rises. Might be a week or so before you get permission to go to Kaar-taal. If you wait, I’ll meet you at the transport when I’m done tethering. My friend DaraJeen owns an inn here. I can take you there. You’ll like it. It’s more Retro than the tourist places in the port center, and you can have lunch with her. She likes to cook Terran food. Stuff that used to be alive, just like you like it.  I’ve heard she’s good, But I don’t know.  grows it all herself I guess. I wouldn’t eat that stuff for anything. After that you can go look at the city before sunset if you want to.” 
           Sylvia whistled with a tone of urgency and Harris left without waiting for reply.
==35 harris and his father old file==
place holdre file, from 2013
this section needs extreem revission when the forgoing chapters are completed. 2013 aug. Harris has alot more information by this time in the current version.
Scene two        Harris and Sen’tran     
[still need some editing]
Rushing down the bright black corridor Harris resumed navigation hoping his father hadn’t noticed the few minutes he had switched control of the Marrion Jay to Sylvia.  Maybe Jason isn’t really the son of the traitor Jonathan Landon, he told himself, like a child contemplating the sword Excalibur protruding from a stone.  Maybe he’s the lost Paragan. He has Desmond’s name. Maybe he’s the son of Desmond Harris. This fantasy seemed worth the lecture he would have to endure for it. [this exposition will not be needed at this point, but I dn’t know what will b, not having written the forgoing chapters]
Harris gave his body to the navigation chair, as he rarely did, straining to reduce the delay as much as possible as quickly as possible so perhaps Sen’tran would not take notice. –it was only minutes…
direct his full attention to flying the ship: Gathering energy from all available sources—during approach, mainly from the planet’s gravity and the sun’s radiation—and redirecting that power through the reverse-drive engines,  drawing from the recycling, form his own emotions, and for all those of the linked community.  The navigator’s job was to chose the path which would enable the ship to collect as much energy as possible and arrive exactly on time, without flying too close to any dangerous energy sources. For a journey this long, on time meant as soon as possible.
[this exposition might need to go earlier in this version]
     He glanced up at his shelf of starwars gadgets and smiled, remembering that Jason had agreed to watching it with him, He never expected that to happen, after Jason’s first reaction to the suggestion months ago.
       And better yet, Jason agreed to spend time with him at Jai-Ten. He would take him to the inn.
      thoughts of Darra Jeen made Harris’s heart race, and gave him enough energy to make up most of the lost time. He was feeling entirely optimistic by the time tethering began, and wasn’t even worried about Sen’tran anymore.
        Navigation ended when the ship was tethered. Because he was outgoing and liked to keep busy Harris also took responsibility for overseeing the loading and unloading of passengers and their possessions. When he left the Marrion Jay, which wasn’t often, he was always among the last to leave. Through the link, Harris checked the transport room. Jason seemed to have chosen to wait. [make sure that this version contains another option, that didn’t involve Harris taking him] Harris programmed auto-settings for a two-week planetary leave, and rose to depart. 
            Sen’tran Jenzar stood in the doorway watching him with ancient eyes that seemed to look beyond the surface into his soul and find him lacking. “Harris. Slow approach with a three minute pause and then a crazy rush to hide the delay. and two weeks leave on Terran 8. What’s wrong with you?” 
         Physically Sen’tran didn’t look any older than his son, in fact people who didn’t know them well could not tell them apart, but Harris imagined over four hundred years worth of disapproval in his father’s eyes. Having lived more than twice as long as any other Paragangian, Sen’tran Jenzar didn’t respect the maturity of anyone. Harris felt no hope of ever winning his father’s approval, and rarely tried anymore.
         Sen’tran’s intrusion this day annoyed him more than usual. Jason, waiting alone in an alien place, might not mind solitude, but he always seemed scared and confused when faced with anything unfamiliar. Harris had grown quite fond of him during these past few months in spite of his pointed rejection, and didn’t want to cause him any unnessessary discomfort now that he was finally willing to talk. 
Harris glared up at his father from the navigation chair and replied verbally with obvious irritation which he pointedly projected over the link also. “There is nothing wrong with me. My work is well done. What’s wrong with you, Father?” Why did Sen’tran come here? I anticipated this censure through the link; not in person.
“Slow landing isn’t like you Harris. And two weeks leave on Terran 8? Does it take two weeks to get drunk and seduce an alien innkeeper? At your age all your brothers were raising Pure Paragangian families in their own Ship Communities.”
“I am not my brothers! Times have changed in the past hundred years or so since any of them were my age, Old Man!” He shouted back. “I am taking responsibility, Sen’tran Jenzar Patriarch of  Spacers! How long did the journey take the last time you brought the Marrion Jay to Terran 8 from the HomeStation transfer point?
“5 months. You do well.” 
                    *
Sne’tran tried to project reassurance and approval through the link, but Harris wasn’t receiving. What is wrong with me? I did not come here to anger him, I am only expressing concern for my son. 
“I brought you to Terran 8 in three months,” Harris raged on, projecting through the link a powerful sense of injustice and failing to conceal the childish disappointment it sprang from.
 All he wanted was the respect of his father. He deserves that, why couldn’t I just give him that, for once?
 “Three months. Nobody’s ever gotten here that fast, yet all the praise I get is you here in person calling me irresponsible and childish because I delayed the approach three minutes? Three minutes! Doing what you asked! Taking care of Jonathan’s kid, whom you didn’t have the curtisy, --or guts—to even say hello to And I was arranging transport for a passenger who has refused to be linked. That’s my job, too. For your passenger, you conceived this insane adventure, didn’t you, Patriarch Sen’tran? It’s really your Empire, isn’t it? You’re just waiting or me to find you a new Paragan so you can retire. You have no Idea how Hard it’s been to get this kid to even speak to me. I spend three minutes finally getting his attention, and he fnally agreed to talk to me as a human being instead of an alien wildcat…So I lost three minutes after saving you two months. But no!—My father doesn’t see it that way. He has to give me a lecture about being irresponsible and tell me to grow up.”
Harris paused, took a deep breath. Sen’tran was silent. Harris resumed, obviously still annoyed but calmer.
“I’ve done my part, Old Man. I’m on leave now. I already signed off. I’m not a child, I don’t have to answer to you when I’m on leave. Could you not have just chastened me through the link?” 
“So. You are leaving, Harris?” 
“Yes, I am leaving! I served you well, Old Man! I babysat the son of your friend and your enemy so you can keep your promise and still imagine vengeance. I have a center to find and I have an informant who seems promising. [?is that still relivant?] I’m leaving. Now.” Harris headed for the door, his link silent. He tried to slip past his father without walking too close, but the room was small, so his avoidance seemed exaggerated.
         *
        “You are going to get drunk and waste your life with that alien innkeeper.” The old man stated it as fact, as if he had seen vision of it.
          Harris had only wanted to help his new friend, learn from him, maybe find out for sure who’s son Jason really was. He had not planned to get drunk, or spend any time with DaraJeen other than taking Jason to the inn. Jason would love the Inn, and DaraJeen would take good care of him. DaraJeen had made plain last time that she wanted Harris to stay away. But, inscenced by Sen’tran’s smug certainty, Harris’s resentment began to feel more important than friendship or fantasy. 
        “If you say it is so, so it shall be, Sen’tran Jenzar, Shaman of Paragangia! I will get drunk, just for you, My Father. I’ll waste some vauable time with that terrible alien woman, just for you. Maybe she’ll agree to bear my child so you can have another bastard heir. Do my father’s visions control my destiny? I am your heir, Sen’tran Jenzar. You are my father and the patriarch of my community. I’ll accept that duty when the time comes, but until then I live my own life. You may be four hundred and twenty-six years old, but I am not a child. Go live your own life, Old Man, and let me live mine”
          Pushing past his father Harris rushed down the corridor towards the transport room where Jason had agreed to wait. His father’s words echoed oddly down the black corridor after him. “You are my life, Harris” Harris didn’t understand and didn’t want to. He turned off his communication link again, and kept walking
==36 pov sentran old file==
Chapter 11 POV Sen’tran
slightly edited Sept 2012—needs work. 
[most of this might be unneeded now]
Sen’tran Jenzar felt the weight of  his Four hundred and twenty-six years, and his duties as Patriarch of the largest Ship Community in the galaxy, leader of the largest and most powerful faction of Paragangia, as he stood sadly at the door of Harris’s oddly cluttered navigation room watching him disappear down the corridor followed by his pointless communication robot. “What is it about the love of a father for a son which leads us always to say the wrong things?” He whispered aloud, painfully aware of how his words to Harris would bring his fears to life. Harris would get drunk now just to prove him wrong. I try to express concern; he hears only disapproval. 
Carefully bred for vision and wisdom, Harris let his choices be guided instead by momentary passion born of words misunderstood. Why is my youngest and most talented child so childish and rebellious? All of Sen’tran’s wisdom –-of age and of genetics—brought no answer to calm his fears. [this is not very beleivable…Sen’tran would ask a deeper question]
Harris could choose any wife he wanted in all Paragangia and become a great leader. But he was loyal. He chose to navigate his home-ship and wait for an alien woman who would always refuse to marry him. Harris, I hope you never have to find out how dangerous that woman really is. Sen’tran wished to have chosen wiser and kinder words for his son. 
Normally, He thinks I want him to grow up and go, so he stays here to defy me. He tries not to be what he thinks I want. I usually tell him to go, because I want him to stay, though I know wanting to keep him here is wrong. He follows his heart and not his wisdom. In so doing he obeys my heart and not my wisdom. But today, by trying hold on to him, by trying to protect him from this danger he has chosen for himself, ---Danger he doesn’t fully understand--- I have driven him away.
           Here on Terran 8 he runs from me imagining I am pushing him to grow up. The path he’s choosing will leave him more grown up and more responsible than I would ever wish for him to be. The old man quietly cursed his future-seeing ability. Visions were rarely useful, and almost always unpleasant.
“Be safe, my son,” He said aloud to the empty hall, looking beyond the point where Harris had vanished into the distance. “May you always choose a course for your own life as well as you choose for the Marrion Jay. May my fears for you be all unfounded. Be safe, my son” 
 As Sen’tran sadly returned to his quarters in the Marrion Jay a long-forgotten memory came to him:  
Desmond Harris.
==37 sen remembers des old file==
HomeStation, Earth Date Jan 15, Alliance Year 145
It was the evening after the unveiling of the mural, the day Gloria Scott left Paragangia. Desmond had just shed the physical façade of his Paragan identity but the mantel of power still clung to him like a nightmare.
“Sen’tran Jenzar.” Desmond Harris’s bright blue eyes captured and held his attention, uncharacteristically grave. “By your power, I am Paragan, the Center of Paragangia. Do you serve me?
 “You are Paragan.” replied Sen’tran
             “I require of you a gift. Will you give it?”
 “Anything you ask, I give.”
 “I am cursed with the gift of Paragan. There are times when the veil is torn apart and I see things which cannot and should not be known, Dark things, but I know God has it all in his power, somehow,”
 “Tell on” said Sen’tran, with effort, not wanting to share this gift they shared.
 “Sen’tran Jenzar, as much as you may love me, there is one thing I know you don’t want to give me now, yet I ask this of you. When the time comes you will know what is needed and why. You will give me this.”
 “What would I not give to you, Paragan?”
Desmond smiled sadly “Your son Harris. The one you conceived to be the heir of Paragan, to take my place when I am gone.” 
Sen'tran looked down not wanting to know what they both knew. Harris was born for this purpose.  Desmond waited quietly. Sen’tran met his gaze again with shattered, tear-filled eyes.Harris was only 5 years old. He had received a central control implant, it was true. He was, theoretically capable of becoming Center…“No,” whispered Sen’tran tentatively “I cannot. He’s not mine to give. He belongs to the Community.” 
Desmond laughed softly. The sound of his laughter tore at the old man’s heart “Well spoken. You are wise and old but you know cannot fool me with careful words. You serve Paragan. I am Paragan. He belongs to my community. He is already mine. Don’t worry. I don’t need to take him away from you now.  He’s not ready to replace Paragan. All Jo’s Scheming might seem to fall to nothing for awhile, but unkind destiny is very patient. Harris will remain on the Marrion Jay many more years. He will grow in wisdom and in stature. [look up and correct this quote] It will be in you power to keep him there forever. We all know the Empire is entirely in your power Patriarch Sen’tran, you control the implants, you control the Center. I rule only by your consent. I only ask that you will let him serve me when I have need of him.”
Sen’tran looked troubled. “Of course he may, Desmond. We all serve you.”
“Not for long, my friend.” Desmond’s bright blue eyes paled slightly, like smoke rising into summer sky.
           For a moment, Sen’tran’s eyes grayed also, and he struggled a little harder than usual to keep his spirit attached to his body; to refuse his long-overdue death. 
         “Harris will serve me again, Sen’tran Jenzar.” His eyes dropped to the floor, voice fell to a whisper, nearly inaudible. “But tonight I will leave you.”
 A chill of foreboding passed through the old man leaving him frozen, speechless for a moment. He knew the truth. “How Desmond? Destiny is never sure.”
When Desmond looked up his eyes were bright blue. “This destiny is sure. You have promised to protect my son. Someday, Sen’tran Jenzar of the Marrion Jay,” Desmond continued in a voice of hope against all odds “Someday Harris will choose to leave you. He will set aside Paragangia for a higher cause. He will come to you, his father, asking you to remove his central control implant and send him into voluntary exile. You will do this for Harris. You will do this for my son. You will do this for me, Sen’tran, because you will know it is the time of which I now speak.” 
          The young alien leader who had brought hope to Paragangia walked away that night as Harris walked away now, leaving the old man watching after him. That was the last time Sen’tran Jenzar had seen Desmond Harris alive. Letting go was no easier for Sen’tran now than it had been 20 years before.
Sen’tran had filed that conversation in the back of his memory and gone on with life. Tonight he choose the same path. All things reveal themselves in time. He willfully set his mind back on the affairs of his ShipCommunity, determined not to worry himself with prophecy, foreboding, or rebellious sons. 
==38old jason looks at planet waits for harris==
Direct observation room of the Marrion Jay Ship Community
[add date and time here]
A water planet! So beautiful! Jonathan never showed me this ocean. I’e been so focused on D’zeron that I never thought of it. I hope I’ll have time to see what lives there. His mind filled with memories childhood in Florida, before Jonathan, before dreams. He had wandered beaches by his home searching for crabs and starfishes, talking with fisherman and just watching the waves as they rolled in across the sand.[show not tell …narrate a memory of childhood, looking at the  ocean, perhaps talking to someone on the beach, a fisherman or something[else this]. He gazed at the vast blue ocean of Terran 8 with the innocent awe of childhood until the Marrion Jay passed into the night sky of D’zeron, and all details of the surface melted into darkness. 
So close, and I’ve waited so long. Curiosity got the better of him; abandoning his aversion to advanced technology, he turned on sensors which Harris had insisted on turning to manual control in case Jason changed his mind [***show not tell ?] and examined the details of the planet’s surface through the darkness of its shadow. *how did he feel? add italic thoughts to show feelings.
He Searched the watery emptiness …*how did this feel?... until he located a tiny forested landmass: the continent of Kaar-taal. Roughly circular, it was divided in one direction by mountains --where the dragons live—and a river flowed from the mountains to the coastline. This, the largest continent on Terran 8, was so small it would be considered merely an island on Earth. [how small IS it?}
Increasing magnification, Jason followed the river Sh’harn inland from the waterfall on the western shore until he found a small clearing in the forest Zair Thaleil. soon, I’ll travel that path. ***p[ have him remember this when he arrives on the beach and looks up at that waterfall…remember significant contors of the river when he looks at it on a map athe the Museum, preparing for the journey. ***I need to create details of Terrain on the river, Islands, perhaps? ]
D’zeron-- my destiny of dreams. If Jonathan ever looked down at D’zeron from space like this, he never shared it with me. It looks like a starfish. That round structure at the center of the star must be the temple, and the points must be the pillars. ***rewrite with less italics
There it is: not even a dream, but only an image on a Paragangian optical devise. Less real than a dream. He felt a rush of shame for using this technology to observe a place which forbid any advanced technology and switched it off, staring out into featureless blue darkness lit only by the reflected blue glow of Aissis amid the Paragangian purity of space. Aissis was not really a moon but a small planet following Terran 8 in synchronous orbit, very much like the planet Beta Blue, which followed Blue Desitiny, the Mexican planet where Jason had lived for two years as a field study. ***add her some other memories and associations with blue destiny. 
If my brother Tersh in D’zeron looked up into the sky would he see a shooting star? Or aliens arriving? 
The Marrion Jay passed out of the peaceful blue Aissis-lit night of D’zeron into glaring green-sunned day of Jai-ten and tethered above the port city. It was an even smaller Island on the opposite side of the watery globe. Jason sent a quick message to his family just to let them know he had arrived safely ahead of schedule and would now be able to send and receive messages***[they would have sent a message, or even a few messages, which would be waiting for him when he arrived, and would effect his thoughts. He wouldn’t be expecting these messages, and would get them when he went to the post office for some other reason, like to send a larger message..or when he went to the port office to get permissions]. He was still too excited to feel homesick, and hadn’t left the Marrion Jay yet so there wasn’t much to say. He collected his possessions and went to the transport room to wait for Harris.  
Like most places in the Marrion Jay which were not designed mainly for Terrans, The room was oddly, disturbingly bright in spite of its black walls and ceiling. All the other Passengers had transported to Jai-ten as soon as the ship tethered, or had no intentions of visiting the port.
***who were the other passengers, and how much contact would Jason have with them? what contact if any would they have with the ship community? why would they not live in the community during the journey? [I would think most travelers would choose to do so unless they were traveling alone] so Jason was alone. The furniture here was link-controlled, and sized for Paragangians. Jason didn’t mind. He deposited his luggage on the black floor near the transport and sat down with his back against the wall, his turtle-shell guitar cradled in his arms like a teddy bear.
Bored and apprehensive but excited, he contemplated his journey. His third off-Earth experience, farther from home in every way than he had ever been, yet it felt like going home. D’zeron --his destiny in dreams. No advanced technology, only the magic of a portal leading to a different world which existed only in dreams. He had walked D’zeron’s pathways in shared dreams with Jonathan. He had spoken and eaten and climbed trees and cliffs with people from Jonathan's memories. Most of them were long dead now perhaps, but some would still be there; the dream keeper D’neira, who had been a child when Jonathan met her, and maybe Tersh. {**other elders of D’zeon, who remember Jonathan? the hunter? ]
A brother old enough to be my father --In Jonathan’s memories Tersh had been a baby [more description of the baby, so the shared memories of Tersh].-- but still, I have a brother. 
The young anthropologist looked up at the bare black walls of the Ship Community that had been his world for three months. A Ship Community traveling through open space couldn’t receive messages without stopping. Stopping could add many months to a journey, so they didn’t. Soon, he would be able to send a message home. ***[wait, didn’t he just already send one? reword this. ] They would receive it in a few days, and a few days later, perhaps, he would hear from his family for the first time in several months. Homesickness engulfed him.
I won’t miss this place. 
He had always been with friends of his family when he was away from the Earth before. Aunt Rae on Homeworld, jonathan’s friends in Mexico. Here in Paragangia Jason was alone. Rhonda, didn’t consider him fully human since he wasn’t linked. Sen’tran Jenzar, an old friend of his mother, had assured her that he would be welcomed as family, but Jason had never seen him.
He sent his son, thought Jason. absentmindedly he began playing a random hymn tune on his guitar. He laughed when he realized what it was.
“God Loves us so he sent his Son
Christ Jesus the atoning one…”
Harris isn’t exactly Christ, and I sure hope Sen’tran isn’t God, but Harris is the closest thing to family I have until I reach D’zeron. 
He felt a terrible longing for home; for his mother and Jonathan. For Kansas, even in the winter. for the university, and even for Matthias, who would be teaching his lectures o retro technology now.
On his other journeys the culture shock had been terrible at first even on Earth-like colonies among family friends, close enough to call home. He was older now. 21; legally an adult even in America, the planet known for having the oldest childhood in the galaxy. He still lived with his parents when he wasn’t traveling, though he had been in a sense living as an adult for several years, teaching at the university. Three months aboard the Marrion Jay with no contact from home had been boring, but not terribly uncomfortable. The busy port city Jai-ten which lay before him just a transporter ride away would be much more alien than the Marrion Jay. ***[I need to create details of Jai-Ten, and the surrounding 
He thought back over his journey. [add back tiny flashack]Now Jason sat near the transport of the Marrion Jay holding the same guitar and waiting for the same 7-foot tall space pirate to transport with him to the most remote and alien port of the Earth Alliance. 
==39 anton==
Edited Sept 30 1012 and posted.
Scene 4    Antondaeleil Haridaen (the Paragangian kid)
            A small dark figure materialized suddenly beside Jason, like a ghost.
           “Hey Jason! Take me to the port?”
            “I can’t transport Anton; I don’t have a link, remember? You would have to take me to the port.”
           Anton grinned. “AWESOME! Really? Let’s go! C’mon!” Anton, bouncing with hyperactive enthusiasm, grabbed Jason’s arm and moved as if to immediately drag him to his feet and through the transport to Jai-ten.
          “No. Wait. Anton! Slow down! I told Harris I would wait for him.”
          Anton made an exaggerated but not very successful effort to hold very still. He seemed to sort of vibrate rather than bounce. “Aw, c’mon Jason! You just said I could take you. Harris won’t mind. He can meet you at the depot. He’s talking to the Old Man now anyhow, so you might have to wait awhile. Don’t you wanna see Jai-ten? It’s a much funner place for waiting than here.” 
          That isn’t saying much.  “The old man?”
           “Yeah, y’know, Sen’tran Jenzar? We call him Old Man, because he’s older than everybody. Some people think the Old man’s sorta scary. Nobody hardly ever sees him in person, But he’s ok. I saw him goin’ to talk to Harris in person though. Harris must be in big trouble, I wonder what he did. I’m waiting for Harris too, t’ ask him to take me to the port. He took me last time --Jai-ten is so much fun! But he’s not here yet ‘cause he’s talking to the Old Man. But you’re here Jason, and you’re not busy and you are an adult, right? So you can take me, okay? I can take you through the transport and you can show me the city, so we both get what we want and we both don’t have to wait for Harris, Okay?” 
            “Why don’t you take yourself? You have a link.” It came across sounding like a brush-off though he had not intended it so.
            Anton rolled his eyes in exaggerated frustration, and bounced around a little more than usual, perhaps in compensation for the preceding moment of mere vibration.
            “Not allowed. Gotta have an adult. I mean, they monitor me through the link, but I gotta keep a big person with me at all times to scare off evil aliens or something. You don’ look like an adult but that’s only ‘cause you’re Terran, right? You don’t even look like a Terran adult, but I know you are ‘cause Harris told me! Harris wouldn’t say you were if you weren’t, right?” Anton grinned infectiously, staring at him with huge shining dark eyes. Jason, slightly overwhelmed but at least no longer bored, grinned back in spite of himself. Anton was like Harris with twice the energy packed into half the size. The half-size aspect of him was comforting after more than three months in the Marrion Jay never seeing anyone but Harris. Maybe that was why Harris had brought him by in the first place, months ago. Maybe I should have given him a chance, too.
          “Are you sure little alien adults count for big people, Anton? I couldn’t protect you if you got into trouble down there. I’m not much bigger than you and you probably know more about fighting evil aliens in Jai-ten than I do.
          “Oh, I do, Jason, I do! Jai-ten is so amazing, you gotta see it, c’mon! 
          “I will, soon enough.”
          “Thousands of aliens --don’t worry, they’re not really evil-- or I never saw one not that I could tell was evil just by lookin’ but looks don’t tell much, just like you don’t look grown up but you are, and Harris looks just like Sen’tran but Harris’s fun and nice an’ in Jai-ten there’s not just Terans like you, there lots of those Cat-people from Rhoisoh. That’s where Sen’tran is taking us after he gets rid of you. Planet Rhoizoh. They never let me out there. Some of them really are evil, but they hide it real well so you won’t have to fight them, not with me, anyhow. Harris says they can shapeshift, but he’s never seen one do it, an’ they even have fur on their faces an’ hands, so you can see it even when they’re properly dressed but they don’ even try to cover it, not that they could an’ There’s different color people, too, even one’s without fur. Cat-people fur is usually yellow but I dunno what color their skin is, ‘cause you can’t see it, y’know?  My skin is all black but that doesn’t mean their skin is all yellow, some of them have stripes on their fur, they might have stripes on their skin, too. Or they might not. An’ there people with horns an’ scales who can breath underwater, an’ people who wear their atmosphere in a jar on their head an’ people who can fly, and things that don’t even look like people but talk like people. Y’know what?  Harris said there might be people who can read your mind even without a link. I don’t think I’ve ever met one but I dunno, I sometimes wonder if Harris can read my mind, ‘cause he seems to know what I’m thinkin’ most times even when I shut my link off.”
             Jason laughed “I bet Harris just reads your mind by remembering what he was like when he was…” he paused estimating the boy’s age. Anton was not much shorter than Jason.
            “I’m seven. But I’ll be eight by the time you get back from D’zeron.” Anton offered.
           “See, there you go Anton, you read my mind! I didn’t ask how old you were, but I was wondering.”
            Anton laughed much the same way Harris laughed, but the effect was more a strange alien animal than a drunken pirate.[does in this version Jason ever call Harris a drunken pirate?] “C’mon let’s go Jason.”
        *Jason’s thoughts?   “I am tired of waiting. Are you sure your people wouldn’t mind?”
           “ ‘Course not!” said Anton, “They monitor me all the time an’ if they didn’t want me to go with you they would be telling me not to right now and if I tried they could shut down the transport so I couldn’t. They’ll be glad you took me so I’ll stop buggin’ everybody else t’ take me. C’mon already Jason, Please.” Anton emphasized his pleading with a very theatrical sad puppy face.
           When a kid who has surely never had a puppy dog and maybe never seen a puppy  makes a sad puppy face, they probably don’t call it a sad puppy face. Analyzing it didn’t minimize the effect of huge, wide brown eyes. In fact with his black Paragangian skin, the visual effect was really very much like a large black puppy dog. ***possible memories of some specific black dog from Jason’s past?
            Jason offered one more tentative protest about waiting for Harris, at which Anton volunteered excitedly to leave a hidden message on the Community Mind. It would be great fun, he said.  Harris would receive it 30 seconds after he stepped into the transport room and noticed Jason had mysteriously vanished. Long enough to make him wonder, said Anton, but not long enough to leave him worrying or make him angry with Anton or Jason when he got the message.  Anton and Harris played jokes like this with each other all the time, he reassured Jason.
           Jason rose and slung his guitar strap over his shoulder and they were off to Jai-ten. The dizzying pace of Anton’s persuasion routine had drawn Jason in and taken his mind off his fears so completely that he didn’t even notice the usually disconcerting effects of transporting. Anton went through first pulling Jason along by the hand and chattering on about the marvels of Jai-ten without pause as they passed through the transport. They left Jason’s luggage on the Marrion Jay hidden where Harris wouldn’t see it when he first walked in, and Anton asked Harris to bring it along when he came. Jason brought only his guitar, which was strapped to his back.
              The port swarmed with humanity and other sentient life, plus some creatures Jason couldn’t guess what were or whether they were sentient. There were trees and flowers and sky. Oddly colored sky, but sky. After three months of virtual night in the Marrion Jay, even alien daylight was delightful. Anton dragged him straight outside into its brightness. Jason stood there grinning, blinking, taking it all in, basking in the warmth of greenish alien sunlight. Terran 8!
             Anton grabbed the child-size Terran’s arm, bouncing him around to face another direction, gesturing to the orange-tinted sky above the transport depot they had just emerged from. “Look, Jason, look! Air cars, see? I love air cars! Hey Jason have you ever flown in an air car? Harris says you like old technologies because you’re a retro-technologist. Air cars are old, do you have air cars on Earth? Have you flown in one, do you like them?” Jason grinned up at the orange sky shaking his head at the barrage of questions, clearing his thoughts, then looked back at the small dark bouncing creature who was his current companion, “Yeah, Anton, all that. Except for the part about air cars being old. Air cars are fairly new and pretty high tech where I come from, but my Mom has one she got when she was in Paragangia and I fly it to work sometimes when the weather’s bad.” 
              Anton stared back in pure amazement, his eyes huge dark brown circles in his black Paragangian face. 
            “Woah! You can drive an air car? Really Jason? Oh, I’ve always wanted to ride in an air car! I came here with Harris last time but Harris wouldn’t let me ride an air car; Harris is afraid of air cars.”
            Jason laughed. “Nah, Harris isn’t afraid of anything! How could he fly the Marrion Jay and be afraid of air cars?
           “Marrion Jay isn’t an air car and he is Jason, really! He is. I know Harris more’n you do.” Anton insisted “But hey you can fly one can we go for a ride Jason, please? I’ve always wanted so much to ride in an air car! Please Jason?
           “Well you know Anton, I didn’t pack one of those in my suitcase. No need for it in D’zeron. Where would we get one?” 
           Anton fell silent for five seconds inquiring through the link. Five minutes later they stood out of breath in front of a shop which rented out air cars.   
         A variety of tethered air cars hovered near the ground like helium balloons awaiting customers’ inspection. Anton walked among them in silent awe. The brown-skinned, grey haired Terran shopkeeper grinned at Jason, observing the boy’s reverence. “This is a day your young friend will remember vividly for years to come.” said the shopkeeper. “You have any words of wisdom to share, this is the day to share them.” 
              “Words of wisdom? I barely know him, what would I say?” 
             The shopkeeper shrugged with a shadow of a smile “Everyone has wisdom of some sort. Which car would you like to rent, sir?” 
            “That pink one in the far corner looks similar to the one my mom has back home in Kansas. Does it color-shift?”
            The man nodded. “It sure does, sir. That the one you want?’
             Minutes later Jason and Anton were soaring gleefully above the port of Jai-ten in an air car color-shifted to look like a dolphin. Anton had never actually seen a dolphin, but he’d seen images, and was impressed with Jason’s artistic skills. 
           “I’m surprised you’ve never flown, Anton. I understand these air cars were a Paragangian invention. I was flying much younger than you. And,” he added “I was a whole lot smaller too. Flying is quite easy and safe.”
          “I’m a Spacer, Jason. I’ve never even been to HomeStation. Born on the Marrion Jay, spent my whole life in space excep’ sometimes when I get somebody like you ‘n Harris to take me to port for a few muinutes. Spacers don’ use land technologies.”
           Jason laughed. “Air cars are land technology.”
             “Well, it sure ain’t Spacer technology. What am I gonna do? Go flying around the corridors? Isn’t the daylight beautiful? It’s sort of green here, even though the sky is orange. Isn’t that weird? On Rhoizoh the sky is blue like the sky on earth. I’ve never been to Earth, but I’ve been to Rhoizoh. Sen’tran took me down to look once, just for a moment. I’ve seen pictures of Earth sky, though. It’s blue like Rhoisoh sky. Like the observation room Harris made for you. He hates that room, but he made it just for you. He likes you a lot, even if you’re not Paragan. Harris is such a great guy. But Harris is afraid of daylight and sky. You’re much more fun than Harris for going to port.” Anton grinned. “Last time he brought me in daytime, though, so I could see the weird orange sky even though he hates it. Everybody loves Harris. You’re lucky he’s going to port with you. Harris likes you a lot, and not just ‘cause he thought you might be Paragan or something, either; he just likes you. I can see why.” 
         I can’t believe Harris is afraid of anything, especially not daylight and air cars. Jason listened in silence as the excessively energetic Spacer child exclaimed about everything. 
           “Look Jason! What are those flying animals over there? Wonder what they call those. Rat pigeons.” the link had apparently told him “In Jai-Ten they call them Rat pigeons. Look, They land on trees, see? But the way they follow people, I think they might be sentient. It’s like they’re making jokes about the other aliens. You never know in Jai-ten. All the people are aliens in Jai-ten, Y’know? ‘cause there were no people here before the Alliance, so everyone here now is alien. Except on Kaar-Taal, where you’re going. I wonder if those little guys flying around over there are from this planet or imported. They might be the only people here on Jai-Ten who aren’t aliens. Harris doesn’t like animals. Most Paragangian’s don’t but Harris is more sensitive than most. But I like them. Especially those rat pigeons, those are awesome. Hey look! The one with a baby on her back stole something from the Terran man at the table, and then gave it back to him.”
         “She took his book, to get his attention, like my cat stands in front of my computer screen.” 
         “What’s a book? ***[later Jason might buy Anton a copy of his book, and/or a book with paintings of animals. Since this man is reading a book, he might be George the retrotechnologist,so when Jason visits him he’s have his pet Rat pigeon and tell Jason about them, and he might have books for sale Jason could buy for Anton]] Look! She lets the man touched her.” Anton went on.  “She’s sitting on his head now, see? Just like the baby sits on her back. They must be friends. Have you ever touched an animal, Jason?” ***[Anton might be getting info through the link about everything and sharing it with Jason at this point, also.] 
            “Sure, I love animals. I have several pets at home. I can’t imagine being seven and never having touched an animal. When I was your age I lived by the ocean. I had lots of pets then, I had a big black dog, named ????. you remind me of ????. I used to search for little creatures on the beach, like crabs and starfishes, and ??????  would run along the beach chasing after seagulls.” 
             Anton paused for a second while he consulted the Community Mind about pets, and crabs, and starfish.[write what info he mentions, so Jason knows this is what he’s doing.  “Really?” Anton was very impressed “Wow I wish I could have a pet! Nobody has pets on the Marrion Jay, nobody! How do your pets live without you while you’re here?” ***[add possible ravings about the regenerative properties of starfish and their taking over places]
          “Mom and Dad take care of them for me. Aren’t there petstores in Jai-Ten? We could go look at the ocean. Maybe there are animals on the beach. You could catch a crab or something and make Harris build you a tank for it, he can apparently make anything. Wanna drive, Anton?” 
          “Really? You would let me fly?” Then his face fell. “Aw, no time now. Harris got our message and he’s meeting you now at the port entrance with your luggage.”
          “Okay then,” replied Jason passing Anton the controls. “You fly us back to the port entrance.”
-----------///----------
      
             Harris stood by the door of the Depot watching them approach, back against the wall, arms crossed. Anton waved and Harris waved back smiling. Sylvia hovered overhead head, twisting nervously in every direction, as if watching for enemies. Anton made an abrupt, slightly bouncy stop in front of Harris and tumbled out, jumping up to give him a hug. “Harris!” he screamed, “Jason let me fly!”  The rest of the conversation was through the link. Anton bounced a little, and gestured a lot, then slouched and made the sad puppy face again. Harris laughed, and ruffled his hair, the way he always did to Jason. “No. Sorry Anton.”
        Anton turned back to Jason. “Bye Jason. Thanks for everything. See you when you get back from Kaar-Taal. Thanks again. Bye!” He bounced away and vanished through the crowd of miscellaneous aliens in the transport depot, back to the Marrion Jay.
         “You rented an air car.” Harris looked it over skeptically. He seemed tense. Maybe Anton was right. Maybe Harris wasn’t as unshakable as he seemed on the Marrion Jay.
         Jason grinned “Anton suggested it. It’s just like the one I use at home.”
         Harris met his eyes, “I don’t expect retro-technologists to fly air cars.”
        Jason returned his gaze. “Mom had the air car before I was born. I’ve been flying longer than I’ve been a retro-technologist. I never expected the greatest Paragangian navigator in the galaxy to be afraid of air cars.”
           Harris squinted, replying slowly. “Not really afraid. You know how Anton exaggerates. But I don’t like them very much. Don’t mind if you do though. Anything is good if it makes you feel better.”
          He seemed more unsettled by this than anything else in the time Jason had known him, except perhaps Rhonda. She could unsettle anyone. And when Jason had been ill that first week. Harris had been pretty upset about that.
         Cautiously, as if reaching into a den of dangerous creatures not knowing whether they’re home or not, Harris reached his hand into the car and touched the control panel. ‘I’ll program coordinates for the inn, and meet you there, ok? Easier to take luggage direct through transport than haul it into that thing.” Jason nodded consent watching the location program appear on the control screen.
==               Journey To D'zeron Part 4==
==40 darajeen reunion with harris==
The Aissis Oasis Inn, Jai-Ten, Earth date March 20, Alliance Year 167, 
           The alarm announced someone coming through the transport without identification. Heart racing, DaraJeen rushed from the kitchen to see who it was before she could stop herself, before she consciously realized what the sound was. Part of her --the part which took action without considering consequences-- always hoped it was Harris. Impossible, she reminded herself every time. She cursed herself for still feeling this way, and fervently hoped her desires would never turn to reality: better for everyone if he never returned to her. 
         Remembering who he really was and who she really was now turned her hopes to fears for him. She tried not to notice which Ships were tethered at the port or which were expected. The past two times the Marrion Jay had tethered, he hadn’t visited her. [write a timeline of where the Marrion Jay ahs been and why] She hadn’t heard any mention of him for several years. ***[is this realistic in current version?] Apparently her heart still took no news as good news and didn’t listen to reason. In the midst of these mixed emotions she arrived in the hallway just as Harris emerged grinning from the transport. 
        She stared at him in shocked horror. “Harris! No! You shouldn’t be here, honey.” 
        He replied without speaking, gathering her up into his arms and kissing her. She wrapped her arms around him tightly and melted into him forgetting everything except how much she loved him and how happy she was to be with him, whatever the risk, whatever the reason, whatever the consequences. The feeling was obviously mutual. He finally stopped kissing her and set her down, but didn’t entirely let go. “DaraJeen. I missed you so much. Didn’t realize how much until I saw you.”  He kissed her again, too overcome to say anything more. 
       Finally, he let go slowly. “Sorry to surprise you, sweetheart. My brother needs your help. He’s from Earth. Dr Jason Scott-Harris. He’s an anthropologist.” Harris picked up Jason’s luggage. 
        “Take his things upstairs” She told him, Automatically, as if this were just any other guest checking in.
          As Harris headed for the front stairs her eyes followed him, longingly. “Harris?”
          He turned back.
           “How long will you stay?” she asked, her voice soft and wistful. [internal talk form DaraJeen here would be good, questioning her motives, and if she is being just controlled by Thearon or driven by love. She’s torn between wanting to avoid him because she loves him and wanting to protect him, VS the contolling influence of Thearon, and her love for him and desire to be with him]
        He abandoned Jason’s luggage by the foot of the stairs, rushed back and kissed her again, longer, and more passionately than before. With his eyes clouded and his voice more wistful than hers, he asked. “DaraJeen, will you marry me and have my children?” 
         “No Harris. I can’t. You know I can’t. Please stop asking.”
          “I can’t. You know I have to ask.” 
          “You come to me seeking escape. I cannot give you what you really need.” 
         He held her a moment, indulging in that escape she offered, though it wasn’t why he came, this time, at least at first it wasn’t. Maybe now it was. 
         He let her go, headed for the stairs. “I don’t know how long. Guess I’m here to prove Sen’tran right about how childish and irresponsible I am.” 
           “Again?”
          “Didn’t start that way. Jason is waiting permission to go to D’zeron. He doesn’t like being alone in Jai-ten, so I came to port with him. Sen’tran got on my case about it, so guess I’ll have to go get drunk now, just for Sen’tran.” 
           “He’s right you know.”
          “Of course he’s right, he’s Sen’tran. Of course I know.” He disappeared up the stairs with Jason’s luggage. Sylvia wolf whistled metallically as she floated up the stairs behind Harris. 
           “Nice to see you again too Sylvia” DaraJeen called up to her cheerfully, returning to the task she had abandoned in the kitchen, humming a happy tune.
==50 arriving at the inn pov jason==
ch 15 arriving at the inn pov Jason 
        When Jason arrived his luggage was waiting in an upstairs room with a bay window looking out over the city and, DaraJeen assured him, “a perfect view of Aissis rising in the evening sky.”  DaraJeen welcomed him as family, apparently accepting unquestioningly Harris’s claim to be his brother even though they obviously looked and sounded nothing alike and she had apparently known Harris well for many years. A solidly built middle-age Terran woman, with long hair more grey than brown braided and pinned up on the top of her head in a neat and practical twist, she had a warm dimpled smile and an uncanny ability to reply perfectly to everyone she met in their own language and dialect and know what they wanted before they said anything. She was a perfect hostess. It was easy to see why Harris liked her. It was not as easy to figure out what sort of relationship she had with Harris.
           The Inn was a small pleasant place near the edge of the city, close enough to the ocean that Jason could see it, just barely, from his upstairs window. It was the sort of place that would have called a bed and breakfast if it had been in America, There was a well-kept flower garden in the back, with fruit trees and herbs and vegetables. A neat little building at the bottom of the garden was painted to match the house. Jason later discovered it was a barn. 
        Pale blue with white trim, in the front a huge vine-covered porch with a sign above it which said “Aissis Oasis.” The house resembled a Victorian style house though in reality it had probably been built less than fifty years ago, at the earliest.,***rewrite this para, it’s confusing.
           “Interesting name” said Jason
           “It’s a horrible name,” said DaraJeen very sincerely. 
          “No I like it” Jason insisted
           She laughed. “You would, yes. I didn’t name it. I’m sure I would have called it something less interesting, and more comfortable. The name refers to another place, a brothel planet called Moonlight Oasis. This Inn was a brothel before my mother inherited it. We never changed the name. Names are funny that way. Sometimes they say more about where we came from than who we are, but who we are changes the meaning of the name. I haven’t changed the name because we have a very good reputation in this part of the Galaxy. The planet the name refers to is so remote that few here get the reference. I don’t normally mention it, but you’re family, right?
        “The dinning room’s right here, no specified mealtimes, just let me know if you want something.” Her eyes met Harris’s. He grinned. She slapped him playfully. “stop that”
          “Most Terrans prefer the second floor with it’s bay windows and high ceilings, but Paragangians like the basement for it’s darkness and,” DaraJeen explained, “They can transport directly from the port Depot without ever seeing daylight.”
         Harris, however, was apparently staying on the ground floor, with DaraJeen.  
==60 lunch convo with dara jeen==
   lunch and legends
        “I bet you’d enjoy some real food, Dr. Scott-Harris, after traveling all the way from Earth on a Ship Community. Harris doesn’t like Terran food. You know Paragangians and their denial of death.” She winked at Jason, who glanced at Harris quizzically. Harris sat quietly gazing at her as if in a trance
        Jason accepted her offer with gratitude. She knew Harris didn’t like daylight and Jason was uncomfortable being in the city, so she invited them to sit with her in the kitchen. ***show not tell
       “What brings you to Jai-ten? Harris says you’re an Anthropologist?”
       “I’m a retro-technologist, and I study dreams. I’ve come to visit D’zeron. I have a brother there.”
       “A brother in D’zeron?”
       “My father, Jonathan Landon, went there forty years ago. His son is there.”
       “Jonathan Landon?” She interrupted, giving Harris a quick, questioning glance. “And Alexandreil Teppen?”
        Jason grinned “You’ve heard of them.”
        “Heard of them?” She laughed nervously “Who hasn’t? They caused Paragangia to be banned from Terran 8 for thirty years. It was one of the most significant events in the history of Jai-Ten.”
       “Alexandreil asked me to negotiate with D’zeron for his people, to reestablish open communication. Jonathan is too sick to travel.”
         “I’m surprised he’s still alive. He was exiled from Paragangia twenty years ago. How can he still be alive?”
        “Twenty-two years ago” corrected Harris
        Jason shrugged, confused. “I know more of D’zeron culture than anyone on Earth other than my father. He taught me the language and everything.”
        “So Alexandreil’s finally decided to right his wrongs, has he? That sounds like a recipe for disaster. Is he traveling with you?”
         “Not this time.”
         “Wise of him not to come personally. Uncharacteristically wise.” She seemed suspicious. 
         “He can’t leave HomeStaion. Rhonda [??????? ***give her a last name different than his, because Jason does not know they are married.] is here to represent him.”
“What?” She seems sincerely terrified. Or was it just my imagination? ***[and flow of dialogue] “Alexandreil is with Thaeron now?” she whispered. “I had no idea.” ***[sort out all these relationships]
    
          “I’m sorry.”  DaraJeen shrugged apologetically, smiling nervously at Harris, then returned her attention to Jason “I’ve met Rhonda. I don’t like her. She reminds me of someone.”
           Harris laughed and answered Jason’s questioning glance. “Thaeron was the mythical son of a legendary evil Paragangian exile Kaizen Roisoh. You’ll hear many stories about him in this part of the Galaxy. Thaeron’s father Kai-zen left Paragangia and went to the planet called Rhoisoh, a planet of shape shifters. The cat-people you see around Jai-ten? It’s the planet they come from. Shape shifters are very genetically unstable. They often work as prostitutes, and we try to avoid them. They try to conceive half-Paragangian children.”
           “Why?” asked Jason
            “Trying to improve their gene pool by adding pure Paragangian genes” Harris explained.
            “That’s horrible, to conceive a child just for better genetics.” said Jason
             “Not really,” said Darajeen “They just want to be able to have babies without dying, like anybody else.”
        “What’s terrible is that they exist, and that they still practice dangerous genetic technologies forbidden everywhere else in the galaxy.” said Harris  “Kai-zen Rhoizoh had them genetically alter him. We don’t allow those technology in Paragangia because the they cause genetic problems, such as the reproductive instability of the shape shifters, and…” he paused “…other problems.”
           “He was almost immortal, with telepathic abilities to control and deceive. Supposedly, according to legend, Kai-zen Rhoisoh traveled the galaxy in disguise conceiving hundreds of children who would shared his many unusual genetically-passed talents for deception. He intended to use his army of descendants to take over the Galaxy. Supposedly, His most loyal son Thaeron could shape-shift and could also control other people’s minds, making them his slaves. So a Jai-tener comparing Rhonda to Thaeron is equivalent to a Terran saying she’s the Devil’s favorite son. I see the resemblance. What do you think?” 
           Jason laughed “Me too. Fortunately she doesn’t liked me much either. I’ve only met her once. I’ll have to meet with her again tomorrow morning to make final plans for the journey to D’zeron.” 
           “Thaeron Rhoizo’s a myth. Out here in the far reaches of the galaxy many strange myths are taken as fact by the locals,” added Harris. “ Quite a few Rhoizoan people live in Jai-ten. They come here to get Paragangian medical help, to have babies without dying.” 
          “Most myth’s began in fact.” Jason suggested. “Maybe there was some misguided character thousands of years ago who traveled this part of the Galaxy trying to rule the world by reproducing himself. Maybe he really had a son named Thearon.”
            “Kai-zen wasn’t a thousand years ago, he was just a little younger than Sen’tran,” said Harris “Kaizen Paragan, a son of the Paragan family but far from the line of inheritance, Never to become center, and very rebellious. They traveled together for awhile. Sen’tran left him on the Planet and refused to return until after Kai-zen died, because of what he had chosen to become. All spacers avoided the planet while Kai-Zen lived there. He renamed himself for the planet and ruled it for over 100 years, until he was murdered by his own children. There is no evidence that he ever had a son named Thaeron, or that anyone remained loyal to him after his death. He wasn’t liked, obviously even by his children.”
            “Don’t believe him, Jason.” protested DaraJeen “Demons love denial, and power. Evil gains power when you claim it doesn’t exist or call it harmless history with no power.” She seemed much less cheerful after that.
        Harris was uncharacteristically quiet, too, and Sylvia appeared to be pacing nervously. 
        Trying to revive the conversation Jason gestured to his plate. “DaraJeen’s a really good cook, Harris. You should try this chicken.”
        “Organically gown, Free-range chicken,” added DaraJeen.
         “I don’t eat dead things.”
         “Why don’t Paragangians eat real food?” asked Jason
         “Why kill things to eat them when we can make food without killing anything?”
         “Because real food tastes better.” insisted Jason
         “Not to me”
          “How do you know? Have you even tried it?”
          “No and I’m never going to.” Harris insisted.
          “Everything has to die sometime. Without death, there would be no life.” 
          Harris didn’t reply. 
         Jason contemplated silently, looking over at DaraJeen. She still seemed troubled. “DaraJeen, I think I see what you were saying about denying death.” 
        “Hey Jason,” Harris spoke up, “What do you want to do for the rest of the afternoon? You’ve got a few hours to kill before Aissis rises.”
        “You are a dreamer?” DaraJeen asked nervously “You travel to the other world, like in D’zeron?  The world of monsters?” 
          Monsters like Thaeron Rhoizoh? Jason shrugged “I Hope so. I dream, but I haven’t been to the other world yet. There is no dream plane on Earth, not like the one on Terran 8. Jonathan didn’t tell me to worry about monsters when he was teaching me to dream. You think I should worry, DaraJeen?”
          “From Jonathan Landon you learned to dream?” She seemed horrified, 
         Jason smiled. Jonathan is a mythical monster here, like Thereon Rhoisoh. “Why does Jonathan have such a bad reputation?” 
         Exasperated, Harris explained “Jason, he got us banned for thirty years, by taking disallowed technologies to Kaar-taal, [is that what happened?] and then he was exiled from Paragangia for his involvement in the assassination of Desmond Harris. He confessed it, but refused to say who else was involved.”
          Jason’s eyes widened “Exiled for killing Desmond Harris? He loved Desmond. Jonathan could never have killed Desmond. He even gave me Desmond’s name.”
     “Guilt, perhaps?” Harris shrugged “Jonathan confessed publicly, on the link. I heard him myself. We all did. It’s public record. I could replay it for you, if you were linked. Alexandreil –his closest friend-- declared the banishment, and Sen’tran removed his implant. Before that, Jonathan was like a son to Sen’tran, like a brother to me. He is a traitor to our people. You can’t expect us to love him as you do.” 
        Jason stared at Harris, startled “What do you mean removed his implant? Jonathan isn’t Paragangian.”
       Harris stared back, confused. How could Jason not know this? What else did Jason not know? 
       Jason do you understand what it means to be exiled from Paragangia?
       Jason shook his head, confused.
       “Lesser offenders are merely exiled to a planet of their choice somewhere and locked out of the Community Mind. When a Paragangian commits a serious crime --like murder--he is permanently exiled. It’s a death sentence. His memory implants are removed, and sometimes part of his other memories as well. So maybe Jonathan didn’t really lie to you, Jason. Maybe Sen’tran removed all his memories of Paragangia.” Harris paused how much did Sen’tran remove from Jonathan’s memory? “He’s no longer able to receive Paragangian medical care. Most exiles don’t survive long after exile. Jonathan proved to be pretty strong. He’s still alive after almost 22 years. Perhaps because he wasn’t born Paragangian. HE didn’t receive an implant until he was 8 years old.”
         “Jonathan isn’t Paragangian.”
         “No, not anymore.”
         “He never was. He doesn’t have black skin.”
         “Neither do you.”
         “And I’m not at all Paragangian?” Jason shook his head in complete confusion and dropped the subject. Harris wasn’t making sense, and suddenly Jason really didn’t want to understand his father’s bad reputation. It was obviously some sort of misunderstanding. Jonathan Landon, his father and mentor, seemed to have no connection to this mythical Paragangian troublemaker they called Jonathan Landon.
        “As I was saying, DaraJeen, I practiced dreaming on Earth, but it’s different here. There’s more of a dream field here.”
        “What is a dream field?”
        “It’s the capacity of a planet to allow people on the planet to dream together. On Terran 8 the dream field makes it possible for dream worlds to continue to exist when people are not dreaming together in it. It makes that dream world with monsters possible we call that one the dream plane. Jonathan showed me D’zeron in shared dreams on earth. Earth has enough of a dream field that we can share dreams but the dream plane created by our dreaming exists only while we are dreaming in it.  Dream fields cannot cross space, they see to be connected to the material of the planet. So we couldn’t actually travel to Terran 8 in dreams, but we could revisit his memories of places and people here. Alone in dreams I can travel to places I have been either in waking or in dream, or places as I imagine them. If I dream with someone else –like Jonathan-- he can take me to a places he’s been where I’ve never been, or a place he imagines which I would never think of.” 
         “Like sharing memories through the link,” suggested Harris.
         Jason shrugged. “Probably. I wouldn’t know.”
         DaraJeen winked at Jason “I don’t know either, Hon.” 
         “The only way I could reach D’zeron in dreams tonight would be if I found someone here who has traveled there. Not likely. Very few people have traveled to Kaar-Taal.”
        “My friend George” said DaraJeen. [this will mess with my story line, but she would certainly say this now]
        “You know someone who has been to D’zeron?” 
        “No, honey, Just to Kaar-Taal. No one has been to D’zeron since the ban. You will be the first.” She looked at Harris as she said it. 
        “Why did George go to Kaar-Taal?”
        “They have a message transmission device at D’zeron, they contact the port Authority every Thursday.[set a consistent day for sure. She knows this because she talks to George]. It wasn’t working properly so they agreed that George could bring what they needed to repair it. They came down to the beach to meet him.”
      “See?” said Harris “You wouldn’t get that kind of information from the port hotel.”
      “You’re right Harris, Thank you for bringing me here.” said Jason
      “Ah, they would certainly also have sent you to see George.” said DaraJeen “Not everyone knows he’s been to Kaar-Taal, but his Museum of Retro-technology is where everyone goes to learn about D’zeron. I’ll send you over there tomorrow morning, okay?”
----[ build a new transition to this]
         “In D’zeron, Dream keepers enter the dream plane –that dream world you were talking about, DaraJeen-- through a portal. After passing through the portal they travel around in the Dream Plane basically like the waking world, only without the same physical limitations. There are creatures who live there all the time and have no waking bodies. Dragons dream too, and share the same dream plane as D’zeron, but they have their own portal.” he smiled at her “I guess you would consider them monsters.”
         “Dragons? Who wouldn’t!”
         “Terran 8 has the strongest known dream field in the galaxy. Several other planets, including Earth and HomeWorld have a slight dream field which allows people to share dreams, but only Terran 8 has portals to a dream plane which exists continuously and can be accessed by one person sleeping alone. On earth we can only share dreams with a person we are in skin to skin contact with. Here people on different parts of the planet can interact in dreams. surface of the planet seems to transmit the dream here as our bodies do on earth. The dreaming skills I learned from Jonathan do not involve portals.”
         Harris seemed intrigued “Jonathan brought you to a Dream Plane on Earth without portals/” Why did Sen’tran let Jonathan keep his dreaming abilities? Normally this ability was blocked in criminal exiles. Was it because they wanted Jason to have this skill?
Did they instead remove his memories of Paragangia?why? ****[did he do that? if so,  does the reader need to know this at this point? the reader does not know that Paragangians dream? how much exactly does Harris know? How much is in the official story?]
          “It’s not a Dream Plane like D’zeron, but we share dreams, and this creates a Dream Plane which exists only for us. When a person has conscious control of a private dream, we call it lucid dreaming. Anyone can learn to do this.”
            “Right” nodded Harris, grinning.
            His tone revealed too much. Jason stared at Harris in surprise, and then thoughtfully. “So, you’re a lucid dreamer, Aren’t you Harris?” 
            Even some Terrans could do this. For a person with Harris’s interests, caliming not to be able to do it might seem more questionable than owning the skill. “Yeah, I’ve done it.” He hoped he hadn’t said too much.
          Jason’s eyes lit up with excitement. “Few people on Earth learn it. Is it common among Paragangians?” He didn’t remember seeing any mention of Paragangians in dreaming literature. Odd, now that he thought of it. His thoughts raced. I could have dreamed with Harris if I had known. I could have learned so much from him. But there probably isn’t enough of a dream field on the Marrion Jay. But here, we could dream. He thought of Matthias, and felt like a traitor for considering dreaming with Harris. 
           Harris shrugged defensively, I should not have admitted to this ability. He struggled to reply honestly without revealing any more. “I don’t know. I’m known for being childish. Just ‘cause I play with my dreams don’t mean anyone else does it.” Jason was staring at him silently; perhaps suspicious, perhaps surprised, probably just plotting joint adventures. When he knows so much it’s hard not sharing stuff we don’t tell aliens, but I don’t know how much he knows. 
           But this was Terran 8 and Harris was…well…like a brother. Almost family, right? Jason grinned at Harris “Maybe you can dream with me, Harris. Shared dreaming should be easy here.” 
          Jason turned back to DaraJeen “Some lucid dreamers can combine their dreams and create shared dreams together. Jonathan taught me about D’zeron mostly in shared dreams.” Jason smiled, remembering. 
           Harris watched silently as the emotions crossed Jason’s countenance.  He loves Jonathan. He doesn’t want the truth.
           “Only a few people can do it. It’s a genetic trait. In D’zeron they breed people for the ability to dream, as horrible as that sounds.
          “How is that horrible?” asked Harris.
          “Choosing to have a child just for genetic skills, not because you love the child, or the other parent. Doesn’t it seem heartless? Like those Rhoisoan prostitutes you were talking about.”
          “Heartless” Harris and DaraJeen looked at eachother and laughed. “Sure, Jason.”
         Jason wasn’t sure why this was funny, so he continued his explanation. “The Dream Plane of D’zeron exists separately from people’s dreams, as if it is the dream of the planet itself. It is connected to --or separated from-- the waking world by the portals. When I dream with Jonathan, we have to be physically touching. The portal is like that point of contact with the planet.”
         “Sharing a dream with the planet sounds interesting.” agreed Harris.
        “Would you like to try it Harris?” Jason grinned hopefully. “You could go to D’zeron with me. Jonathan never learned to reach the portal from Jai-ten. Since Aissis never shines on the two continents at the same time, he thought it might be impossible.”
       “I don’t know. D’zeron seems dangerous.”
        DaraJeen, still spooked by thoughts of Dream Plane monsters, seemed relieved that Harris didn’t want to go. 
        “But if you don’t go to D’zeron, there’s another dream place we can access on Terran 8, even on Jai-ten. Jonathan calls it the Dream Wind. It’s a way access the Dream Plane indirectly without going through the portal. You have to be introduced to it by someone who’s been there. Once introduced you can travel to any place on the planet where you have been, which is on the night side of the planet at the time. Dreamers on the Dream Plane cannot perceive a Dreamer in the Wind unless they are actively interacting. Just like you can’t see the wind unless it moves the trees or something.”
         “There isn’t wind in space.” Harris pointed out
         “If I can enter the Wind maybe I should be able to observe the Dream Plane safely without entering the portal. Jonathan showed me how, but of course I’ve never done it; I’ve only dreamed about doing it in shared dreams. I should have required the ability since I was able to share dreams with Jonathan. I’m very excited to find out what I can do here”
          DaraJeen shuddered. “Now that sounds horrible.”
          Harris grinned “How ‘bout you both forget about dreaming and legends and heartless mating customs and come get drunk with me?”
          “Why do you want to get drunk Harris? Drinking is bad.” said Jason
          DaraJeen smiled gratefully at Jason. “You tell ‘im Honey.”
         “Young men need adventures,” Harris defended, suddenly very serious “You travel to other planets and look for dream places. I go to port and get drunk at night. What harm can it do? I’m Paragangian. The Community Mind will repair any damage to my body as soon as I get home. Young Spacers without wives or families often do this when our Ship Community tethers at a port. It gives us a break from the boring routine of community life, and makes us appreciate home all the more when we return.”
         He winked at DaraJeen “Now, if you wanna stop me, sweetheart, You know…”
          “No, Harris! Stop asking.” she interrupted as if shocked by the suggestion, but then she blushed, and put her arm around him, leaning her head on his shoulder. Jason smiled watching them. He didn’t quite understand the relationship, but they were cute together.         
         “What do you do while you’re getting drunk, Harris? Talk to people? Have fights? Go dancing? Pick up women?” He listed things his young colleagues and students at KSU bragged about doing when they got drunk.
          Harris hugged DaraJeen “I have no need to pick up women.”
          She pulled away from him and stared down at the table, sadly. “You should Honey. Proper Paragangian women.”
          “Proper Paragangian women don’t go to Spacer bars in Jai-Ten.”
           Jason changed the subject. “Does the Community Mind monitor you while you’re here, like Anton?”
          “Of course not. I come here to get away from the Community. It’s like a short-term exile. I tell the Marrion Jay how long I’m gonna be gone, and then set the link so that I can contact them if I want but they cannot contact me.”
          “Perhaps the poisoning won’t permanently harm you, but what happens if you drink too much and pass out, or you get into a fight with another drunk and they hurt you so bad you can’t get home to be healed?”
           “Sylvia will protect me.” He grinned, and the spherical robot floated back to him, waving her wing softly and chattering musically, she nodded her agreement. 
           Jason laughed. Sylvia didn’t look like she had any power to protect Harris, but he didn’t argue. She could at least call for help.
           “Okay, then, Harris. What are you afraid of? What pain do you seek to numb with your Spacer landing ritual?” He asked
        “I’m not afraid of anything,” replied the heir of the Spacer faction, very defensively.
        Jason laughed “I dare you to prove it. Anton says you are afraid of Daylight and Air cars. I say you’re afraid to dream with me.”
        Harris stood up grinning back “Okay then, little brother. Let’s go fly around in the sunshine in that Air car of yours until it’s time for dreaming.” If scaring me makes Jason feel better about his first day in Jai-ten, thought Harris, I don’t mind. I won’t let my fears control me.
        Jason and Sylvia followed him out the door to the air car. 
==61facing fears==
Scene 17      Facing Fears
          Harris entered the air car nervously and focused his attention on Jason. He tried not to look outside. They flew through various parts of the city. To Jason it seems familiar, yet disconcertingly strange. Remembered images from Jonathan’s forty-year-old memories added an eerie layer of confusion to his culture shock. 
          “She still loves me, Jason.”
          “And you love her.”
          “More than anything except my family and my Community. But She won’t marry me because she thinks it would hurt me somehow. She can’t go with me. She promised her family she would keep the inn going, and she can’t break her promise. I wouldn’t ask her to leave. She won’t marry me and raise our children in Jai-ten, either, cause children need two parents.”
          Jason shrugged “Not always. Some children do fine with only one. My parents weren’t together when I was little. I didn’t even know my dad, but I was ok. You would visit them and send them messages, right? So they would have two parents. Thy’s kow where you were, and you’d keep in touch. It’s not like you’d be dead. You’d be a great dad even if you weren’t always home. You could make little Sylvias to chase them around and keep them out of trouble, and send them a hologram of every port you visit.”
       “I know, Jason. Port marriage is not my ideal, but nobody ever really gets their ideal, right? So I keep asking, and she keeps insisting I shouldn’t ask. Sen’tran knows how important family is. There are several people on the Marrion Jay who have port families. He’s very supportive of them all even though he doesn’t approve of port families. Stops at those ports more often. He doesn’t like to come here, but we’d come here more often if I had a family here. I know hw would. If she would agree we’d be great no matter what. But DaraJeen won’t marry me.”
        “Why not?”
        Harris shrugged. “I don’t really know. She says she only wants what’s best for me, and she knows I think port marriages aren’t best. Tries to protect me by staying away, but she loves me too much, Jason. It’s the same for me. Says she wishes I would find someone else, but I can’t. I know she loves me. She waits for me, even though she tries not to. I can tell. Family is realy important to Rhoisoans, she’d have found someone else easily if she wanted to. Every time she sees me I can tell she’s been waiting, hoping, missing me. I’ve tried to stay away because she asked me to stay away, but I can’t. I love her too much. And she loves me. She wants to be with me.”
        “So you didn’t come to Jai-Ten to be with me, you used me as an excuse to come because you wanted to be with DaraJeen.”
         “No, Jason, Really. I wouldn’t have come to port without you. I was trying not to. I was trying to give her what she asked. It’s been almost three years, until today. 
         “I could have stayed in at the port hotel.” Jason pointed out “You could have showed me around and gone home for the night.”
        “Yeah. But I knew the Aissis Oasis would be best for you. I mean, it’s called the Aissis Oasis, how right is that? Port hotels can be pretty wild sometimes. All sorts of different aliens stay there and they don’t always get along so well. It’s a stressful environment for a first time visitor. DaraJeen is the best. She takes good care of everyone.”
       “Especially you, right? So you got yourself into a fighting with Sen’tran, to have an even better excuse, in case the first one wasn’t good enough.”
     “No. Really. I wanted to talk with you. I’ve been trying all this time, and you kept avoiding me. I really wanted this one last chance, and Sen’tran was giving me a hard time about it. He’s 426 you know, and I’m the birthright child. The chosen heir. you think having kids just for genetics isn’t right, but if it was’t for that, most of us woudn’t be here. anyhow, I’m just here now to help you, to enjoy your company, and to get to know you better. You believe me don’t you?
        “And DaraJeen was just an unfortunate side effect?”
        He grinned sheepishly “Now that I’m here, I’m glad we came. It’s great to see her.”
        Jason grinned back “I’m honored to have helped. Seeing you two together almost makes me want someone too.”
        “Don’t you have a girlfriend back in America?”
        “I’m pretty much a loner, Harris. I stay away from everyone as much as possible except for work and family. Relationships are too complicated and confusing, too much risk, too many hard choices, too much chance of losing someone you love.”
          “It’s not right for a young man to be alone in a distant port. You should come get drunk with me tonight. Plenty of girls in this town would be happy to spend the night with you, take care of you while you wait to go to D’zeron.”
       The paleness of his skin made his blushing more obvious. “I’m not interested in that sort of girls” 
        Harris looked away, kicked t hide of the air car with the toe of his boot, restlessly. “I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have suggested it. I was never interested in that either. I always wanted to find the perfect woman, to get married, and stay with her forever. I don’t like to let go.”
         “Me too. When I’m ready, I’ll find someone. I’m not in any hurry.”
        “Why not?”
        “I’m way too young. Guys my age don’t get married.”
        “I know plenty of married guys who are younger than you.”
        “Not where I come from.” 
        “Why don’t you move then?”
         Jason laughed “Harris! Why do you want me married?”
         “It’s not good for young men to be alone. In Paragangia, most guys your age are married” 
          Jason shrugged.  “They marry young on HomeWorld, too. I’m not Paragangian. I’m American. I’m not Mormon either. But I do like their ideas about marriage. Marriage is forever, not something we should rush into without thinking, and then try a different one if it isn’t what we hoped. I don’t want to be with anyone until I’m ready to be with someone forever. 
       “Yeah.” agreed Harris, regretfully “If I wasn’t in such a hurry ten years ago, when the ban was lifted maybe I wouldn’t still be waiting for someone who won’t marry me.”
*****add here conversation in which they talk about fairy tail love where the prince has to kiss the girl and wake her up, such as sleeping beauty. This must cross reference to ch. 30 Harris arriving in Kaar-taal trying to wake Jason***and perhaps to Jason kissing Serai after he wakes in D’zeron, or to Serai wanting to make love to him unconscious
       “When I was a little boy I dreamed I was in D’zeron and I met a little girl who had butterfly wings like a fairy. I’d never even heard of D’zeron, but it was a nice dream, and I remembered vividly. The first time Jonathan showed me D’zeron I knew it. That was where I saw the butterfly girl. Anyhow, I guess it’s sort of silly, but I still dream about her. She grew up as I grew up. She doesn’t always have wings now, but sometimes the butterflies flock around her. I think she symbolizes my eternal companion. Butterfly girl will always be there for me, until I’m ready, until I find the right woman in the waking world.”
          “Oh, I see.” Harris grinned “You don’t want me to find you a girlfriend in Jai-Ten because you’re waiting to find one in D’zeron, just like Jonathan.”
          “No, Harris” Jason insisted “it’s nothing like that. There isn’t really a butterfly girl in D’zeron. It’s just a dream. Dreams aren’t real, they’re symbols for what we want and what we fear. She’s a symbol for what I’m waiting for. When I’ve really been to D’zeron it’ll be just another real place, not a dream place. Then I’ll have to find something else to symbolize eternal companionship.” Jason brooded slightly, realizing this. He had treasured the dream of the butterfly Girl in D’zeron He didn’t want to lose her.
          “I’d like to see D’zeron.” said Harris “I’d like to see how they dream there. But I agree with DaraJeen, the dream plane sounds dangerous. I’m sure you don’t realize how much you don’t know about it. You should be careful.”
       “If we could dream together I could show you D’zeron, the way Jonathan showed it to me. I could introduce you to the Wind.”
        “Maybe after you talk them into allowing air ships I’ll come visit you in D’zeron.” Harris glanced forward and his eyes widened, and grayed. “Jason! What are you doing? Stop! Those are trees! Don’t fly into the trees!” 
         “Why not? I love trees. It’s fun. I like to fly between them. Like this see? Air cars are impossible to crash so the trees spin you around a bit if you get too close…like a ride in an amusement park… but if you stay exactly between them like this you can go pretty fast without getting spun. And it looks even faster cause the branches going past. I don’t know, maybe it’s kind of like being a bat or something.  You wanna try it?”
         “Stop!” Harris screamed, wrapping his arms around his face and huddling down into the seat like a terrified child. Jason laughed, and sent the air car diving down through branches, weaving past tree trunks, brushing against leaves. 
        Sylvia let out an ear-shattering screech, and dove towards Jason, screaming in a weird, rapid, metallic voice “Jason Scott-Harris take this air car out of this forest right now or I’ll disable you and take over the controls!” 
        Jason finally realized Harris wasn’t joking. Seconds later they were hovering high in the clouds, far above the forest. Jason shaded the windows, so the cabin of the air car was dark and comforting, the sky invisible around them. Sylvia retreated, but Harris was obviously still upset. His eyes had cleared slightly, but not quite to their usual dark brown. “Are you Okay?” Jason hugged him. “I’m so sorry Harris. I thought you were joking. I didn’t understand at first. You were really scared.” 
          Harris grabbed Sylvia and wrapped her in his arms like a little kid holding a teddy-bear. He looked down and didn’t say anything. 
         “Harris?” 
        Jason kneeled on the seat to make himself taller, and put his arm around Harris’s shoulders, like Jonathan would have done when Jason was little and scared.
          Jason transforms the interior of the air car to look like the view of open space from the Marrion Jay. He transforms the outside to look like the Marrion Jay also.  “Are you okay Harris? I wasn’t trying to scare you. I flew through trees lots of times at home, just for fun, when I was a kid. It’s like swimming in trees. I saw those trees --it’s been so long since I’ve seen trees, Harris-- I thought I would feel better, to be in the trees. I’m scared too Harris, but not of trees. They seemed familiar and comforting. I didn’t think it would scare you that much. I’m sorry. You know Antigrav cars can’t crash, they just bounces off everything. There’s nothing to be afraid of. Your reaction was so extreme I thought you were joking around, pretending to be scared.”
         Harris finally raised his eyes, looking ashamed “I’m sorry, Jason. Trees really scare me.”
         Jason grinned and sat back on his heals, relieved. “You’re okay now? I was worried. I wasn’t trying to scare you.”
         “I didn’t mean to worry you either. I’m sorry”
         “Stop apologizing. It was my fault. I’m sorry”
        Harris laughed “No way. I’m more sorry than you are. Shall we fight over it? Let’s both stop apologizing, okay? Just a misunderstanding between two aliens.”
         “Why are you afraid of trees, Harris?” 
         “Because they’re alive, and they have animals in them.”
         “Animals? You’re afraid of animals?”
         “They’re alive.”
         “Life scares you?”
         “No, death scares me. Paragangians don’t die the way other creatures die. Our bodies don’t age. If we get hurt, we get repaired right away. We die when we’re supposed to die, not when something goes wrong with our bodies.”
         ‘I’m alive, and I’m not Paragangian. I’m going to die sometime, Harris. Do I scare you?”
         For only an instant Harris’s eyes clouded slightly. “Yes. But I’ve learned not to think about it. But when you start diving your air car through trees I think about it.”
        “Death is the one thing we don’t choose for ourselves in America. It chooses us, we fight it as long as we can, but we accept it when it becomes inevitable.”
        “That’s why we don’t share life extension technology with you. You would use it irresponsibly.”
         “I didn’t mean to scare you. But you know you can learn not to be afraid. I’ll help you learn not to be afraid. If you get used to the trees, you won’t think about it anymore, and then they won’t scare you anymore.
         “There are no trees on the Marrion Jay, no oceans and no daylight.”
         “Hey, come on. There’s more to life than the Marrion Jay, Harris.” Jason grinned “There’s trees in D’zeron. Young men need adventure, remember? You came here to get away, to take a break from Community life. I bet you’ve gotten drunk plenty of times, but flying an air car through a forest is a real adventure. What fun is an adventure without a little danger? Besides, Sylvia will always keep you safe, won’t she?”
         “What about you?” 
         “ You can tell her to keep me safe too.”
          Sylvia chirped enthusiastic agreement. She flew several dizzying circles around Jason’s head.
          “Really? But you don’t like technology.”
          “And you don’t like trees and air cars and daylight. You’re doing this with me, so I’ll let Sylvia protect me too. Fair enough?”
         Jason held out his hand. Harris grinned and shook hands enthusiastically “fair enough. If I know you’re safe, I’m not afraid.” 
       Sylvia Chirped in agreement.
        Jason flew around the trees for a time, slowly, and then Harris flew the air car. They got spun a few times when Harris drove too close to the trees. They got dizzy, and laughed a lot. For all Harris’s Navigation skill and pattern sensitivity, his fear rendered him less able to navigate through the trees than Jason. Then they flew too close and purpose and got spun and dizzy just for fun, and Laughed even more. Then Jason convinced Harris to hover at the edge of the forest so Jason could go out and practiced climbing trees. It was wonderful to have real trees. If he didn’t get to go to D’zeron right away at least he could climb while he waited.
          Sylvia followed Jason closely, transmitting Jason’s voice and image back to Harris in the air car so they could talk while he climbed. She really is a communication robot after all. Jason offered to teach Harris to climb. Harris refused. Jason climbed carefully, taking only short jumps between trees, using only larger, healthier branches he was sure he could trust. The bark scraped his skin, being rougher than the walls and beams of the Marrion Jay, and, for Harris’s sake, he let Sylvia heal and clean the scratches, even though he would have preferred to keep them. I had no idea she was able to heal, or to talk. Maybe she really can keep Harris safe while he’s out drinking.
==62sunset on the beach==
                                    Sunset on the beach
              
            Jason landed the air car on a sandy beach facing the ocean. He lowered the canopy to let in fading daylight, the cool salt breeze and a breathtaking view of the ocean and the sky. The sun was sinking slowly beneath the cliff behind them. Harris Jenzar looked uncomfortably out at the water and the sky. He wanted to squeeze his eyes tight shut and block it out, but instead he looked at Jason who sat transfixed by the sublime wonder of what he saw before him, eyes shining with awe, oblivious to his friend’s terror. 
        “You knew I was only joking when I said I wasn’t afraid of anything, right Jason?”
         “Yeah, but I didn’t realize how afraid you really were. I’ve been rather insensitive, all in all. Now you see why I don’t have friends; I’m no good at it. Jai-ten has me a bit culture-shocked. We shouldn’t be afraid to be afraid, Harris. Or be afraid to show our fear. I’m afraid of just about everything unfamiliar, but I’m not afraid of my fear.”
        “This place is terrifying. This tiny random ball of matter with only a thin layer of atmosphere between us and that destroying mass of radiation ready to recycle anything that gets close enough.” Harris gestured behind them towards where the sun had disappeared behind the hill.   
        Jason turned to face him, smiling gently, and Harris took some comfort in his attention. It’s not as bad when I know I’m not alone, and he’s not afraid. “Its radiation assaults my skin and my eyes. Even when it’s hidden behind that hill I know it’s not gone; I’m just in a shadow, hiding behind a rock.”
         He stretched his arms out in front of him and ran his fingertips across the back of his hand. “This dark pigment passed down to me by my ancestors protects my skin from the sun. It was given to the Prophet Paragan from whom all Paragan Centers descended, to protect us from the harsh sunlight of the planet Paragangia, which is now shattered. He shared it with all his people, even Spacers, like the Jenzar clan, who chose to never live on the planet Paragan, but to remain in the Ship Communities of their ancestors.” 
         “Who gave it to Paragan?”
         Harris shrugged. “It doesn’t matter who. Sun can’t burn me. My skin is protected by the darkness of Paragan. I know this, but I fear my fear. What scares me most is the power fear has over me. I know how to erase memories, or file them away where they only come out when I look for them. Most Paragangians learn those skills before they even get a memory implant. I can’t remember a time when I didn’t have complete control over my memories. But fears are not memories. Fears cannot be filed away where they won’t bother me. Knowing I’m safe doesn’t stop me from imagining falling into that star and burning up, being utterly destroyed, reduced from matter into pure energy like a dead man in the recycling chamber.”
         Paragangian waste disposal worked like a transporter only without reassembling the matter it took apart. People died and their bodies were recycled like everything else. The material generators took atomized matter from the recyclers and made something –anything-- almost from nothing. It was magic and miracles but Jason, as a retro-technologist, found it very disturbing. Transporting was painless, but Jason found it disconcerting. [this exposition might have been covered earlier in this version, and could be reduced here] Trying to empathize with Harris, he imagined the pain of burning combined with the terror of being disintegrated and never being made whole again. He shivered. “Sounds horrible.” [ when he meets Quetzal he will be reminded of this]
           “Spacers don’t belong this close to stars.” Harris continued “we have the darkness which shows our alligence to Paragan, but we still belong in open space. Stars have great power and danger. We take their power, but keep our distance except occasionally when we must be tethered to a planet to serve others. Then we stay inside so we don’t have see it. When we come to the planet, we sleep through the daytime so we don’t have to see it.”
         “Anton wanted to see it.”
          Harris nodded “My cousin will become a great negotiator. He welcomes every challenge, Alien or Paragangian. I don’t belong in the daylight. I was born a Spacer.”
          “So was Anton.”
          “He’ll be free to leave when he’s old enough, and he will. It’s not the same for me. Sen’tran Jenzar is legendary.” 
          “Like Jonathan and Thaeron Rhoisoh?” 
          “No. I mean everyone in Paragangia knows and loves him. He was old when we were young. He was Patriarch of Spacers before we were even born. The oldest other person in the Empire is more then 200 years younger than Sen’tran. My dad lives like a recluse on the Marrion Jay in the most remote areas of the Empire or the Alliance, but everyone still knows him and respects him as the patriarch of our people. I am the son of a legend, Jason. The crown prince of the Marrion Jay and the Spacer faction, and a few other things I shouldn’t mention. When Sen’tran dies I’ll have to take his place. But sometimes I want to live my own life. Sometimes I don’t want to just spend my life waiting to inherit a second-hand legend.”
           “I never saw you as a legend. Maybe that’s why you like me. I let you be just you. But that doesn’t even help, does it? As long as you still see the legend, you still live the legend. It’s part of who you are.”
          “Not the part I care about.”
         “What do you care about Harris? 
          I care about you, Jason. And not just because you are a legend. Clearly that was not the right answer. “When I get scared, I get focused on what I want to avoid, and forget to notice what I am seeking. Thanks for reminding me. I care about people, Jason. Real people with feelings and families and dreams. Like you, and DaraJeen, and Anton. Not just roles they play, or expectations placed on them.”
       “Feelings and families and dreams” Jason spoke dreamily, watching small waves as they broke on the coarse sand, following their rhythm slightly as he moved and spoke as if he were peacefully part of them. “That’s what I have. Can’t even imagine what it would be like to have destiny and identity set before you were born. I was born just a kid. Nobody. Blank slate. I chose my own destiny.” 
          That’s what you say, thought Harris, who are you really?  
        “My mother is known throughout the galaxy as an artist, but I am not an heir to that.”
        “What about Jonathan? Are you not heir to the American Master of Dream Science and Retro-technology?”
         Jason laughed quietly “I suppose I am. I like to think I am. In the field I am, but it’s a small field.”
      “The dream field” Harris added
    “Most people have never heard of Jonathan Landon…” 
      Not so in Paragangia, or on Terran 8, thought Harris 
       “… and I freely chose to become his heir; it wasn’t thrust upon me by birth. I can walk away any time I want to. Nobody is counting on me. It’s not like that for you, is it Harris?”
        Not for you either, little brother. Harris nodded. “True. I’m not an American.”
       “What’s that supposed to mean?” asked Jason.
       “You have American freedom. Freedom is different in Paragangia. I am free to stay and take my place when the time comes, or free to leave and join an exile colony. Being Paragangian is a privilege which comes with responsibilities. We are not free in the way Americans are free.” 
         Jason frowned “Why do you stay, then?”
        “Because I’m not an American. I’m a spacer. The son of Sen’tran Jenzar. I value my destiny, my family and my loyalty to the people I love more than I value freedom.”
        “Then why do you let Sen’tran upset you? He’s just asking you to be what you have chosen for yourself.”
         Harris glared at him. 
         Jason shrugged defensively, and seemed to withdraw into himself. 
         Harris changed the subject. “You love the water, don’t you. It makes you feel at home.” 
        “The ocean is full of life.” Said Jason.
         “I know” Harris shivered “Too much life. But even apart from that I don’t like water. There’s no open water on the Marrion Jay except in Terran rooms. We drink contained water, and maintain the humidity of the air, but open water, or water on our skin, it’s horrible. When I was a little kid, I accidentally walked into a garden on HomeStation while the sprinklers were on, and the water was flying through the air. Water got all over my hair and skin and clothing. It was terrifying. I never went into the garden again after that.”
       Jason laughed “In America little kids run through sprinklers just for fun in the summertime.”
       “That was my most terrifying memory ever, until today.”
       “But you chose to still remember it”
        “Yeah. If I forget I might accidentally wander into a garden and it would happen again. It’s filed under ‘things to carefully avoid.’ ”
        “I’ve always loved the ocean. It’s a separate world, like the Dream Plane. Before I learned about the Dream Plane I wanted to study the ocean.” He rose, and jumped down from the air car into the sand “Let’s go swimming.” 
           “No way, Jason. We flew through trees, isn’t that enough terror for one day?”
           Jason kicked off his loafers and threw them up into the air car. He ran to the edge of the water, splashed through the water, then stood and let the waves break over his ankles. Harris watched ambivalently from the air car. He took joy in the joy of his friend as ocean waves splashed against Jason’s skin, still feeling his own terror at the thought of being splashed.
         The tide was going out. Jason found a tiny crab stranded in a tide pool. He picked up the crab and ran up the beach with childish glee to share his discovery with Harris. “look-- isn’t he cute? Anton would like it you should take it to him. I don’t know what else lives here. There could be jellyfish or sharks or something. Swimming probably wasn’t a good idea anyhow.” Harris didn’t like the crab, but he smiled at Jason’s enthusiasm and expressed concern for the creature being removed from it’s home. Jason returned it to the pool.
         “C’mon, then. Let’s walk down the beach,” invited Jason, slinging his guitar over his shoulder. He laughed at Harris’s look of disbelief, shook his head, and took hold of Harris’s hands, drawing him out into the sand. “There’s nothing to be afraid of. Just a walk on the beach.” 
         Harris swayed in the wind disoriented for a moment, like Jason emerging from a transporter, regaining his balance. Accustomed to the still, consistent air of the Marrion Jay, the wind chilled and confused him. 
       “It’s okay Harris” Jason hugged him till Harris felt steady enough to go forward. Harris followed nervously as Jason walked beside the water, holding his hand like a child. Sylvia followed faithfully behind them like a silent floating dog. Harris looked down, choosing each step carefully, trying not to step on any crabs or tide pools. He was glad he had boots on.  Jason, on the other hand, danced barefoot through the damp sand at the edge of the waves.
        “Reminds me of Florida. Before Jonathan.”
        “Before Jonathan?”
        “We lived by the beach in Florida, me and Mom. We still have a cabin there, but I haven’t visited in a long time. I guess I’ve been busy with other things; teaching, writing, dreaming…”
       “Traveling to other planets?”
       “Yeah, that too.” He stared out at the waves again. 
       “Before Jonathan?” Harris repeated.
       “Before we moved to Kansas; before we lived with Jonathan. I loved the beach. I loved the ocean. I wanted to be a marine biologist and study everything living in the ocean. I wonder what lives in this ocean, Harris.” he stopped, kicking at the waves, and scanned the horizon, probably looking for sea monsters. “I never thought about it. Jonathan never showed me this ocean. It’s huge.”
        Harris didn’t want to think about what might live in this ocean or how huge it was. The water itself was terrifying without hosting monsters.
        “How old were you?” Harris asked “In Paragangia we stay with both parents until we are 12. Why Didn’t you live with your father? Is that the custom in America?”
        Jason frowned considering. “I wouldn’t call it custom, but it’s fairly common. Many women choose to raise kids alone; some men also, but not as many. Mom traveled a lot painting murals. I wasn’t in school so it was easier to just take me along.  When I was a baby she carried me in a sling on her back, and when I was old enough to read and type, I’d sit nearby and study while she painted. Before that, I used a net link.”
       “A net link? Not very retro-technology for America, is it?”
       Jason laughed “I was two, maybe. I hadn’t even heard of retro-technology. I wasn’t born a retro-technologist, you know”
          Were you born Paragan? “So you weren’t born Jonathan’s heir, you chose it later. Where were you born?’ 
         “In Florida, at the beach house.” he splashed the water, and Harris flinched away “I miss that place.” 
          “Why did you leave?” 
         “To be with Jonathan in Kansas. I met him online when I decided to study dreams. I didn’t know who he was and he didn’t know who I was. I didn’t use my real name online, of course, and I knew college professors online wouldn’t take me seriously if they knew I was only six, so I just told him the more relevant parts of the truth-- that I was almost done with high school. He probably thought I was about 17.”
          A huge tree which had fallen across the beach blocked their path. Jason stopped. He let go of Harris’s hand to examine the tree, contemplating whether they should climb over, go around, or turn back. He scrambled up the huge trunk and looked around. A cool salty breeze was blowing in from the ocean. He held his arms up into the wind as if trying to give the whole beach a hug…wind water sand….It felt like home, he said, like childhood. He didn’t want to leave, but Harris was not even going to consider climbing over a tree, not even a dead one. 
        “Wait.” said Harris, trying to get Jason to finish telling about Jonathan. “You say met him online, but you told me before that he was your father before you were born. So didn’t you meet him when you were born?”
          Jason laughed “Probably. He was there. But I don’t remember being born, Harris, so that doesn’t count. Here, let’s sit down by this log and I’ll tell you about how I met him.”
        “It counts for…” for dream bonds…but Harris knew he could finish that thought. …for something, anyhow.”
          Harris looked at the log suspiciously. Jason sat down, laying the guitar beside him, and motioned for Harris to sit beside him. After some deliberation, he sat. There was a cool breeze blowing in from the ocean now. The shelter of the tree and his friend warm beside him comforted him somewhat, even sitting on the sand. He forced a smile and gestured for Jason to continue his story. Sylvia stood sentry above the log behind them.
         “After I was born Jonathan moved to Kansas to teach in the Department of Alien Studies at KSU. When Mom wasn’t painting murals we stayed in Florida, where my mom grew up. I was home schooled because by the time I was old enough for school I had already learned most of what they would have taught me, and I never liked crowds of people. I loved the ocean and I wanted to study it, so I did a lot of research. I got books from the library and online, and my mom and her friends got me books, and I talked to fishermen on the beach and people who worked at the museums and amusement parks near my home. One night I had a dream, and in the dream I was in the ocean, swimming with all the ocean creatures, and it was so vivid it was as if I was really there.”
           “Sounds like a nightmare to me.” 
          “It was a lucid dream. I had conscious control over the dream. I’d never had a dream like that before. It fascinated me. I started searching for dreaming information online, and the first website I found was for the dream studies program At KSU. That’s how I met Jonathan. He taught me more about lucid dreaming, and I practiced everything he taught me, and then I would contact him again through the website and he would teach me more, and I’d practice. When I got to the point I ahd fairly complete control of my lucid dreaming he started teaching me about D’zeron, and how they dream there. When he had taught me everything he could over the internet he invited me to enroll at KSU and study with him as soon as I finished high school. Sounded great to me. I was about seven by then.” Jason laughed, “Anton’s age. I finished my online high school graduation exams really fast after that because I wanted to learn more about dreams. 
         Then I asked Mom to sign my enrollment application papers for the alien studies program at KSU. She thought I was joking, but I wasn’t. I showed her transcripts for my online diploma. She didn’t believe me and contacted the company. Of course my diploma wasn’t legal because I’d lied about my age, and didn’t have her permission. She gave me a big lecture about dishonesty and I had to take the tests all over with her watching. I didn’t mind, though, because I figured if she saw how smart I was and how much I wanted it she’d let me go study dreaming with Dr. Landon. [Jonathan’s education is another question. When did he study Anthropology? Did he do negotiators training before going to D’zeron? and then get his phd later, after Jason was born?]
          “She agreed I was ready for college, and found all sorts of online schools, and nearby colleges in Florida, tried to interest me oceanography programs, but I was done with that. I only wanted go to study dreams. I told her I couldn’t learn any more from my mentor unless I was in Kansas, because we had to be sleeping together to do it and then she got angry, thinking he was some pervert trying to take advantage of kids online. I assured her I hadn’t told him anything personal, we only talked about the university and about dreaming. I showed her the university website, and she said ‘Even professors can be child molesters, Jason’ and she threatened to report him. Then I got worried, and I showed her his biography on the website for the dream studies program.”
           “‘Jonathan Landon’ she said, very suspiciously. ‘and you say you didn’t tell him you age and he has no idea how young you are? I think I’ll just call him and see what he has to say for himself.’ 
          “ ‘You think He’s really bad?’ ” I asked, all worried.
            She just laughed. ‘Nope. I’m sure there are plenty of people who think so, but I he’s always been a good friend to me.’
          “I was so excited to learn she actually knew him, and I could actually talk with him. She called without video and He answered all official, like ‘Good morning, Department of Alien studies at KSU, Professor Landon speaking, how may help you?’ and Mom said “You might be the one who needs help Professor Landon. I has come to my awareness that you’ve been using an official university website to recruiting minor children to sleep with you. I intend report this, of course, but first I would like to hear your side of the story.’ 
          Jonathan wasn’t the least bit worried, he just laughed. ‘I study dreaming, Ma’am. It does require sleeping, but I assure you there is nothing inappropriate in my research. I have never knowingly recruited a minor child. I see how it could be misunderstood though. Where did you learn of this?’
          “From my son, Dr Landon. My very young son whom you have indeed been recruiting.”
          ‘I’m sorry Ma’am, many people who request information don’t give their age. I might have offered information to your son, not knowing he was a minor, but I assure you there was nothing inappropriate in our conversations. What is his username?”
        “OceanDreamer2009” she told him.
        “OceanDreamer? He’s a minor? I’m sorry, I had no reason to ask his age, but he seemed very mature and said he was a senior in high school. I just assumed. I’m sorry, ma’am I guess I should have realized a kid that bright might be a few years ahead. I did invite him to consider the dream study program at KSU. We do sleep, of course, you can’t dream without sleeping, Ma’am. But I assure you that’s all there is to it. Dreaming, all carefully supervised by the university. I’ve never accepted a minor to the program. I’m sure the university would require written permission from his parents, if they allow it at all. And we’d keep you fully informed about what he was studying. It’s a very reputable program, perfectly safe and legal. I hope you’ll let me tell you about the program and consider it. Your son is the most promising and enthusiastic dream student I’ve even met. I apologize for this misunderstanding. I had no idea he was underage. I’m sure you’ll agree it’s a wonderful opportunity for him, if not now maybe in a year or two when he’s old enough? I can even arrange a scholarship for him, if finances are a concern.”
          “Finances are not a concern, Jonathan.  Age is.”
           “I’m sorry ma’am, I don’t think I caught your name? How old is your son?”
          ‘My name is Gloria Scott’
          ‘Well, Ms. Scott…’ he started to continue his recruitment pitch…and then the name registered.
           ‘Glor?’ 
          ‘Hi, Jonathan. I never guessed we’d meet again this way.’ She turned on the video camera.
          He was laughing. ‘Well, my work does sound inappropriate taken out of context. You had me worried. So, this OceanDreamer kid, he’s a friend of yours? You wanted to help him get into the program? That’s nice of you, Glor, but he sounds brilliant, we’d love to have him, however young he is, Or were you just teasing about that part? How have you been, Glor? It’s great to hear from you. How’s Jason?”
         ‘Jonathan! You’re not listening. I told you. You’ve been talking to my son.’
          There was a long pause. ‘Jason must be only about six. Have you adopted an older boy? 
         I couldn’t keep quiet any longer, I said, ‘Wow mom! You do know him! and He knows my name! Dr. Landon! Hi, it’s me, Jason, OceanDreamer2009. I talked to you Monday, remember? and I finished my high school exams today, didn’t I mom? She agrees I’m ready for college, but she thinks I’m too young to go to Kansas. We’ve got an air car, but she thinks Kansas is too far to fly alone. And I’m not six, Dr Landon. I’ll be eight in April.’ and mom turned the video on.
       He apologized a lot, and asked if he could come visit and talk with me in person. I was so excited. She was always trying to get me to make friends back then, so I guess she couldn’t say no. He transported to Florida a few hours later. That was the first time I saw Jonathan.”
         “He left you for seven years?” asked Harris “Why? That’s the most important time for a child to have both parents.”
        “I don’t know; I never asked. I never minded not having a father, I never really noticed I didn’t have one until he came. But I was so happy to have him then. That night I learned he was my father, Not to have a father, but to have Him, Jonathan Landon, as my father. They got married a week later. He spent every weekend with us until his semester ended, and we talked on video every night. He stayed with us in Florida through the summer, and in the fall we all moved to Kansas. That summer in Florida was the best time of my life.” He smiled up at his new friend “Until now, anyhow.”
         “Jonathan isn’t your father.”
         “Sure he is. He’s on my birth certificate. He adopted me before I was born, and he raised me. My biological father died before I was born. Jonathan was always my father.”
           “You’re not his genetic offspring and he also wasn’t there for you during the most important part of your childhood. Is that what fathers are in America? A Spacer father would never choose leave his son for the whole first half of his childhood.”
           Jason shrugged “Single parenting and adoption are common in America. I don’t see any harm. I didn’t miss him because I didn’t know he existed.”
          “What about you biological father? It Desmond Harris, Right? You were born right after he died and they gave you his name. Don’t you want to know who you really are? You might be a prince.”
          Jason laughed “Harris! This is my life, not a fairy tale. Desmond wasn’t a King” 
         “Like the story of King Arthur, is that a fairytale?” 
         “That’s more of a legend, I guess. Based on a true story, with a lot of magic added” 
        “A legend like Sen’tran Jenzar, or a myth like Thaeron Rhoizoh?’
        “I’m not a prince Harris. Jonathan is my father. If I were a prince, my mother would have told me.”
         “She probably thought you would be safer not knowing. Maybe if people knew who you were they would try to kill you to stop you from taking your place.”
          Jason laughed uncontrollably. “I think you just said Mom didn’t tell me I’m a prince because she thought I would try to kill myself? I agree it would be horrible to learn I was a prince but, probably not worth dying for. Forget it Harris. I’m not your prince. So if the only reason you wanted to be my friend was to get in good with the next king, you might as well go home.” 
          He grinned up at Harris, who was horrified at the accusation and apologized profusely.  Why do I hope he’s Paragan? He doesn’t want it. It won’t be good for him. They were right not to tell him. I wish I didn’t have to be a legend, yet I’m asking Jason to be a legend for me. I convince myself he’s a legend. I should stop. Even if it’s true, it’s not fair to force it on him.
                                             *[Jason pov]
           Jason stared thoughtfully at the darkening ocean. It seemed so peaceful. “Why do you want me to be a prince? So you won’t be alone with your inescapable destiny?”
          He turned to Harris. Harris was looking nervously out at the dark, terrifying expanse of water before him “Something like that, yeah.”
          “I don’t have to be a legend to be your friend, do I?” 
           Harris grinned. “No, Jedi Jason, you don’t have to be a legend.”
          “That’s good. I really don’t want to be a legend, or a prince.” 
          Harris rose awkwardly from the sand. “It’s getting dark. Aissis will rise soon. Time for you to dream.” He held his hands down to Jason to help him up, and they walked quickly back to the air car.  “Parents are important. When I was little, Sen’tran was always there for me. Mom was there too, but mostly Sen’tran, holding me as I slept, teaching me to be everything he was, everything I would become, comforting my fears, explaining everything, taking joy in my creations, healing all my hurts. I was safe with him. Now I’m the best navigator in the galaxy, better than him, and I’m a negotiator also, respected in my community and all over the galaxy by everyone else but him. I’ve excelled in every thing I do, but it’s never enough. Sen’tran no longer comforts me, or takes joy in my creations. He keeps pushing me forward, but there’s no place left for me to go. It’s like he’s asking me to jump off a cliff.”  
          Jason nodded “That reminds me of a Bible story. Have you ever read the Bible Harris? 
         Harris shook his head “I’ve never read anything. I can’t read”
         “Can’t read!?” Jason seemed shocked.
         “Paragangian Spacer? my people have no written language? I can’t read.”
         “Paragangia has no written language? I didn’t know…” Jason shook his head in confusion and went back to his Bible story.
         ‘What would we use written language for? We have the Community Mind.”
Jason thought…history? record keeping? notes to friends? what could written language do that the community mind couldn’t do? “Scriptures?” 
        “What’s that? Like the book of Mormon? Desmond was a Mormon. He told me about the book of Mormon once.”
        “Exactly. The Bible is a book a scripture, like the book of Mormon.” 
        “So what’s the story you were reminded of?”
         well, there was a prophet named Abraham.  Abraham followed his God –his father in Heaven--- with perfect love. Abraham’s son, Isaac, loved his father and trusted him, and followed him with perfect love, as Abraham followed God, until one day God told Abraham to take Isaac into the wilderness and offer him up as a sacrifice.”
          “What’s a sacrifice?”
          “A ceremony practiced in the time of Abraham. They were shepherds, which means they raised sheep.”
         ‘sheep? those are some sort of Animals used to grow fiver to make clothes out of, right?”
         “yes. right Harris. they grew Sheep for wool and they also ate the meat and the milk.”
         Harris made and expression of disgust.
         “I know Harris, you don’t eat meat. Anyhow, so to show they loved God with perfect love and appreciated everything God had given them, they chose the most perfect lamb—that’s a baby sheep-- from their flock, and killed it.” Harris looked horrified, but Jason tried to go on. The story seemed important somehow.
“… and burned parts of it to give it back to God. [Reference this to Serai honoring the wildcat, it would be a bit like an offering] They gave their very best, to show God that they were willing to give anything He asked.”
         “That’s horrible.” 
          “Yeah, it is, but that’s what they did.” 
            “Why?”
          “well, they believed everything they had was given to them by God, the Heavenly father, and the sheep were the most important thing he had given them, so they gave back one, as a gesture of appreciation” Jason realized Harris wasn’t enjoying the story, yet still felt compelled to tell it. “So, Abraham loved God so much he was willing to give back the best thing God had ever given him, and that was his son, Isaac. Isaac loved his father Abraham as perfectly as Abraham loved God. Trusting His father completely, he went as the perfect lamb to die on the alter of sacrifice.”
         Harris shuddered “This is a Terrible story, Jason. If this is what scriptures are like, I’m glad we don’t have written language.”
         Jason looked at his friend. “No, The story isn’t done. Just wait. You’ll see what I mean. Your cliff is Sen’tran’s sacrificial fire, Harris. He loves you as a father loves a son, as God loves his people: more than anything, more than possible, with perfect love. But he still chooses to give you to the galaxy, to his people, to his God, whatever God he believes in. He pushes you off that cliff, Harris, not because he doesn’t love you, but because you’re the best he’s got, and he trusts you’ll find your destiny, and you’ll be ok, you’ll do great things. If you love him, like Isaac loved Abraham, you’ll willingly walk off that cliff. Sons have to become men and no longer follow their fathers. The child you were to Sen’tran has to die so you can become the man you are destined to become for Paragangia.”
         They climbed inside the air car and huddled together for warmth in the darkness, relieved to be out of the wind, which had grown quite chilly. Jason turned on the heater and the air temperature rose quickly.
         “So Isaac died, for his father’s God? ”
         “No Harris. That’s the good part. Isaac didn’t die. Isaac accepted death for his father’s God, but God gave him life instead. As Abraham raised his knife to slay his son, God showed Abraham a ram caught by the horns in the branches of a tree, and God told Abraham to kill the ram instead. Willingness to kill his son was enough. Actually killing Isaac would have been pointless. So Isaac lived.”
        Harris frowned. “But a ram died, right? An innocent ram. He owed them nothing. He died so Isaac could live. This is a very American story. I’m not American, Jason. I don’t want others to die so I can live.”
        “You’re obviously not Mormon either. Yes, the ram was innocent. And yes, he died so Isaac could live. But it’s not the way you think. The perfect sacrificial lamb, in this case the sacrificial ram caught in a tree, was a symbol of Jesus Christ, who freely choose to die, innocent and sinless, nailed to a wooden cross, so everyone else, everyone He loved, could be forgiven of their sins and have eternal life. Jesus freely chose to die, to save us, because he loved us. Sort of like you walked on the beach and few an air car through the trees because you loved me. For you, that was a sacrifice. 
        “I’ve heard of Jesus Christ. Desmond told me about him, too. He chose to die knowing his Father would bring him back. The ram didn’t get to choose. He was trapped, caught in the branches of a tree.” 
        Harris said “tree”, as if this were the worst fate possible. “In Paragangia, we choose the time of our death.”
       “Sen’tran wants you to live so he can die.” The words came from Jason suddenly without thought, like speaking in tongues. He had no idea what it meant, but seeing Harris’s reaction he knew it was true, and the wrong thing to say. 
           “I’m sorry” Jason blushed. “Just words. Forget it.” He picked up the guitar and started singing a little song he had learned from Leroy. He never understood the song, but it talked about the Ram escaping so it seemed appropriate.
           “When Isaac’s ram has fled away and broken all the branches
            When we have lived another day and wasted all our chances
            Then I will mourn the loss of you and blame myself for all you do
            But really none of this is true for you still have your agency”
         Jason leaned against Harris, and Harris wrapped his arms around Jason like a father holding a child, or a child holding a teddy bear. No one spoke again. He sat in the air car on the beach with Harris, playing peaceful tunes to the rhythm of the waves and felt warm, and safe and free. For a moment, the world was perfect.
         A blue glow on the surface of the dark ocean broke the spell. Aissis peeked over the horizon and her shimmering blue trail of reflection reached across the waves to call them back to reality, and forward into destiny. Harris withdrew his embrace. “It’s time for me to go do what I said I would, and prove I’m not a slave to my father’s will. I don’t want to. I’d rather stay with you. I feel safe with you. We sit by the terrifying ocean and I still feel safe.”
        “So don’t go, Harris. We have to choose for ourselves. It’s like jumping off a cliff but at the bottom of that cliff, you just find another choice, and have to choose again. So jump. I’ll be there to catch you because I’m falling too. We can catch each other. At least we’ll be warm and not die alone. I’ll teach you to dream.”
         Harris laughed, and tousled his hair like he used to do on the Marrion Jay. “Some other night, little brother. Tonight I have a promise to keep. Destiny awaits.”
        A few minutes later, Jason was alone in his room at the Aissis Oasis Inn.
==63serai at the setting of aissis==
Serai at the setting of Aisses
**D’zeron, date?[how do they count time]
***[explain the high cliff prior to this in a dream Jason shares with Jonathan? or in Jason looking down at D’zeron from the Marrion Jay]
             Serai stood on the High Cliff as the sun rose shimmering through the mist of the trees across the river. Tersh had been ranting about aliens yesterday. In Serai’s dream Tersh’s alien father had come to take him home. Chathalen was knelt on the ground, calling after his father. Allissa approach and Chathalen reached out to her for comfort but she brushed him aside coldly and disappeared into the sky with Tersh, leaving Chathalen alone, reaching up into the sky after them. Allissa would never do that, would she? Allissa was insensitive in her own way, but she loved Chathalen, she would never leave him, would she? And Tersh. Tersh and Chathalen were inseparable. [make this fit better with their actual circumstances of seperation….although he hasn’t cast the barrier yet]
      Chathalen’s sorrow engulfed Serai like a wave. She ran to him, tried to reach him, tried to comfort him but he sent out an invisible wall around himself, expanding like the ripples circling out from a stone dropped in still water, pushing her back, pushing everyone away from him until he stood all alone, like the day after the fire. The day Allissa found him.
          Serai woke trembling, filled with that overwhelming loneliness, and walked out into the morning to drive away the darkness of her dreams.
          Tersh was crazy but he was never wrong. The aliens were on the other side of the planet, watching Aissis rise over a vast ocean she had never seen. They would come to D’zeron soon. Tersh’s Father was from another world. He could dream. He married Sh’harra. He gave her a son. Maybe… These new aliens…
         Hope would only bring disappointment. She tried not to think of them.
         It wasn’t working.
        She gazed down into the river below, shining pinkish with the first rays of sunrise. How long has it been since I dove from this cliff into the river? Many years. Before I was married. Only children dive from the cliff. She smiled, and dove from the cliff, her silk dress floating in the wind around her like the wings of a butterfly. She landed perfectly with hardly a splash, swam smoothly and gracefully across the river, and emerged dripping on the other side of the river near the Well of Morning. 
==64aissis and jason==
h Aisses and Jason 
          Dr. Jason Scott-Harris sat by an open window in his room at the Aissis Oasis Inn in the port city of Jai-ten on the planet Terran 8 and looked out over the alien city at the alien sky. 21 years old, Phd in Anthropology, and on the opposite side of the galaxy from his home.  The stars are always so strange on a different planet. 
             He cradled in his arms the guitar he had carried with him like a security blanket throughout his all his journeys. Made of a turtle shell treated with tree resins which rendered it virtually indestructible, it had been given to him while he was at the HomeWorld LDS colony. Leroy had made it for Desmond. There was a tradition of guitar playing in the colony because Emily Hawthorn, the founder, had played guitar. She was Desmond’s great grandmother. Jason had carried it with him to Planet Mexico, and the universal language of music helped him survive his transition to a world where any spoken language other than Spanish was forbidden. 
          Sitting in the window, on Jai ten, looking out at Aissis the same culture shock he had felt on Planet Mexico overcame his, and he sang the same song he had sang then. The quintessential Mormon song. But on Mexico he sang silently, because to sing aloud in English was against the law.
       
          I am a child of God, and He has sent me here
          Has given me an earthly home with parents kind and dear…
Jason’s voice paused, and his guitar went on alone. In Mexico, at this point another voice had joined him, the angelic voice of a young boy singing the same song in Spanish. The universality of this song had brought him hope and comfort on Planet Mexico. Now it didn’t. It made him think of his family; it made him homesick. 
           He played something else, without words or memories.
          English was the language of the alliance, and Jai-ten was an alliance port, so everyone spoke English, but the guitar and all the memories it carried still helped him feel safe, connected to his past as the future loomed before him like a cliff he wasn’t ready to step off of. He sat in the window playing random melodies, not thinking, just allowing himself to become part of this new world or perhaps allowing the world to become a part of him. 
          The young anthropologist was anxious to explore the dream world of Terran 8, but needed time to sort his own thoughts and feelings before he slept. He wasn’t ready for new adventures. He knew he should dream healing dreams alone tonight and let his brain file all the changes before he faced the dream world for the first time tomorrow in a better state of mind. But after waiting this long, it didn’t seem right to wait longer. Besides, Culture shock was often worse the second day. His brain was still too surprised by the strangeness to fully realize how strange it was. And he wanted to tell Harris tomorrow about his adventures in dreaming tonight.
        The room Harris and DaraJeen chose for him was perfect. A warm breeze caressed his skin through the open window like the spirit-mother of Terran 8 welcoming him home. She rustled through the leaves of the trees, bring him unfamiliar voices of insects and other small creatures-of-the-night along with unknown flower scents, strange and inviting. The larger moon, Aisses, --not really a moon-- was rising bright and blue on the horizon, Leaving the D’zeron sky as the sun was rising there, and passing into the sky which now stood above him. 
           Jonathan’s voice echoed in his memories. “In D’zeron two moons mark the passing of time. Lurrin, like Earth’s moon, waxes and wanes with the months, but the Blue Moon of Destiny and Dreams is always full and appears only at night, rising as the sun sets. Aissis doesn’t orbit the planet like a true moon. She’s a small planet with unusual physical properties orbiting the sun alongside Terran 8. Like the sun, when the planet turns toward her she rises; it turns away again and she sets. That’s how destiny is, Jase. Destiny rises when we turn to face it. When you see your destiny on the horizon, Jase, never be afraid to turn and face it.” 
       The young dreamer’s pale blue eyes followed the blue moon Aissis as she rose above Jai-ten. D’zeron is out there. Across this beautiful ocean, a land where people are still part of nature and advanced technology is non-existent. I will be there soon, but not tonight. I’ll be there, with my brother Tersh and the dream keeper D’neira, and maybe my butterfly girl. Aisses visited you and now she comes to me. A lost child alone in this alien place, he longed for home and family, but also for D’zeron, for the destiny he had dreamed of so long. Unthinkingly, he began to sing a song his mother sang for him when he was little: 
           “I see the moon, 
           the moon sees me
           the moon sees the one I long to see...”
         Tears rolled down his face as loneliness engulfed him. Did I choose to return Harris’s friendship today only because I’m so afraid of this place? And if so, is that wrong? Would he mind if I told him that? I don’t think so. He’d laugh. Harris wanted my friendship under any terms I offered, even an air car ride through the forest and a daylight walk on the beach.
       In most social situations—on a field study, or as a professor-- Jason learned his role, responding with socially appropriate words and actions like an actor in a play, or a player in a game, avoiding any personal attachments.
          Harris was different.  Harris played with toys and children, but Harris did not play roles. Harris didn’t even play his own role as navigator and negotiator. He just chose the fastest path and helped everyone as much as he could, connecting with all individuals instantly, guilelessly. Harris was real and genuine all the time, like it or not. If you talked to Harris it was personal or you didn’t talk to Harris and that was personal too. Jason had managed not to talk to Harris much from the day Harris met him at HomeStation until today. Somehow even avoidance increased the bond between them.
          Jason watched Destiny rising above the horizon in unimagined ways. He resumed singing, remembering Leroy who had given him the guitar and taught him to play it. 
           “Oh lord my God, when I in awesome wonder, 
           Consider all the world they hands have made,
           I see the stars, I hear the rolling thunder, 
           Thy power throughout the universe displayed.”
       Leroy’s God guides his destiny as different strange stars sparkle over the pseudocypress bogs of HomeWorld.
          A huge brown moth fluttered from the bushes beneath the window up into the darkening sky. Its wings silhouetted for a moment against the bright blue disk of Aisses. Jason remembered, as a child dreaming…the little girl with butterfly wings…She held her hands out to him but as their fingers touched, there was nothing but darkness, the silhouette of two tiny butterflies silluetted against the huge blue disk of Aisses, and he woke up.
            Jason had never even heard of D’zeron then. He hadn’t met Dr Landon on the internet or shared memories of D’zeron. Dreams could transcend time and space. Sometimes, said Jonathan they show us things we couldn’t possibly know.
           “D’zeron is your destiny in dreams, Jase.” Jonathan told him. Jason never doubted. Now he was almost there. 
         The young dreamer smiled up at the blue moon “Did you keep watch over my butterfly girl today through the night of D’zeron, Aisses? Will you give her my love in the morning when you rise in her evening sky? But in the mean time, show me who I can find on your dream plane here tonight.”
        With that thought in mind and a heart over-spilling with anticipation, the young dream scientist lay down and fell asleep almost instantly.
==                  Journey to D'zeron section 5: into dreams==
==65 Jason dreams with lenn==
Scene 10      Lenn
           Jason moved himself quickly from waking into sleeping and to lucid dreaming. He entered the Dream Wind alone and walked the same streets of Jai-tan he had explored with Harris and Anton in the afternoon. ***[more detail of the process of entering the wind] 
         In Dream, the structures of the city and the color of the light were the same but the spirit of the place bore no resemblance to waking Jai-Ten. In daylight, crowds of alien people were the spirit of Jai-ten. In Dream the streets were empty. At a glance the walls were solid, but as Jason looked closely they became translucent and dissolved likr Paragngian portals. Jason perceived the forms of people sleeping, misty when not dreaming, then glowing with colorful swirls as they entered Dreaming. When lucid dreamers dreamed, he knew if he touched that swirling rainbow he would enter their dream, and they would share dreams together, as he shared dreams with Jonathan at home. To do this to a stranger without consent would be unconscionable, --like rape almost-- so he was careful to stay away. A blue haze filled the air as if the light of Aisses had transformed itself into a cool mist. It Mixed strangely with the greenish light of Terran 8, swirled as if on air currents which could be felt by Jason’s ghost-body.  He was a part of the almost-invisible wind, a formless yet recognizable version of himself.
*** {how does he feel? he’s very excited to see things which have bee described to him, yet scared by the strangeness of it. he thinks of Jonathan, misses JOnathan inensely wanting to share this, experiance, unacustomed to dreaming experiances of this sort without Jonathan, he feels ncomplete, needing the presance of another  [this can be connected with his discussions of marriage in the next day or two, and of his ambivalance about freindship] Jason wishes Harris were sleeping so he could invade his dreams and bring him to the wind. Harris would not mind.
          On earth controlling his dream-self often felt like controlling a robot from a great distance. There he could usually control other elements of the dream as well, not just himself, because he was the whole dream, holding the dream world within himself, and when he dreamed with Jonathan, his part was him and JOnathan’s part beyond his direct control, like a conversation. He he was an entity within the dream and most of the dream was beyond himself except for the whispy little wind form of him. One little Jason-shaped piece of wind walking alone through Aisses-blue swirling fog. He did not dream with Jonathan, he dreamed with the planet itself and all who slept there. 
         I suppose looking into the Dream Plane of D’zeron from this Wind would be like looking into these houses but I don’t know where to look. Maybe it cannot be found from Jai-ten.
         A figure who seemed as solid as a man in waking stood before him. Tall and thin, in a simple white robe. looked like Jonathan, only much younger. Long chestnut hair framed a familiar heart-shaped golden face with deep dark eyes Jason grinned in spite of himself as his Wind-form solidified into Professor Scott-Harris, dressed in a suit as if he prepared to present a lecture at some formal conference, the kind he rarely attended. 
   THis person--if it is a person-- shares my dream.  Is this what happens when you touch the dreams of other lucid dreamers? DId I stumble into him? Should I apologize? jason’s fears swerled arround him changing the color of the wind, distorting his form. He calmed hmself by force of will. the dream visiter waited motionless and silent, but without a spirit of patience.
         
         Appearance could be deceiving. A man in Dream can appear as a cat or a dragon or anything.  Creatures lives and dreamed on Terran 8 who were not men. The form of a man did not make this a man. For a moment Jason’s dream-confused mind fails to shake off the thought—perhaps the wish-- that it is Jonathan. Is time and space are  different in the dream world. Hours can be lost or gained in dreaming, even whole nights and days sometimes. Had Jonathan reached forward though forty years, or find a way to cross the gulf of space from Earth? 
     “Dad?” Jason asks in hopeful confusion, realizing as he speaks that a younger Jonathan will not know him yet and that Jonathan has never had long hair.
        “I am not Jonathan Landon,” a Toneless and toatally alien version of Jonathan’s voice replied. ***[what would Lenn know of Jonathan and how would he know?Lenn is in communication with the Ancients]
        “What are you?”
        “I am Lenn of the Ancient Forest,” He replied mechanically in Jonathan’s voice. His lack of tone seemed similar to how Rhonda spoke. Perhaps this creature also was unacustomed to vocal communication.
         “Your name is Lenn. Like Jonathan’s son, the one who died at birth?”  
        Lenn continued without a pause, emotionless, “I have waited for my father. He could not return. You have come instead from the other world.  He must heal the harm of the past himself. This is not your destiny, it is his alone. We have watched your arrival. There is much you do not understand, and great harm in your coming. You will fail and suffer. 
     The Spacers choose destruction and wasted many chances. Their place here is forever gone. Paragangia also destroyed too much, walking in the way of their ancestors. Restitution is required. A son pays for his father’s mistakes. We do not welcome you.”
 *****correct intentions what would Lenn warn him about in this version and why would he bother? Lenn represents the Ancients? No one knows about them except the dreamkeepers, Sen’tran and Alexandreil.
 Is Jason here to harm them in any way? 
how Does Lenn know Jason was sent by Alexandreil?***?????********quetzal? what restoration are they asking from ALexandreil? does Lenn really know anything or has he just been sent for the messanger, and told what to say, rather than acting on his own? 
      “Who are you?”
      “Lenn of the Ancient Forest. You will leave now.” [word this more fittingly}
        Jason lay fully awake in his bed in an inn on a backstreet of the alien port city Jai-Tan. His thoughts raced, as did his heart. 
        Lenn of the Ancient Forest. 
        Lenn—the twin brother of Tersh--- died at birth. As a child Jason believed he was alive. A childish fantasy, born of the loneliness of being, for all practical purposes, an only child. Harris’s comment about “Jonathan’s boys” replayed in his mind. Did the still-born twin of Tersh really live in the Ancient forest? How? Why? Did Harris know? What else did Harris know? ****[what DOES Harris know? why DID Harris say that?] Jason silently cursed Sen’tran Jenzar for making Harris choose drinking tonight instead of dreaming. If Harris were here he would have answers.
          How does Lenn travel the Dream Wind to Jai-ten if he lives in the Ancient Forest? Does he dream in daylight, without Aissis? Or bend time? Was some evil dream creature on Jai-Ten masquerading as Lenn, drawing names from Jason’s memories and desires? THe messanger didn’t feel evil, and though the words sounded hostile, the feeling eminating from Lenn’s message was sadness, and loneliness. Lenn’s longing for the father who had not returned. Jason could relate to that. 
          Jason willed himself back to sleep as quickly as he could, though not as fast as usual. The Wind was quiet and empty. In sheer frustration he screamed into the empty blue mist.
************????**************** Jason’s speech here needs to be adjusted to fit with Lenn’s, and with whatever happened there with Alex and his reasons for being here ***
          “Lenn! Talk to me! please! My name is Jason. I’m your brother. Jonathan is my father, too. He beleives you died at birth. I’m not a spacer, and I’m not Paragangian. I’m American!  I’m an anthropologist! I don’t mean you any harm, I only want to learn about you, and Tersh, and D’zeron and dreaming. Paragangia sent me help them know what restitution is required. Please. Lenn! Talk to me, Let me help! Help me understand! I haven’t come to destroy anything! Whatever the problem was, we can solve it together. Help me to understand!” [ALexandreil has told Jason when the project is first introduced that it is best for Jason not to know the details from the Paragangian side so that he will be able to more objectively represent the D’zeron side to Paragangia]
         He stood in the empty Dream Wind listening to the echoes of his own voice, watching them ripple through the mist and disappear, leaving nothing but silence. He walked in dreams through the silently sleeping city of Jai-Ten, thoughts and feelings crowding his heart and mind. His new friend Harris was probably getting drunk loudly in the same place where Jason now walked in silence. But people awake, even drunk people, are invisible to the Wind.
         Jason wandered aimlessly, wondering who Lenn of the Ancient Forest really was; wondering and regretting whatever destruction he had agreed to help the Paragangians do on Terran 8. But he found no one else walking the Wind in Jai-Ten that night. 
         He wandered through the city and the forest in a Dream Plane version of the air-car but without Harris or Anton it seemed lonely and boring. Surprisingly, for a guy who had never needed or wanted friends, he missed them keenly now. Near the port, he saw groups of small shapeless orange swirls of light flying on the wind. He watched them, realizing from their flight patterns that they were the flocks of rat-pigeons he had watched with Anton in the afternoon. Their furry bodies perched sleeping on the branches of the trees as their dreams forms frolicked in the wind. He tried to approach them but they vanished into the swirling blue mist, then reappeared when he turned away, as if teasing him, like wil’o’the whisps. {he would remember this when he sees Marrisyl ]
 [as if responding to this thought, they might do something which reminds him of willo the whisps, and something which evokes Serai, the Anchient forest creatures like will o the whisps] 
when Jason and Anton see the creatures the next day Jason would tell antton about this dream experiance, and wonder if he might take one of these home with him for a pet when he returns to Earth. Anton will like this Idea but suggest that Aen’tran will never allow these creatures on the Marrion Jay.    Discouraged and exhausted, he slept soundly through the rest of the night. He needed the healing of private dreams more now than the adventure of the Dream Wind. Time for his brain to sort and file these new realities. [Small prophetic dream on waking which involves Harris and Serai, perhaps?]
befoer I can fully write this chapter I need to fully write about the time when Jonathan and ALexandreil were on Terran * before. THat time might be the subject of my next Nanao novel.  
I
ll create a backstory file listing bits I need to write for my next Nano novel. 
==66serai gets jasons message==
22 dreamers reactions and Serai gets Jason’s message place holding file
-----------///------------------
D’zeron, Date
(people hearing Jason on the wind should occur during this day, when they sleep that night, so not  before Serai’s greeting from Jason through Aisses)
-----------------///-------------------
D’zeron, Date ?????
rough draft:
        Aissis drew her to the high cliff again in the evening. Chores were done and her weaving apprentices gone home to their families. Will I soon have someone to go home to, also? You have seen him, Aisses, Haven’t you?  Tall and dark and space-born, looking up into space thinking how strange it is to see you from below instead of from above? Will he take me away to distance stars, like Sh’harra, where I will never see you again? Did you give him dreams of me this night? 
           A disconcertingly strange, unfamiliar melody echoed through her mind, and a sense of his presence so strong and strange it brought tears to her eyes, and fear for him. 
-----------------///-------------------
==67 dneiras reaction to jason on the wind==
contained same text as pervious ch. check older files
==68 tersh and chathalen reaction==
 Tersh and Chathalen reaction
-------------/////------------
          Tersh and Chathalen felt an alien presence on the Dream Wind that evening. They couldn’t hear his words or travel the wind to meet him but they felt dim echoes of his shouts still rippling through the blue mist. They felt a thrill of anticipation. A destiny long awaited finally set into motion, coming to sweep them up into a world larger than the tiny village which had always been their home. [this is not realistic these two would NOT have the same feelings about this impending destiny. this suits Chath. but Tersh would be more upset knowing his son is going to leave him and die alone, where he fears Chathalen might not be able to be reunited with his family. But Tersh would be excited about Lenn returning,
           Tersh heard something else, also echoing in the Dream Wind with the voice of the alien, an undercurrent like a lingering scent in the wind: Lenn’s voice speaking from the Ancient Forest in the language of dragons. Startled, he awakened leaving Chathalen alone in the Dream Wind and lay awake in his bed the rest of the night, cheerfully contemplating his journey to the Ancient forest. Allissa will take this journey with me.
==69breakfast with Harris==
there were two of this in differant places, ill sort that later
Scene 10       Breakfast with Harris
         Awakening early, Jason sat down to a nice, relaxed breakfast alone in the pleasant and well-lit dinning room of the Aisses Oasis Inn. A peaceful haven in the bustling alien port, it did not seem to belong to the rest of the house. Morning sun shone through large front windows of frosted glass subtly swirled with pastel colors designed to break up the light and leave the mind of travelers from various planets free to imagine the color most suitable for an alien home world. Framed by white lace curtains, they let in light but not the sights or sound of the alien city. The arched, rough-cut wood beams supporting the low stucco ceiling seemed more for ambiance than structure. Painted metal beam supported the walls with a smooth secure strength and their soft matt finish seemed soothing in the ambiguously-colored sunlight. Of course, DaraJeen’s inn also offered a pleasant balcony where one could sit and eat breakfast in the alien sunlight feeling the alien air and looking out over the bustling port city. With culture shock beginning to set in, Jason wasn’t ready for that this morning.
          He desperately wanted to share his dreaming experiences from the night with someone, but DaraJeen was busy with other guests --she’d probably be spooked by his experiences anyhow--and was Harris still out drinking. Jason would meet with Rhonda later, but she wasn’t likely to be interested in dreaming. Maybe he would run into Anton while he was at the Marrion Jay to see Rhonda.
      [does it even make sense that Rhonda would make him return to the Marrion Jay for their meeting?If so why?] 
      Anton was interested in everything. But he realized he would have to hope Anton would find him, since he had no idea how to contact the boy. If nothing else, Jason could send a message to Jonathan, who might be able to reply in a week or so. Jonathan would definitely be interested. [would there not be a messaging station at the inn? need to write the rules for messaging]
         As Jason turned his attention to his simple but familiar and well-cooked chicken-eggs with pork sausage and toast, Harris staggered in. Reeking of alcohol and much worse things, he swayed and bumped against tables as he approached. He dropped himself stumblingly into a chair across from Jason at the small round breakfast table. Sylvia followed silently at a greater than usual distance, as if embarrassed to be seen with him. “’ey dreamer, ‘ow d’ja dream? fin’ any new Wind frien’s?” 
        The pale young man blanched even paler, Jumped up and grabbed his drink just in time before it spilled from the impact of the drunken Spacer against the table. Jason’s plate skidded to the edge, but Harris caught it before it fell and set it safely back down in its place, then grinned like a wildcat.  A drunk wildcat.
          Jason stood speechless behind the table, staring blankly at him, unsure whether to run away or sit back down. He turned his eyes appealingly to Sylvia, who floated silently close to the ceiling, but she seemed not to notice him. Drawn to the room by the Spacer’s loud entry, DaraJeen greeted the drunken giant with an affectionate hug, and a kiss. “ ‘ey, ‘oney, look like ya ‘ad a good party m’ dear; ya needin’ anythin’ ‘fore ya go sleep it off?” She scrutinized him briefly and nodded. Apparently he passed inspection.
            Harris gave DaraJeen a friendly pat on the back so violent it would have probably sent the anthropologist flying. She smiled solidly, unmoved, straightening Dr Scott-Harris’s table, and shoving the tall disorderly Paraganian upright in the chair he had slumped into with the same casual attitude, as if he were part of the furniture. Then she turned to Jason, smiling sweetly, the perfect hostess “Please sit down and finish your breakfast, Honey. He means you no harm, I vouch for him absolutely. You know he still loves you, right? He’s just a little drunk for the moment.” There was something about DaraJeen that made her inexplicably hard to disbelieve, though the way she spoke to every alien in his own dialect could be a bit disconcerting at times.
          Jason drew a deep breath and sat down eyeing Harris suspiciously, his warm feelings from the night before somewhat cooled by this rather intimidating morning appearance.
            “See? He’s fine now” DaraJeen grinned, her pearly teeth gapped endearingly at the front, her dimpled face glowing round and cheerful. She straightened the table a bit more. “You know Harris is good, Jason. He just needs a little time to sleep it off.” She reassured “He’ll be fine by evening and everything will be just as it was. If you boys need anything else just give me a shout.” 
           Harris stared drunkenly at his friend through glazed over, squinted eyes. “So, Jedi Jason” he asked again, stumbling over words in obvious effort to speak clearly. “  ‘ow’re yer dreams? y’learn anythin’?”
             Reluctantly, Jason collected his thoughts and tried to share his dream with the only friend he had on this planet. He was grateful for anyone at all to share with, but dismayed at the condition of his friend. “Actually Harris, I did meet someone. He called himself Lenn” 
          “LENN?” The Harris staggered to his feet, sending the table skidding and Jason running away protecting his drink again. His food was not so fortunate this time.
           “You dreamed with the dead boy?” Even staggering drunk, Harris seemed to understand. “well done Jedi Jason! livin’ up t’all our expectations. Tell me all ‘bout it, kid. Tell me everythin’ “  
         Jason stood back silently, unsure what to do but sure he didn’t want to say anything more to this drunken giant. DaraJeen rushed in again, drawn by the sound of Jason’s plate shattering on the stone-paved floor. “Oh dear, I’m so sorry Jason.” She grinned cheerfully at Harris “Off t’ bed ya go now Honey”, and helped the much-taller man into her room to sleep it off. 
         Harris staggered out of the room gracelessly, shouting back “Don’ leave wi’out me, boy! I wanna hear ‘bout it all in the mornin’.” Sylvia followed him at a distance, silent and dejected. 
        I wonder why she doesn’t sober him up.
       70
==71 message office and planning to meet with Rhonda==
31 x23 jason goes to the messaging office and determins his contact with Paragangia is now going to be RHonda while Harris is off duty.
         Jason declined DaraJeen’s offer of a new breakfast, grabbed his guitar and fled the inn as quickly as possible into the alien morning. The light seemed greenish though the sky was orange, and the air felt thick, hard to breath somehow. Jason wasn’t sure if it was culture shock, the alien environment, or just anxiety brought on by Harris’s drunken antics which made him feel this way. Probably a little of everything. 
        Trying to calm himself, ***HOW does he try to calm himself. he would be carrying the guitar. does he play it? what is he wearing, and why?] he hurried though unfamiliar streets, past alien people dressed in alien clothing, past alien creatures and strangely constructed houses surrounded by alien plants. ***does he think of dreams with his father? painting with his mother? does he think of his peers in the department of Alien studies? Matthias? does he wish he had paid more attention to things outside his area of interest?] 
        After a few blocks, he’s had enough. He stopped at a transport station, **what are they like? how far apart are they…every few blocks, perhaps, something like a phone booth] transporting directly to the depot where he had arrived in the port with Anton the day before. 
       Once there he realized he didn’t even know how to get to the Marrion Jay. But he wasn’t in any hurry, so he looked around. Anton had rushed him through the depot so fast he had hardly glanced at it yesterday. All the business offices of the port seemed to be contained in this same building: messaging, getting permissions, tourist information, etc. 
 In the messaging office Jason learned it would take several days --perhaps weeks—for a message to be relayed back to the nearest transfer station through various transmitters planted along the way. Resources of matter and energy were virtually unlimited in Paragangia, but from this distance transmission of messages was limited. This port belonged to the Earth alliance, so privileges were sold in American currency.
         Because of the time required for transmission through distant transfer points, only a certain amount could be sent each day. Messages were prioritized according a formula which considered importance, urgency, brevity, and how much the sender was willing to pay to the port authorities. Jason paid the top rate, recorded a text message as brief as possible, just greetings to his family and Matthias, and then a separate, longer message to Jonathan with details about Lenn and the dream. He paid top rate for that one also, but it was so long he know it wouldn’t be sent out for many days no matter how much he paid. He desperately hoped his parents would send him a message from Earth ---from home-- before he left Jai-ten and was again unable to receive or send messages. Anything. Even just acknowledgment that his message had been received. [I need to decide how much about the dream about Lenn Jason would pass on to ALexandreil and how /when ALexandreil would react. I think Jason would consider this relivant to his mission, as it is apparently another group of people ALexandreil might seek alliance with, ss          
at this point he would have messages from Matthias and his parents waithing for him, and a message with minor instructions from Alexandreil perhaps, trying to hint to him about Lenn. 
there should perhaps be a chapter here about him reacting to those messages.  
        He inquired at the tourist’s office for information relevant to his needs as a man without a link on this port, and from there, with the help of a port attendant, returned to the ship which brought him to this alien place less than a day ago.
with Harris out drinking, jason doesn’t know who he needs to report to, since Harris had been his contact person on the Marrion Jay. SHould he check in with Alexandreil directly? or with Darcy on behalf of ALexandreil? such a message would take time and he doesn’t want to wait.
He can’t procede with his task because paragangian negotiators must be registed on the link, even if only temp link, it would take only seconds for him to temp link and registed himself, but he still doesn’t want to subjecct himself to this
he sends a messge to the Marrion Jay with the help of the messaging office [they send it on his bbehalf] enquiring what his next move should be and whom he should go through to contact Paraganga while harris was apparently off duty. from this he received back a message telling him to meet with RHonda in his observation room on the Marrion Jay. Sen’tran had ordered her to deal with him so they could get going as soon as he got going [thus she is motivated to get him on his journey quickly]                                                                                                                                                                                                                
==72anton again==
31 x24 Anton
            Entering the Marrion Jay felt like a home coming. Even the too-clean but now refreshingly familiar smell of recycled air and the too-bright black hallways seemed welcoming as he made his way to  the observation room. He was not looking forward to Rhonda and was quite early for that meeting, not having anticipated his hasty departure from breakfast. 
          He thought about Anton. He wished he could share his dream with Anton, tell him what the rat pigeons look like when they dream, tell him about the port, and the trees and the ocean, tell him how right he was about Harris, maybe even apologize for having doubted his opinion on the matter. But he didn’t know how to contact Anton. If he had thought ahead, he could have sent Anton a message from the port office, but now he had no way of getting back there until someone with a link came to meet with him. He could ask Rhonda, but she would probably disapprove, and might not tell him. He decided, if all else failed, to try contacting Anton that way when he got back to port. 
        During the journey Jason could call Harris just by speaking his name aloud in the observation room. Harris wasn’t there to here him now, but Anton might know Jason was coming, Anton might be hoping Jason called, Anton might be listening to that whatever it was which Harris set up for Jason to contact him. It would be worth a try. But he wasn’t sure what to say. Jason remembered when he first arrived, when he had had to call Harris that way. Jason had been so sick, and Harris had been so worried. Jason put off calling for as long as he could, but finally he went in there and Harris arrived within second, as if he had been waiting anxiously for Jason to call. 
******add some transition here???
When Jason calls Anton, he blinks in instantly startles him, and hugs him fairly violently. 
Jason, I heard you were coming Harris said you’d be back to meet with Rhonda so he said I could look out for you but Sen’tran wouldn’t let me come see you unless you asked for me, Hows it going, hows Harris doing? he’s got his link shut down so I can’t contact him because he’s hiding from his dad   did you see anything else interesting? did you get harris to fly in the Air car? 
Jason grabbed Anton’s shoulders and pushed him back to arms distance away ‘slow down Anton I can only answer on thing at a time.” 
 you could talk a lot faster if you ahd a lik, I know you don’t’ want a link because you don’t like our technology and besides you don’t want your gentics read bbecuase you want to pretend Joanthan’s really your dad, that’s what Harris told me but it sure does make it hard to get any information. so, How’s Harris. 
Drunk. really drunk” Jason smiled “ and terrified of Aircars, and sunlight and trees, you were so right about him Anton. But I did get him to go for a ride, and even to fly it himself, even in the trees, and we walked on the beach, even though he was terrified of the water, and I think he had a pretty good time. I had a good time, anyhow. 
Wow Jason, he really does love you if you got him to do all that. I’m impressed, he would sure never do all that for me, and he loves me more than anyone, except you, apparently, 
“ and DaraJeen” they both added in unison, and then they laughed. 
What else did you see Jason? did you find crabs on the beach? 
I did I found a crab and I showed it to Harris and I asked him to bring it to you, and he said I should take it home to where it belonged instead, so I put it back. 
How long you gonna be at port? Maybe you could take me to the beach later if you’re here awhile. Where’s Harris? 
Harris is at the inn sleeping, he stayed out all night drinking, and didn’t come back until I was having breakfast, and even then he was too drunk to let me tell him about the dream I had. 
You had a dream? what kind of a dream? I read your book. And Jonathan’s book too…about D’zeron. Sen’tran won’t talk about it much, and If I talk too much he’s prob’ly gonna not let me talk to you anymore, so I’d better not say too much, 
Wait, stop” Jason grabbed his shoulder again, held him still..more or less still, anyhow… “Harris told Me apragangians can’t read. because they don’t have any written language, because they have the community mind.” 
“Harris is just stupid and Lazy. Of course we can read, we just have to Choose to learn like anybody else. “ 
I thought you liked Harris. 
Of course I like Harris, He’s my favorite, but nobody’s perfect, not even Harris. There are lots of things he’s never bothered to learn. He’s not a very good Negotiator, I mean, he’s got the skill and the personality for it, but he doesn’t bother to learn the things he needs to learn to be able to understand aliens. Spends too much time making toys and searching for the lost Paragan. I thought you were gonna tell me about the dream you had 
Yeah. I explored jai-ten on the dream plane, and Did you know those Rat pigeons can Dream? I saw them playing in the dream plane. 
you did the dream wind thing, like Jonathan? wow, Yeah I knew they could, Jonathan mentioned them in his book, remember? in D’zeron they call them Dragon Ferrets. but I didn’t really read the book, Jason, not as a book, I’ve never had a real book. I always wanted one though. but I can get book content through the link, so when I got here, I got your book and Joanthan’s book. they had them at the port community mind because there’s a guy Named George ehre who as a museum of Retrotechnology and he’s a big fan of yours, I talked to him and he’s really looking forward to meeting you. I tried to call Dara jeen but the Old Man wouldn’t let me. Said I have to let Harris have his freedom. but I’m glad you cam back Jason.
“ also talked to someone in the dream plane, Anton. you ever heard about Lenn? 
Lenn? the one who died? you talked to him? 
yeah…I talked to him.I think. I don’t know for sure though. It might have been something else just pretending to be Lenn. He looked almost just like Jonathan, when he was younger. 
Awesome… I always knew he was still alive. So you found him, already? that’s great Jason. 
Well, I didn’t exactly find him, he just sort of accosted me in the dream wind and told me to go away. introduced himself as Lenn of the Ancient forest. and then he made me wake up, and when I get back to the wind,  couldn’t find him again. It was a very strange dream. I tried to tell Harris, this morning but he was too drunk. 
Hay have you met Quetz’l yet? Oops, I gotta go now. message me again when you have time Jason. take me to the port again okay? 
and then he was gone, disappearing through the wall this time. 
==73jason meets with rhonda==
--------Jason meets with Rhonda, notes 
[needs total re-write when character, role and history of Rhonda is established
the stated and hidden purpose of Jason’s journey needs also clarified first }
Scene 11       Rhonda and Jason
????day of week? date? what day does D‘neira check messages? how does the D’zeron calender work? 
Rhonda would still call him Dr Scott-Harris. Why does Alexadreil send her to supervise Jason? or does she insist on going? If so, why?  perhaps he needs someone there In person to verify he is connected to Paragangia, since he refuses to be linked? If this is the reason they should go together to do this. Sen’tran won’t do it? But why couldn’t Harris?] Does she manipulate him to get him to let her go? [He loves her and she uses him] She actually goes so Thearon has a way of returning to ESM from Rhoisoh?
How does she get along with Sen’tran and how do they interact? how much does he know about her, and what are his assumptions? 
            She entered the observation room and glanced around at the blue walls with obvious disapproval. 
          “Good morning Rhonda, how was your first night at Terran 8?” He asked politely.       
          She silently offered him a temporary link. 
           He politely refused. 
           She didn’t persist.  “I’ve contacted the Alliance office. Marrion Jay has permission to remain tethered as long as needed until we get permission from D’zeron . Before approving any travel to Kaar-Taal, they will have to contact Matriarch D’neira. She receives messages once a week, on Thursday, in the evening. Today is Saturday so we  won’t be in contact for another 5 days” Continued Rhonda “even If she replies this week she may not be ready to negotiate.” 
          “So I just wait here?” He seemed puzzled and frustrated. Anxious to get going. Good. This is going easier than I expected. Good, she was careful not to show her approval or mention the retro-technology museum, letting him stay at the inn with Harris on a drinking binge on the alien side of town rather than in the more earthlike port hotel worked out as expected. He is tired and stressed, overwhelmed with the city and doesn’t want to stay here.
          “I mentioned you. If she considers our requests, she might want to speak with you. You are free to do as you wish until then. We wait at Jai-Ten until she agrees to allow us to take you there. If she does not reply, we send another message next week. You will Meet me here again in 6 days, unless I call for you sooner.”
         “There is not much for me to do here; very little dream activity, and no basic technologies that I’m aware of.” 
        “It doesn’t matter what you do here. When it’s time to go, we’ll find you. I have no desire to stay on this vile exile planet any longer than necessary, but you know better than anyone that to travel over Kaar-Taal in air transports without permission, or to land there would jepardize our already tenuous relationship with these primative people, who happen to control this planet, which, I must remind you, You agreed to help Alexandreil reestablish a friendly relationship with. We cannot even consider that risk.” She replied patronizingly. 
       He imagined she was baiting him. He took the bait. “none of us want to be here any longer than we have to. The village is only a few days walk from the coast. An air transport could drop me with a boat in neutral water. I could row or sail to shore and walk to D’zeron. I can build myself a boat which would be legal on Kaar-taal, if there isn’t one available. I might find more dream activity there. On Kaar-taal I could contact D’neira through dreams, and ask her to reply to your message sooner. If not, it should only be about three days journey to D’zeron. I understand the river Sh’harn is easily navigable. I could travel inland by boat, once I got beyond the waterfall, and get there even sooner.” 
        “I guess you would want to do that.” She glared down at him “I suppose it is wise to use primitive technology to make first contact with a primitive people.” 
         Jason grinned “That’s why I’m here. You will consider my request?”
         “I wonder if anyone so Rash could possibly survive such a journey. It would not do to offend Alexandreil by letting you get yourself killed so soon. Personally, I wouldn’t have a problem with it, but You are a valuable resource which we happen to still need. However if you had someone with you who had an implant, even if it is turned off as the law requires,  they could be tracked, and rescued in an emergency.  You must find someone willing travel with you. I certainly won’t go. Do you have someone in mind?” 
       “Anton would love to go” Jason ginned, not thinking
        Rhonda laughed with no humor. “He’s a child. Sen’tran would never consider it.”
        “Harris Jenzar, then” he replied quickly. “Harris asked if he could go with me to D’zeron. He wants to learn about dreaming.”
          “Harris. Of course. I bet he already knows more about dreaming than he ought to.” She sneered dismissively. “ He’s probably drunk. need I remind you that’s why I am making these arrangements for you? Perhaps you should find someone else. Or You’ll need to start sobering him up then, Dr Scott-Harris.” 
           He Laughed. “No problem” He didn’t care whether Harris went, or sobered up for it or not. He was going to D’zeron –Soon-- with him or without him. Once permission was given for the journey, The port authority would not care who went. “I’ll introduce you now at the Alliance Office so you can finalize your arrangements. we have already registered your Identification as a negotiator, but since you’re not linked they have to see you in person. Contact me when your permission is final. I will arrange air transport.”
           The introduction was soon accomplished, and the young Anthropologist grinned at her, like a reckless child. She walked away and left him grinning there. 
***********N*****
28 Jason meets with the port authority at the alliance office
At this time he might learn more about how to send messages, what there is to do In D’zeron, etc. 
****Out take from Jason talking to RHonda 
D’neira, in D’zeron, the city of his dreams. He had seen her in Jonathan’s memories, in shared dreams; a small, thin teenage girl with tightly braided hair, serious, sensitive features, and a quite poise which made her seem much older than 14. She would be in her 50s now, which for D’zeron was very old.  Jason knew he would feel more at home in D’zeron than here in the busy alien spaceport city, and was very anxious to get there soon.
 , puzzled and frustrated. I am here to help was negotiate and translate. Why didn’t she ask me to help compose the first message? First impressions are important. What will she let me do?
 Jason felt little desire to explore Jai-ten alone, and feared Harris might not recover from his Spacer planetary-leave ritual for at least another week. He didn’t know how to contact Anton on the Marrion Jay, and besides, he came here to go to D’zeron, not to hang out in Jai-Ten.
 Back on the road to his dreams, he resisted the urge to hug the unpleasant Paragangian politician. Dr. Jason Scott-Harris left the Marrion Jay that morning elated. He transported directly to the Alliance Office rather than walking. 
          By lunchtime he had permission to enter the continent of Kaar-Taal using only native technologies, made of native materials, and the address of the Jai-ten museum of Retrotechnology. He would paddle a boat up the river Sh’harn and walk into the city of D’zeron as soon as he could get there. They gave him special permission for his glasses and his ring, which would otherwise be forbidden for being made of a material non-existent on Kaar-Taal: metal. His guitar was deemed acceptable being entirely hand made from entirely natural materials, even though many of the materials it contained did not exist on Kaar-taal. Harris’s memory implant was also excused, if all communications functions were shut down before entering Kaar-taal airspace. Sylvia, however, would be out of the question.
 ***prior to this, or around this point, he would contact Harris at the inn and try to get him to agree to go. they might get permission not from him directly, but through Rhonda and/or Sen’tran manipulating the computer to forge his consent. I don’t know if harris would actually talk to Jason. probably breifly, and he would agree to go, but then by the time Jason got back he would already be out drinking again. Perhaps that consent given on the phone would be enough to be legal.
ason would make sure it was ok for him to travel alone if Herris copped out. ]
Jason had a feeling he would be going alone. At this point, he welcomed that feeling.
==74girl at retroteh musium==
12 museum of retrotechnology.
He learns of it from the port off ice when he gets his permission to go. He goes right over there, excited to go there. He’s looking for materials he needs, such as a boat. [later chapter says Dara Jeen told him, I like that better, the port office might refer him to her or he might jsut feel more comfortable seeking her advice than the advice of office officials] Or it could be that port office sent him, he had this bad experiance with the girl, told Dara Jeen and Dara Jeen told him about George Sr. 
 the name on the card is George. This would be a short chapter just about his encounter with the girl. 
**find file with details on this? --2014 still need to find that file.
This file functions as a lead in to the discussion on marriage with DaraJeen. It shows Jason’s normal social function when a girl is showing interest in him. 
When he goes back he would meet the other George, who is her father, she is George JR. He apologizes for his daughter’s behavior earlier, but makes clear that he also would be very happy to see the two of them married. 
Later, Jason will bring Anton to the museum, and she and George Jr. will become close friends. (possible romance later on)
or, her father might forbid their friendship, because of his involvement with Thearon? or THeaoron might try to use this freindship to gain access to Anton and Sen'tran etc? but Jr is such a strong personality and is full teran with no dream/telepath genetics, so THearon has no influenc over her. 
==75llunch with darajeen and talk abt marriage==
13 lunch with Dara Jeen
 after he goes to the museum of Retrotechnology briefly, and has an unpleasant encounter with George the fangirl, 
he then go back to the inn and talk to DaraJeen at lunch, about Harris and about this girl and about relationships in general. He was hoping Harris would go with him to manage the girl, but he decides instead to invite Anton to go, and DaraJeen helps to arrange this through Sen’tran. SHe also tells him about the girls father George with whom she is quite freindly.
Paragangians need a negotiator to deal with a negotiator, but Jason needs a negotiator to deal with a girl. [DaraJeen might make a comment about this]
She has a pleasant conversation about Harris with Sen’tran along the way and promises to take good care of him, as far as she can.  
next file needing transfered here is 31 x28museum of retrotech old notes and scraps, from the dod 2013 journey to D'zeron folder
==76 old notes and scraps museum of retrotechnology==
In 2011 version, Jason will have already met the Girl George at this time, and will have invited Anton to go with him to the museum. needs complete rewrite. 
Scene 13     Museum of retro-technology
****needs re writing to change gender and to accommodate Jason’s fame in this version.
***
Soon he was again wandering the alien streets alone through greenish air under the slightly orange sky, looking for a museum. His culture shock had vanished into his excitement of the current adventure.
To his amazement, the rough-cut, weathered wooden sign above the door said “Jai-ten Museum of retro-technology” in obviously hand carved and fire-darkened letters. He pushed open the door, old painted wood with quaint, 20th-century-Earth panes of glass inset into the top half, squeaking on ancient metal hinges. A polished, but well worn brass bell hanging from a chain jangled as he entered, bringing the startled proprietor rushing from the back room. 
Small and chubby, his bald scalp as well polished as the door-bell, the man stopped in his tracks halfway across the room and his welcoming grin faded into utter amazement as he realized who had just entered his museum. Recovering quickly he continued forward, grinning even brighter and extended his hand to the young man.
“Dr Jason Scott-Harris!” He exclaimed “I heard rumors of your arrival with the Marrion Jay but I hadn't daredpe you would ahve time to stop by. I am honored that you have come to view my humble collection of artifacts. Retro-technologists are so few and far between in this age of apathy and indulgence. I am highly honored to be standing in the presence of one of the greatest ever of our kind. You are our hope for the future, sir.”
Jason was caught off guard by this overly verbose honoring. As a Retro technoligist on Earth, he was accustomed to being greeted with confusion rather than honor.
The man bowed to Jason and Jason, Dumstruck, stared at him blankly
THe man paused, unsure how to proceed. “I am George Darren Pastirrani, originally of planet Earth. I’m truly honored to meet you, sir. What brings you to honor my shop with your presence?”
Here in this alien place the reaction was even less expected. Before Jason could gather his breath or his thoughts to formulate a response, George went on. “I’m just setting down to lunch, would you join me?”
      “DaraJeen said you might help with a few things I need” Jason began.
      “Oh so you have already had lunch.” George nodded knowingly “Come sit with me. Have some lemonade. Tell me why the sweetest and most beuautiful innkeeper of all of Jai-Ten has seen fit to honor me with your company” 
      So Jason fwollowed George to the cluttered backroom of the Jai-ten museum of Retro technology, where they sat drinking lemonade from hand thrown stoneware  mugs and Jason began to explain his mission.
      George had traveled to D’zeron once, ***when??/ why?? how?make this dialogue***when he was much younger, and had suggestions about where to land, adding that the waterfall was a must-see natural wonder in the early morning, offering advice on how to port a boat up the cliff and many other things. He provided a boat of D’zeron origion, with ropes to help Jason haul it up the cliff. Also to help Harris up the cliff, since he was not skilled at climbing. **** George’s journey could have been shortly before the visit of Jonathan (he might or might not have even met Jonathan) …his journey may have been related to Jonathan’s and might have been how he gained his interest in retro-technology. (he could have come there with Jonathan, as an assistant of Jonathan, and decided to stay in Jai-ten, or he happened to be in Jai-ten and Jonathan recruited him, and then he started the museum***** I need to fill in his backstory*** and figure out why no-one has previously mentioned him. Sen’tran knows him, ***and figure out what he knows about Jonathan. perhaps his journey to D’zeron was more recent. Perhaps he was a retro-technologist and came there just to study D’zeron and stayed to teach people of Jai-ten about D’zeron. and never met Jonathan.
The boat was a museum piece, beautifully constructed, authentic D’zeron construction. It wasn’t intended for sea travel, but rather for fishing on the river. A beautiful craft with a light frame built of hollow strong wood stems like bamboo, the frame covered with a tightly woven fabric treated with some sort of tree sap to render it perfectly waterproof, and very strong. The paddle is constructed of the same light hollow stems, the blades of the paddles formed by flattening and bonding the stems, and the final shape apparently carved through some sort of abrasive process and finely polished.
Jason called from the museum, and ****Rhonda arranged for an airtransport to drop Jason and the boat at an island near the shore, just outside of Kaar-Taal air space, with all other supplies needed for the journey, including clothing and food for both Jason and Harris. Jason provided the clothes for himself, simple hand-made clothes of natural materials. in the law of D’zeron, visiters were permitted atire which could not have origionated in D’zeron, if they had no other, so Jason decided it would be acceptable for him to wear his glasses, even though they contained metal, and Rhonda provided normal pargangian spacer uniforms for Harris. Jason had no Idea what they were made of but it was unquestionably not natural. 
==77 Rhonda comes to talk with DaraJeen==
Rhonda comes to talk with DaraJeen
She insists that DaraJeen help her to convince Harris to go. it is clear that she does not want to help, Does not want him to go. 
Show relationship between these two women, who are both in the power of Thearon, one fairly willingly, but unhappily, one unwillingly, but she still has some quality of life because she is still trying to do good in spite of her captivity. 
***what does Rhonda know about Sunshine? Rhonda would appeal to Dara Jean on the basis of her concern for the medical crisis on the planet RHoisoh. 
Rhonda would speak with her of THearon but his name might not be mentioned, and Dara Jeen would try to suggest to RHonda that she ought to be able to resist his power and protect the universe from his evil due to her position as the mother of the ehir of Earth Station Mexico. [thus I could explain her role without reveiling that she is ALexandreil’s wife and the mother of his child]
==78 jason returns to inn harris out drinking==
jason returns to the inn Harris is out drinking
Scene 14      Jason returns to inn, Harris out drinking                      
 Jason returned to the inn that evening.{after hanging out with Anton and the museum people and getting a boat and whatever else he might need for the journey, and learning more about D’zeron and Kaar-taal from George Senior, who has been there for some reason. ]
 Harris was already out drinking again. ***DaraJeen might not have given him the message from Jason? I might add a scene about how she gives him the message in such a way that she can tell Jason honestly she has told Harris, but she intentionally hasn’t really got Harris to understand that he really is expected to go, and in such a way that she is encouraging him not to go. She knows Rhonda wants Harris to go. she wants Harris not to go, both to defy Rhonda and to protect Harris. She probably does not want him to go to D’zeron***Jason took this to mean the Navigator had chosen not to come with him. perhaps assuming he did get the message from DaraJeen (insert here conversation between Jason and Darra Jeen about Harris with some forshadowing of her being half Roizohan, and her connection to Rhonda). ? Jason would tell DaraJeen he didn’t feel comfortable with Harris going, and would perhaps rather go alone. maybe in the conversation about the girl he would be really emphasizing how he liked being alone. She knows it’s more sour grapes than sincere, but it still helps her feel better about trying to prevent Harris from going. She tells JAson she will do all she can to help him . SHe feels like by trying to keep Harris from going she is helping everyone.
Rhonda’s reason for wanting Harris to go might be also partly wanting to get him off the Marrion Jay, hoping to be able TO TRAVEL TO RHOIZOH WITHOUT HIM. 
He’s relieved not to have to deal with drunk Harris at this point, but also worried about Harris’s welfare, (express this in conversation with DaraJeen, Dara Jeen tells him Harris will be fin, reassures him.) and sad not to have him there as a friend, sober.  Jason knew he needed to rest before embarking on this journey, and because night on Kaar--taal would be daytime in Jai ten, to arive in the morning meant he needed to depart from jai-ten in the early evening, well rested.  Jason didn’t want to arrive at night, fearing it might be difficult to find the land in darkness, since there would obviously be no lights on shore, plus there were reputed (George tells him about sea creatures) to be nocturnal sea creatures which might provide a hazard to a small boat in the ocean. And he is also aware that D’zeron forbids people to leave the village at night, though he’s not sure of all the reasons for this ***[and neither am i?]n
==79Jason dreams alone night 2==
he decides to stay up late so that he can get his sleep pattern readjusted, to not be too tired on the day of his arrival, so he stays awake as long as he can and then sleeps till almost noon. while he is sleeping, Harris comes in, again ignoring his messages, and is sound asleep when Jason awaken late morning, still sound asleep when Jason is ready to leave, not expecting to be up for several hours. 
   
Jason talks to Rhonda about this, and they agree that Rhonda will get him ready to go and sed Jason ahead with all the supplies to set up camp and prepare the boat for portage up the cliff, and then will come back the next day for Harris. Jason might suggest he could take anton instead, because Anton really wants to go, Rhonda will reject this officially based on his age, but actually based on the fact that he is monitered by  Sen’tran, so she cannot secretly moniter his as she believe she will be able to do with Harris. 
Sen’tran might be able to detect some tampering she has done to his implant and realize she is doing things she shouldn’t be. thus he is gradually beginning to realize her connection to THearon.
Jason doesn’t trust Harris to actually come, and is a little disappointed not to have been able to spend more time with Harris as a friend when Harris was sober in jai-Ten, but traveling to D’zeron alone will be easier. The retro technologist has studied and practiced all sorts of basic survival skills, and in spite of his slight appearance and timidity is in excellent physical condition. Harris knows nothing about such things and is not used to much physical activity, and not comfortable killing things to eat so he would make travel more difficult.
***this chapter will end with Jason staying up late before going to sleep, choosing to dream in his own dreams, to recover from his culture shock, to be ready to face the new adventure of the journey to D’zeron. 
in this chapter his thoughts while looking at Aissis need to correspond to Serai’s thoughts at sunrise, WHICH SHE WILL share with D’neira in conversation on the next chapter.
in the next chapter,***[after the Serai and Allissa convo about marriage] Write a dream sequence showing the sort of dreams he dreams alone. He would dream of Serai. He’s not thinking much about Kaar-Taal, and the journey, more about D’zeron. There might also be warnings in his dreams, i.e. he might see DaraJeen and Rhonda in his dream in the form of cats. and he might be attacked by one of the cats. and then remembering that dream might confuse him when he arrives in D’zeron after the wildcat incident. ***
==80 Serai talks to Allissa about Marriage==
I am putting this here because the prior chapter mentions it, though in the last edit it was not located here. might need to move  or remove later--2014 feb
15xd Serai talks with Allissa about Marriage.
Before Allissa’s birthday Serai would try to get her to accept her marriage to Chathalen. This would be part of her duty as the weaver. She would take her to the temple and talk with her directly, tell her Chathalen is waiting for her to marry her. 
This should happen before Serai talks with D’neira about marriage, but I need to find a place it fits into Jason’s story line. Ideally adjacent to something about Harris, hinting that they will be together. 
**** 
********
******
What Serai thinks of Jason before he arrives dec 09
She knows Tersh and Chathalen, but has never seen any other human from elsewhere. She really wishes she could go and visit other places and learn of other people. in fact, Allissa, Serai and Chathalen would talk together about aliens, but Chathalen would be reluctant to talk much, so it would be Allissa and Serai getting together and getting what information they could from Tersh and Chathalen and from the histories. 
So the two of them would talk about marrying aliens. Serai might in part blame this exploration for Allissa’s lack of interest in Chathalen, because Allissa wants to marry an alien. and even though Chathalen is her best friend and she loves him, so part of her knows she is destined for something greater. Chathalen would try to discourage Allissa from this research after a point, and be angry with Serai for encouraging her, they would fight about this, and Serai would come to agree with Chathalen, encouraging Allissa to marry him.
Chathalen would confide Serai’s interest in marrying aliens to Jason at some point and this would again cause him to worry that she chose him not for himself but merely because he was an alien. 
She has read the stories about Jonathan and the two very tall black skinned men who cam with him. The only aliens she has seen are Tersh who looks D’zeron and Chathalen, who looks like Jonathan, taller and darker than D’zeron’s. She expects the aliens to be tall and dark. this effects her reaction to Jason and Harris. Chathalen will know this. he will fear she will refuse to take care of the cat and not want to be with Jason since Jason doesn't look the way they expect him to look. 
they might also suspect that Allissa's father is an ALien since they do not know. it is odd to them that D'neira does not even confide this to Serai and CHathalen, even after Chathalen's assention and the two of them would secretly speculate about Allissa's parentage. 
==81 Rhonda asks Harris to go with Jason==
placeholder file Rhonda tries to get Harris to go with Jason Nov 09.
edited 2014
In the current version, this is truly Rhonda, though her loyalty is to Thaeron. 
I still need to re create details of Rhonda so I can write about how she intereacts with Jason and Alex and Harris in book one before she is replaced by Thaeron, which happens while they are in D’Zeron. She is part Roizohan, so she will perhaps have some telepathy but is not a shifter, like DaraJeen. she is certainly able to dream, because her backstory requires that, so I need to figure out the interaction between dreams, links, and telepathy and shifting because I set for sure any of the parts about RHonda. 
DaraJeen could still associate her with Thaeron, but maybe not calling her Thaeron, but just calling her a minion of Thaeron. Rhonda might still visit her and threaten her in Thaeren’s name.  
She might try to use force, and Sylvia might fight her off, etc. she would also make threats, etc. she does not want to risk not having a way to keep track of Jason, she thinks she will be blamed by both theron and Alexandreil if Jason dies, and everyone will punish her, or perhaps punish leon for the loss of him somehow. …exactly how this goes depends on who knows what about Jason so that needs t be fully settled first. 
==82 Serai talks to Dneira abt aliens and marriage==
****same day as Jason’s Second night in D’zeron, while he sleeps alone and has only private dreams, but disturbing romantic dreams about Serai. 
in this convo, she might tell D’neira about talking to Aisses that morning, the feeling she has of impending destiny. and then right following this convo we’ll see Jason saying goodeening to Aisis and thinking about the butterfly girl, and the principle of eternal marriage. and thinking how he has never been interested in marriage, and now suddenly everything seems pushing him that way. 
they might talk about the threat to D’zeron culture of the approaching aliens,, the value of marrying them and the risks …of leaving and never returning, or of contamination of the culture, destruction of their way of life, etc. 
----------- -
D’neira came to Serai’s home in the morning, just as Serai was setting the young apprentices to their weaving tasks. Serai got them started, and then followed D’neira to the temple, where they could discuss matters of Marriage…
       Serai waited for D’neira to speak, though she already know the question.
        “She’s still not ready is she?”
         Serai didn’t respond. They both knew.
        “You marry him, Serai.”
        “No, D’neira. I am not his destiny. He must marry Allissa. 
        “She does not choose him. We don’t have time for trouble. An you have both been alone so long”
       “No. You are right, of course.  I have the power, I could take her place and let her take mine, but it would not be fair to Chathalen. He has fully chosen, even though she has not. She is very young, younger than her years. She will chose him, when she is ready.
        “Is it fair that he must wait?”
        Serai shrugged. “No. But he chooses it. Better to freely choose suffering than be constrained to joy”
      “And you, Serai?” 
       She looked at the floor, blushing. 
       “We know they are coming, Serai. We must speak openly of this. You cannot know that they will want to marry. Not every alien is like Tersh’s father. I understand he was considered somewhat unusual among his people.”
      “I have studied the records of his people. All the rest of them were even taller, and darker than Jonathan. You knew him, though, D’neira. Tell me again, what was he like?”
      Her eyes were shining like a child, anticipating this well-known story. 
      “Serai, you have heard the story many times. I see no point in rehearsing it again.”
      “Tell me the part you never tell then. Why didn’t you marry him D’neira? You were old enough, and young enough you could have born his child and lived. You could have born him many children, and lived to raise them here in D’zeron even after you journeyed through the stars with him. Why didn’t you marry him? When she died, you could still have married him then, instead of becoming Dream keeper.”
       D’neira sighed. “The past is done Serai. That was not the path I chose. I will not regret my choices, and I will accept yours, but I wish to know your will.” 
       “I would have married him”
        “Is this why you will not marry Chathalen? Is he not alien enough for your ambition?”
        “Chathalen will marry Allissa. They will bear children who will dream.”
        “So could you, Serai.” 
        “So I will D’neira, and if it is within my power I will bring them back to D’zeron”
        “You are the weaver, Serai. I must trust your wisdom in this I suppose your position does not in the end make you any less foolish than any other young girl seeking love.”
     “I am not so young, D’neira, and not everyone can be as wise as you, nor should we. Life and love are intrinsicly foolish endeavors. 
     “I suppose you are right. Destiny plays its little games with us. It must have its way.”
there are files from this time period in the DOD 2013 journey to D'zeron
==              Journey To D'zeron Section 6: Kaar-Taal==
==83 jason leaves for Kaar-Taal next afternoon==
  the next afternoon Jason leave for Kaar taal
 Jason’s departure from Jai-ten without Harris and journey to Kaar-taal by air transport. at this point he is theoretically planning for Harris to meet him at an island the next day.
Jason sleeps till mid day knowing it will be morning in kaar-Taal when he arrives in the Jai-Ten evening.
He travels through the afternoon and arrives as the sun is rising. 
needs total rewrite.
The anthropologist decides he would rather go alone than wait for Harris, or find someone else. He asks the air transport pilots Feliz and Tanna to drop him off that morning with the boat, it is about a three hour flight, and perhaps another few hours to shore after that in the boat. Jason tells them his friend will meet him in the same place the following morning, and tells them where Harris is staying. They know Dara Jeen, everyone in Jai-Ten does, but there might also be some forshadowing here that she is from the same place they are from, the Roizoh planet.  They also know Rhonda, and there might be some clues there also.  He tells Dara Jeen to leave Harris a message, and tells Rhonda that Harris is going to join him the next day. The plan is that he will return in the boat to that island, to bring Harris to shore, so that Harris will not need a boat. There is a small Island just short of Kaar-taal territory, where they can wait for each other. 
Tanna and Feliz might therefor also be involved in the effort by RHonda to get Harris to go and in the effort to get Dara Jeen to convince Harris to go. 
other than this foreshadowing and the introduction of these interesting minor characters representing ROhoisoahs,and anthropological interveiws by jason about the people and planet of RHoisoh...they will thank him for bringing Sen’tran and RHondah to help their people. Sen’tran has agreed to make that journey it would seem only because he brought Jason which it seems was primarily for the sake of Jason’s mother, as his involvement is the only thing which made her feel ok about letting Jason go to D’zeron.  
the weather is beautiful, the boatride exctatic, especially the sea life which accompanies him to shore...fish, dolphins, etc.Jason is greatful for this part of the journey when his is blessed to have a time to commune with the ocean of Terran * with is the largest part of the planet. 
He wonders if dolphins dream [which is a good question, not if but how they dream and their relationship with the anchinets...this might come up again later as the sea creatures try to help or himder JAson and Harris on their way to Kaar-taal. I think at first the Ancients are not suportive of Jason and Harris visiting and they ahve to earn respect. the question might be why sen'tran does not talk to the Ancients and smooth their way. He also might feel they need to earn respect on their own. clearify the connection between ancients and Sen'tran. He might still be sort of personally banned from the plan of authority] 
==84 jason traveling by boat from island to Kaar-taal==
37 Jason traveling by boat from the island to Kaar-Taal placeholder 
when Jason sees the waterfall he would remember looking down on it from the Marrion Jay and remember the signigicant turns of the river, like a mental make of the Sh’harn
It would be as he arrives near sunrise that he sees Jayden flying over the river. He will mention this to Chathalen at some point after he regains conciousness. 
from file “Allissa in book one” 
Allissa dreaming with Jayden….Is it possible to dream without Aissis?
Allissa and Jayden could have dreamed together the night before, and the ceremony be in the morning? [Jason and Serai are married in the morning also, so this is not unreasonable. they would tend not to meet in darkness, but take full advantage of the daylight.]  They woke up early on her birthday and went out right before the setting of Aissis, to look at Aissis as soon as Allissa turned old enough. (this explains why it was only such a brief flight) and then she  slept un-dreaming unconscious for several hours because of the dragon smoke which caused an unnatural sleep[following the them of unnatural sleep of Jason on the beach]. Thus the part of D’neira joining her in the dream would be also before the setting of Aissis, he words might need adjusted for this. 
during the morning while Allissa is sleeping Jason would see Jayden flying over the river.[as he is arriving] After Harris arrived at some point Jason would tell him about dragons.
There would be no All –Allissa scenes n this version 
 So Allissa will be introduced through:
1) A conversation with Serai the day before her birthday, 
x 2) her appearance at the village meeting (briefly sketched from Serai’s POV)
3) perhaps something about the casting of the barrier…..this might just be explained after the fact?
4) D’neira and Serai meeting with her as she returns, before her journey to the dragons.
5) conversations with Jason and Harris explaining Chathalen’s relationship status.
6) the brief introduction in the dream plane.
==85 village meeting in the morning POV Serai==
notes added aug 2013 
POV change and reduction done March 2010
In the morning of Allissa’s birthday, shortly after Jason’s arrival in Kaar-taal, while he is exploring the beach, they have this meeting. 
when they have the morning meetings, I need to create a gong or something used to call everyone in to the meeting, since they might well not have reason to meet every day. or they could have a tradition of meeting breiefly everyday. there might still be a gong though. or drum or flute or something. 
***** 
***********
***write something to let the reader know we are watching this with Serai. describe the setting of the village meetng and how the people are called to the meetng. perhaps in this case they just gather because they know it is Allissa’s birthday and she will be officially given a place in the village either as chathalen’s wife or as the future dreem keeper or both]}where is serai sitting or standing, and with Chathalen and Tersh, for moral support? 
       Allissa entered the circle late[how late? what happened while they were waiting?, dressed in forraging clothes. The village stirred uneasily. [add serais concerns and feelings based on their recent conversations, etc.
      “Allissa, child of my flesh” D’neira spoke with the power and authority 
       Allissa stepped forward cheerfully. She didn’t understand.
      “For dragon wings you have betrayed our hope. Another is chosen. You are released.”
      “Wake up” [there would perhaps be some other ritual term they were trained in to help them wake up if they get in trouble in the dream plane] she said aloud to herself, terror in her eyes. Serai resisted the impulse to run to her and comfort her.  Instead she put her arm around Chathalen. He didn’t shake her off. This would hurt him more than anyone. 
      “This is no dream”, said D’neira sternly “We do not enter the dream plane without authority. to do so is to abandon your honor in the village. I take your abandoned honor and give it to one more worthy. I give your honor to one who proved his determination to respect authority, to respect the order of our village. Chathalen, son of Tersh. Step forward.” 
       The silence which fell was quickly broken by Tersh, stumbling forward, wailing. “The authority of all planes of existence does not give you the right to take my son! He is mine by a higher law!” 
      D’neira answered respectfully, “He is, Tersh. I cannot take your son; you hold him always in that name. But you know he belongs to the village as well. This is his destiny to choose now. You cannot stand in the way of it.”
       Four guards [hunters?] who always stood ceremonially at the sides of the dais rose. Serai had never seen them try to restrain someone. They intercepted Tersh before he reached D’neira. Writhing like a snake, flapping gracefully like a bird, he was soon free of the guards, as if he had flowed through their arms like water. He knelt before the matriarch crying and begging. She stood serenely, unmoved. 
       Chathalen rose and stood behind him, tall and thin, well-dressed  [***dressed how? Serai would notice details], his Chestnut brown hair long and straight He tried to meet Allissa’s eyes. Allissa turned away. They should have been married tonight. He waited so long. She would refused to look at him. “Matriarch D’neira I have never wished to lead, or become a dream keeper. I am content with my place in the village.” 
       “I will serve you, if I must, but if there is any dishonor, it is mine alone.” He paused again and silence deepened “She is not accountable for the inadequacy of my training. I failed to keep her safe.” His voice broke with sadness but Allissa seemed to be absorbed in her own anger. ***pov serai, word that part better] “I serve in her honor,[word this better, making clear that he demand that the shame be withdraw from her, and give only to him.” declared Chathalen “or not at all.”
         D’neira nodded, expressionless. This was no surprise. Chathalen’s unshakable loyalty was not for the village, but for Allissa. He would serve valiantly at any personal cost. But only for her.
        Allissa still did not understand. 
        Serai watched her leave, raging and wanted to run after her, to calm her, to call her back, but knew she couldn’t. Allissa. –You’ve chosen your path. You must walk it alone now. Serai turned her attention back to Chathalen and Tersh.
==86 Jason in Kaar-taal on the beach==
thumb|left
Scene 17   Jason explores the beach on Kaar-taal
aug 2013 read and masde minor edits.
This chapter begins about the time Allissa gets up in the morning, on her b-day. It should be right after the part where she flies in dream with Jayden, Aissis is setting when he arrives, so she is just returning from the dream plane. The D’zeron portal closes before the Dragon portal, because the dragon portal is father away (different time zone, basically and Dragon portal is I the tops of the mountains, D’zeron in the forest by the river, lower elevation.aiasis sets behind the mintains for D’zeron but still shins on the mountains on the other side]) (Allissa perpective would not be gone into in this book, but she might tell Serai and D’neira about this later and they might tell Jason, esp if Jason mentions seeing a dragon by the river that morning. 
Jason would see Aissis while traveling and be tempted to dream on the journey, knowing that Aissis and him and D’zeron were for the first time all three together.
Jason would see Jayden flying above the river shortly after arriving. [or before arriving? 
Jason leaves in the early afternoon, before Harris is awake.  Jason arrives morning [perhaps slightly pre-dawn?] in Kaar-taal, but still evening in jai-ten. ***need to work out the times on this. 
Jason explores the beach, meets Marrisyl sets things up for porting the boat up the cliff to the river, [he would not go ahead and take the boat up to the river because he is planning on taking the boat back out to the isnland to meet Harris the next day, although he is pretty sure Harris is not going to show up. He builds a campfire and prepares food he has gathered (perhaps shellfish from the river?)  
Ambivalance about whether Harris is coming. Glad he had to wait and see, because he would have missed this beautiful time on the beach alone to sort his thoughts had he rushed o to D’zeron. Be very much enjoys the time on the beach, counts it as one of the best times of his life. 
***for this chapter I need to learn lots of primitave low tech cooking methods for him to sue. He’ll be very excited to have the chance to do these things, but sort of lonely not having someone to share it with, in the end. He’s gotten used to talking to DaraJeen and hanging out with Anton, and not liking being alone so much anymore. 
He sees a dragon ferret fly past several times, watching him (this will become marrisyl) and thinks about Anton, wishes he could have brought Anton with him, instead of Harris. They could have had fun together. tries to catch the dragon ferret, and she teases him. He plans to seek her in the dream world when he sleeps.
maybe tried a little flintknapping on the native stones, perhaps with the thought of making a gift for Anton. or tools to use along the way. He might make a spear thinking it would comfort Harris, only to learn he’s more afraid 
==87 am meeting continues POV CHathalen==
Scene 17   Jason explores the beach on Kaar-taal
aug 2013 read and masde minor edits.
This chapter begins about the time Allissa gets up in the morning, on her b-day. It should be right after the part where she flies in dream with Jayden, Aissis is setting when he arrives, so she is just returning from the dream plane. The D’zeron portal closes before the Dragon portal, because the dragon portal is father away (different time zone, basically and Dragon portal is I the tops of the mountains, D’zeron in the forest by the river, lower elevation.aiasis sets behind the mintains for D’zeron but still shins on the mountains on the other side]) (Allissa perpective would not be gone into in this book, but she might tell Serai and D’neira about this later and they might tell Jason, esp if Jason mentions seeing a dragon by the river that morning. 
Jason would see Aissis while traveling and be tempted to dream on the journey, knowing that Aissis and him and D’zeron were for the first time all three together.
Jason would see Jayden flying above the river shortly after arriving. [or before arriving? 
Jason leaves in the early afternoon, before Harris is awake.  Jason arrives morning [perhaps slightly pre-dawn?] in Kaar-taal, but still evening in jai-ten. ***need to work out the times on this. 
Jason explores the beach, meets Marrisyl sets things up for porting the boat up the cliff to the river, [he would not go ahead and take the boat up to the river because he is planning on taking the boat back out to the isnland to meet Harris the next day, although he is pretty sure Harris is not going to show up. He builds a campfire and prepares food he has gathered (perhaps shellfish from the river?)  
Ambivalance about whether Harris is coming. Glad he had to wait and see, because he would have missed this beautiful time on the beach alone to sort his thoughts had he rushed o to D’zeron. Be very much enjoys the time on the beach, counts it as one of the best times of his life. 
***for this chapter I need to learn lots of primitave low tech cooking methods for him to sue. He’ll be very excited to have the chance to do these things, but sort of lonely not having someone to share it with, in the end. He’s gotten used to talking to DaraJeen and hanging out with Anton, and not liking being alone so much anymore. 
He sees a dragon ferret fly past several times, watching him (this will become marrisyl) and thinks about Anton, wishes he could have brought Anton with him, instead of Harris. They could have had fun together. tries to catch the dragon ferret, and she teases him. He plans to seek her in the dream world when he sleeps.
maybe tried a little flintknapping on the native stones, perhaps with the thought of making a gift for Anton. or tools to use along the way. He might make a spear thinking it would comfort Harris, only to learn he’s more afraid 
==88 jason in the PM on the beach==
17xk Jason in the PM on beach IN Kaar-taal placekeeper
a second chapter in this setting needed to separate the xd scenes.
he will figure out how to get his boat up the cliff, he'll boat in the waterfall at sunset, interact with the wildlife, catch and gather things for dinner make fire, cook dinner, etc.
[some of this could set up images for his dream with QUetzl
==89 Chathalen sleeps the evening after the meeting==
I need to be careful to remember to minimize intrussion from this side story in this volume, as it will be detailed in book two. 
I might need to indicate how Chathalen spent his day between morning meeting and evening initiation. the locked temple might also enter into this. who does and doesn't know that dream travel is part of the initiation? might this be part of why Allissa wants to be a dream keeper? 
being able to keep the secrets of the appointed place would be a big part of the qualification for dream keeper for this reason. Allissa would unconsciously be very motivated to reunite with her father in the plane of AUthority. Lenn might help her with this when she visits him. but that might or might not be told in this first trillagy, as her father's history doesn't become generally known until much later in the series. he might be introduced breifly here as her father but not as the adopted son of Sen'tran, a son of Kaizen --2014
Allissa would enter the dream plane again. she had always wanted to, and the dragon would continue to play on that desire. We should have killed him when we had the chance He had proved as treacherous as any dragon, despite all Allissa’s love, efforts.
Chathalen burned with Hatred at Jayden for having taken Allissa away from him. closest friend; his wife.  He would find a way to be with her again still.
       I can reach her on the wind before I assume my final form. Talk to her, help her understand. We can still do this together. She loves us, she will return. He had waited for her for 5 years, though he had other offers of marriage. Finally she was old enough,  but now she was gone. 
if it were anyone else he would fear for her safty in the wilderness alone at night without the protection of the five pillars. but in dreams Jaden would protect her and in waking, the forest loved her and the wildcats would surely pose no threat to ALlissa.
 A warmer thought came to him. She had been trained to seek out the appointed place on the night of her initiation. Would she join him in his initiation? His heart filled with tremendous longing, a false hope that clouded his judgment. He would not go through this alone. The task ahead was harsh and lonely. He could face it with joy, if he could share it with Allissa; knowing she was with him even on the wind. 
I Can teach her to walk the wind. My vows are not yet sealed, my form not final. I can bend the law one last time. Then she can dream with Tersh when I no longer can. and he will carry our messages. this will comfort us all.
I only have this one chance. I could instead walk the wind with Tersh. But one last time would not make Tersh feel better; Allissa on the wind would.
==90 jason is attacked by dream creatures==
in keeping with the title I might spice this up by letting him interact with several other creatures before Shae comes to visit. --2014. he would surely encounter Marrisyl --he would be looking for her having seen similar creatures in his dream in Jai-ten--and perhaps the kitten and /or the mother cat. Dragons are also possible, because he might look for them. OR he might seek to avoid them. 
  Jason and the Dream creatures…old
imediately prior to this CHathalen goes to sleep so we expect Jason to meet him in the wind.
the following chapter is Allissa casting the barrier against Chathalen. so this links well because they are both about dreaming dangers on Terran 8 dream plane, and taking place about the same time. Jason goes to sleep about the same time, this could be shown by mention of the rising of Aissis, Quetzal would mention Allissa and Chathalen in this, and perhaps even the future destiny between Harris and Allissa. Jason would remember that later. 
 
*************///*************
(I will write several other mini-scenes of his dream encounter with Quetzal, which will connect to whatever is going on meanwhile with others. like, when Harris dreams, there will be a dream scene with the two of them and quetzal. this will happen twice. there will also be some reference to Chathalen’s ascension )
(might add a few mini-scenes about Harris and Chathalen into this section, to clearify what all is happening at the same time as this nightmare)
**************///*************
In this dream, Quetzal will tell Jason not to seek Help from D’zeron because they are having their own issues with Chathalen and Allissa. something with the casting of the barrier might affect the whole dream field, and prevent Jason from calling for help, Quetzal will talk about this, blame Jonathan for it, and for the death od desmond, and accuse him of “killing” Desmond with the desire that he could raise Jason himself…maybe also hints of Desmond’s continued existence and indicate that the same technology at this time causeing problems in D’zeron was used by jonathan to kill desmond and that it was jonathan which had passed it on to chathalen. this would be jasons first introduction to chathalen, he will remember this when he does meet chathalen in dreams a few days later. ].Jason will believe none of this…. Chathaen’s assention and through all Harris’s preparations to travel…[village meeting in the morning to receive Chathalen as dream keeper after his acsention?.......I might have brief paragraphs reminding the reader of his condition during those chapters
******//
The true Identity and character of quetzal and his relationship to anyone should NOT be revealed at this point. let him just seem an evil creature at this point, with vast and mysterious powers. 
************///***********
           Jason skillfully and quickly went to sleep, traveling deeper and deeper through though the levels of sleep to dreams and lucid dreams until finally he found the Dream wind. [describe the wind here, and how it is different from what he experienced in jai-ten. 
formed of the same blue swerling mist, He recognized it form Jai-ten but apart from that there was little familiar. many other shapeless shapes and swerling colors gathered arround him, currious or shyed away as he moved through it. and it was filled with emotions, with inaudible whispers of many creatures, not many of them human. one voice only he felt that was human, and that voice carried no words but only a sense of terrible sadness, of terible loss, of deep dispair. he tried to reach out to him, but He was not open even though their emotion filled the wind.  He tried to approach but was pushed away. He’s in no mood to entertain a stranger He set his attention on Lenn. Lenn had come to him in Jai-ten, somehow. Lenn of the Ancient Forest across the mountains where the dragons lived. Far away. Could he come here? Could I reach across this land and find him there? in waking Jason had not yet wantered beying the beach and the head of the waterfall. creating spaces to dream in had not been his priority while he was setting up camp.
 ANy where on the planet he had walked in waking he could now travel on the wind. To Jai ten, across the sea he had flown over, to the parts of beaches he had walk with Harris and Anton. He could climb the trees they climbed. He could swim the ocean they had skimmed over in the aircar, or the lagoon beneath the waterfall.
         He took the form of a dragonfly sailing and gliding through the rainbow spray of the waterfall in the moon light (both moons rose tonight, at least in dream). It was fun, and beautiful. Like flying in the air car with Harris and Anton in Jai-Ten the night they arrived. This felt more real because it was not technological, it was natural. He could feel the wind and the spray and his dragonfly muscles expanding and contracting with each beat of his rainbowed celephane wings. But it felt less real because he knew it was only a dream, and it felt lonely. He had never felt loneliness like this before. He’d missed his parents, but didn’t exactly feel lonely. Loneliness is the price I pay for having friends, he thought, but decided it was worth it. He wished he had taught Harris to dream, so they could meet in dreams and he could share this with Harris on the wind.
skimming almost instantly back across the ocean he rode the wind to the AIssis oasis Inn. No one was sleeping there except a few travelers sleeping in perhaps. it was still early in the morning, and Harris was quite probably still out drinking. Jason would look for him again later, and then he could contact Harris and they could make plans for Harris’s ariveal or non-arrival the next day. sure ly Harris wouldn’t object to Jason intruding on his dreams like this, Harris had said he wanted to learn about dreaming, so Jason felt that was permission enough, under the circumstances. 
          Being An anthropologist, he wanted to see people and culture. Returning to the beach of Kaar-Taal, he took form as an anthropologist and  reached his mind out across the dream plane seeking humanity in any form, opening himself, inviting response from anyone. “Is anyone here? Does anyone hear me?” He remembers that they use a portal to enter the dram plane, and that entrance to the protal is tightly controled by the dream keepers. the pillars arround the city were supposed to form a sort of barrier to keep dream creatures from invading the dreams of those who slept within it. perhaps that barrier kept him form contacting dreamers in the village. BUt Tersh at least should be able to use the wind, and the wind might not be blocked by this barrier, since the wind is formless. 
Just as Jason was about to decide to search for the portal and seek permission rather than trying to reach through the barrier to contact Tersh, Jason heard laughter. Horrible laughter. Nightmare laughter. He tried to wake but couldn’t. Waking was always the first defense against nightmare. This was a nightmare, but dreams in this place were real. He knew Usual methods for dealing with nightmares might not work here. His darkest fears took form and came to life gripping him like living shackles, dark formless tentacles of some invisible nightmare creature. [specify fears, te fears would be plundered from his brain by QUetzal, QUetzal would force him to replay meories of times of intense fear, and then laugh at him.  Darkness swam before his eyes, and he thought he would faint. He spun inside, dizzily, reaching out his arms to try to catch his balance. Everything around him had vanished. His mind paralyzed with fear and he lost conciousness, in a sense, for a time(but in dreams there is no time…not in any real sense. ut for some interval his only awareness was of complete terror devoid of thought. 
He regained thought knowing only that waking was not an option.
The second defense against a nightmare is to face it. Face your fears and they don’t seem so terrifying; run from them and they follow you. Jason gathered his will, willfully collected his composure and calmly stood his ground, looking around in the nothingness for the source of the laughter. He did not know what dort of dream plane he had entered but he was quite sure whatever this was, it was not the Wind. He took form and the form he took was that of a ten year old boy. He tried and failed to choose a braver form. 
           The laughter continued. In the surrounding emptiness glowing serpentine shapes began swimming around him, as if he were in the depth of the ocean surrounded by bioluminescent squid which danced and darted too fast for him to make out their form. THis image delighted him and he smiled, realizing he could feel his body and his wire-framed glasses which defined him and framed his vision. He could feel his clothing, but he could not see himself. He had become invisible. Submerged unexpectedly again in another wave of all-encompasing terror he screamed, then struggled to draw breath in the thickness of the dark impenetrable atmosphere which surrounded him.
   fear is only a mind state. this is only a dream. NOthing can harm me here. he cast out the fear and calmed himself.
          They laughed louder, clearly laughing at him now. They danced around him, laughing. Confused, he stared at the laughing dancing forms; like flames, like snakes. Something of another world. well of course this is another world. This is other worlds. Alien planet, alien dream plane. I am an alien invader.
           He tried to think rationally. Dream bound creatures. Creatures which live on the dream plane and have no waking form. Can they speak? He knew very little of the dream bound. Jonathan had mentioned them, but not in any detail. The excitement of new discovery drove his fears away.
         “Are you dream bound?” he asked in childlike wonder “Can you talk to me? I want to learn of you.”
          They laughed louder, and their disrespect cut through him, engulfed him, owned him. memories of shame and failing filled his mind. He could feel or think nothing else for a moment, but He gathered himself again; tried to concentrate. Learning of a new alien race inspired him and the passion of that beleife that childish wonder lilfted him above all shame and failure of the past or projected to the future. He as speaking to an alien race in an alein dream plane. this was a dream come true, not a nightmare. 
       “I mean you no harm” said the young anthropologist, forcing his voice to be calm and steady. Immediately he regretted his choice of words as their mocking mirth swelled to a crescendo, engulfing him like the thick oppressive atmosphere. His heart raced, beating a rhythm which become part of their symphony of derisive laughter. They were not the ones who needed to worry about being harmed. He fought fear, tried to shut the laughter out, tried to think clearly.
            He joined them in their laughter. they were right. they had every right to laugh, he was the alien invader and he was making a fool of himself. 
            Sometimes to earn respect of native people you must assume their appearance. He tried to change his dream-form to something serpentine, flaming, and snakelike, something like them. Flames bit into his flesh his flesh, searing and devouring him, eating him alive, filling his mind with an image of a time-lapse video he had once seen of maggots devouring a dead animal, leaving nothing but the bones. He remembered Harris on the Beach in Jai-ten talking about falling into the sun, and being turned to pure energy like a dead body being recycled,  He could see flames engulfing his invisible body now, their light against his eyes was almost as painful as their burning. Flames consumed his flesh, though he could not see the flesh he saw its outline now in flame being reduced, carved away. He could feel, and see and smell it’s burning. He could hear the flames crackle and his skin boiling and popping and dissolving into ashes. He though of sunset on the beach in the Aircar with Harris, Harris’s fear of falling into the sun. this was like falling into the sun. this was what Harris felt when he saw daylight. Harris. I had no Idea. I’m sorry I did this to you.  
            “Harris!” He screamed, without intention, feeling foolish. Harris could not hear him now anymore than he was able to understand Harris’s fear on the beach in Jai-Ten. Issac’s Ram had fled away. The window of opportunity was closed. I am Isaac. I am the burnt offering. but who is God and who is Abraham in this ritual?
           The creatures danced and laughed like pagan demons around the bonfire which was Jason Scott-Harris. The crackling of flames because part of the terrifying song of their laughter and his racing heart.  they had horns now, like rams horns. Jason thought that must be only his imagination. He screamed his pain and terror and his voice joined the chorus as he lost all control of reactions --thoughts --feelings --perceptions. He was pain and nothing more. and then he joined them in laughter again. at the height of pain was nothing, pain reached a certain maximum beyond which no person was capable of feeling anything, and then there was jsut no feeling but a sort of calm numb purity.
         He stopped struggling; abandoned himself to the flames for a moment until he was again able to choose, and act. I am American. I am free. I choose my reaction.
         He tried to focus on having no form again. It didn’t work. Giving up that effort, He instead willed the fire to consume his dream-form entirely. In an instant he was bones, ashes, the ashes blew away and the pain was gone. Ashes to ashes, dust to dust. better than pure Paragangian energy for the recycler, anyhow. A HomeWorld song about the refiners fire passed through his mind, like a cooling breeze. my dross has been burned away, he thought, Leaving me purified. He was once again Jason Scott-Harris invisible in the midst of laughing fire-serpents. His only part in the song was his racing heart, and his panicked breathing. 
        Warm tears coursed down his cheeks. He felt them, crying in relief to be himself again and that the pain was gone. He tried once more to awaken to his physical form sleeping on the beach. He failed, Then cried in sheer frustration at his plight. He couldn’t move and dared not try changing form again. But he could feel warm tears rolling down his face, and that was comforting. One part of himself that he still had. He wondered about the condition of his body back on the beach. how much time had passed? instead of trying to wake should he try to escape into the wind?  He called out to them, his voice emerging as a desperate wailing cry “Who are you? what do you want? why are you doing this?” 
          They laughed. In unison this time; something different. 
Jason took hope. He felt he progressing in the right direction. He stood invisible in the nothingness of this dream world and calmly observed the flaming serpentine beings as they circled rhythmically. They hissed his words back at him toneless, mechanical, soulless like the voice of Lenn but without the part which reminded him of Jonathan. In place that familiar part something which reminded him of a dancing mocking circle of flaming snakes.
            “Who are you what do you want why are you doing this?” They echoed
            Well, he thought, questions don’t bring answers, so maybe answers will. They understood his words. Probably even his thoughts. They seemed intelligent. “I am Jason Scott-Harris from the planet Earth,” he answered shaking more than he expected with the effort of speaking in the thick atmosphere. His voice sounded pitiful, weak and childlike in the dark nothingness; a terrified whisper. “I have come to study the people and technology of D’zeron. I want to learn about this planet. I want to learn of you. Please let go of me.”
            He was on trial being judged by malicious aliens who in fact were the natives. He was the alien invader. They repeated his words as if talking amongst themselves. Not in unison as before. Until he reached the “please let me go” part. He had not intended to say this but sometimes in dreams our deepest thoughts form words without consent. Before he finished he wished that he had not.
          Laughing louder than ever, though not quite as maliciously maybe, they rushed at him from all sides. He braced himself for the burning of their flames but instead of burning disconcerting coldness engulfed and filled him as they bound him with their flaming bodies until he was entirely wrapped in smooth cold tentacle-coils of mysterious writhing snakelike creatures yelling in their unified fire-serpent voice “Let me go! Let me go! Let me go!” They didn’t burn but they squeezed and pinched and he struggled against them to draw breath. Knowing he could not die in the dream plane from not breathing did not still his terror.
         Jason held his peace. He waited. The laughter quieted. They seemed  to be getting bored. Maybe if I do nothing they won’t want to play with me anymore, and they will leave he thought. Like a cat playing with a mouse only until it is too dead to wiggle, he thought darkly. But as he suspected, he was more than a mouse to them, and they were smarter than the average American housecat. Dream bound creatures have very long attention spans, and this new unknown creature from another world was not going to grow old very quickly
          A large fire-serpent separated from the squeezing crowd. “Hey JasonScottHarris” it began, suddenly sprouting several pairs of arms--more like tentacles-- with which to gesture as it danced through the air with it’s serpentine tail of flames writhing. 
“From the planet Earth!!!!” it yelled melodically, poking a little fiery finger in the air for emphasis, dramatizing the words in an exaggerated way, like a Southern Baptist preacher. Six other creatures detached themselves from Jason’s body, and began to dance around like back-up singers; the church choir behind his southern preacher. It didn’t reduce by any noticeable amount the uncountable  number who still held him constricted and immobile, unbreathing 
          “JassonSSscottHarrissfromEarth JassonSScottHarrissfromearth JassonSSscottHarrissfromearth” the back-up singers hiss-chanted, swaying to the rhythm of their own voices. They repeated the chant over and over until the words were no longer distinguishable, and then the large, many-armed serpent spoke again, leaping close to Jason’s pale unbreathing face.
          “How’s my old friend Jonathan, the one who named me Quetzal?”
           Jason, unable to draw breath to voice an answer, stared into the creatures alien eyes silently. They were slanted, more human than snake like but larger than human eyes, spinning with red and green and blue iridescent lines and squiggles. Beautiful, but strange and menacing. Terrifying.
          Jason calmed himself by force of will. He came to accept that breathing was not essential in the dream world as long as speech was not essential. He tried to imagine what he should say if he could speak. Perhaps they could read his mind. How is Jonathan? Jonathan is dying bravely, enthusiastic, fighting a good fight in his battle against his illnesses, knowing he will lose.  How is Jonathan? Jonathan Is a great man, a perfect father, and a good husband to my mother. How’s Jonathan? An expert in his field of study, a loved and respected professor whom all the students hoped to get for their Anthropology class. Except he is too ill to teach it now, so I teach in his place. Except I am here now, so they hope I will return. I also hope I will return. 
         there was a moment as jason replied that he sensed in the eyes and aura of the snake aincere respect and concern for JOnathan, and then an overreacting surge of pure hatred. 
 
         The creatures communicated without speach or jesture, perhaps a sort of Dream feild community mind. They loosened their grip only slightly as the leader’s maicious focus wavered in his concern for Jonathan. Jason drew a shallow breath, which helped calm him. The socially appropriate reply came to him, and came out of him unbidden. “He’s fine, why do you ask?” said Jason, surprised that his voice now sounded steady and clear, not weak and childish as before.        You’re just playing with me. this is not your true form. Jason observed mentally,not meaning for the Snake to hear, but it did.  SO you’re a friend of Jonathan. You like to play rough, like he does. 
        The large snake laughed alone. Jason could tell it was trying to regain the  it lost power of the monstrous illusion it had lost in showing it’s true concern for Jonathan, it was angry that Jason was able to cause the momentary lapse and intended to make him pay for that offense. It dived at Jason. Jason felt it pass through his left ear, into his head swim a few circles around inside, and re-emerge from the other ear in less then a fraction of a second. Then it gathered itself into a tall dark almost humanoid form, and said 
    
         “you’d be amazed at everything I know, Jedi Jason” Said the serpant, in the voice of Harris Jenzar --drunk Harris Jenzar-- though the voice also still hissed and burned. It was doing impressions of what it found in its very brief tour through his mind as the entire fire snake audience collapsed into riotous laughter.
           Jason shuddered to think what else the creature might have learned, and what it might make of it.   
           “Not much in there actually” The creature observed in a disrespectful tone borrowed from Dr , when Persington addressed a student who put forth no effort to learn and then complained at receiving a low score. “I am amazed at your ignorance. Jason Scott-Harris, Prince of Paragangia, you don’t impress me at all. Shall we be allies, or shall we be rivals? Prove your worth to me, little boy.”
         “I”m not a prince, I’m only a negotiator.  it is my task to communicate with the people of this planet and enable them to communicate with Paragangia, that there may again be peace between us. Who are you?”
         “I am Quetz’l, the Lord of the Dream World. Your father named me and thus I am brother. “I have no brother, I am an only child. My father died before I was born.” replied Jason
      Quetz’l laughed, You lied to me, Son of Desmond. You are the Prince. You are not my brother. Call your only true brother than. Will he save you? I’d like to see him try.” 
      He must mean Lenn or Tersh. perhaps he knows them. 
Quetz’l laughed “A Paragan with no navigation skills. How pathetic. This man, surely, was not made to be alone.” He came very close to Jason’s face, filling his entire field of vision with flames. The world which had been empty darkness now was only flame.
“You will call your brother. Let his destiny rise.”
what happened after than Jason did not remember clearly, creatures invading his body in various formes, taking his thoughts and memories and twisting them to hurt him and scare him, once or twice allowing him to rise to consciousness of his physical body enough to know that he was lying motionless on the beach in full sun, dehydrating, burning.
[there should be impressions of each significant character Jason has so far encountered. he would especially harrass Jason about the butterfly girl. 
==91 outline from Kaartaal to Dzeron from handwritten old==
JOurney to D’zeron aug 2013 outline from hand written
day 1early pm
jason sleeps at the rising of Aissis
in the middle of the nighte[mid day for Harris} he starts calling out to Harris
it is mid morning aproaching Noon by the time Harris arrives on shore, the sun is high and burning and Harris is very aware of the burning and of how sunburned Jason is.
Harris
his boat hits the beach he calls for Jason, does not see him
He’s been aiming for the waterfall but does not enter the lagoon. the waterfall terrifies him.stands on the rocking boat terrified. getting the boat to shore had occupied his full attention, he hadn’t even thought about what to do when he got there
he remembers the crabs on the beach in Jai-Ten calls for Jason sees Marrysil, she flies at him he’s terrified cowers and falls out of the boat into the shallow water.he rises, recoiling in terror fleeing the water.
]
smbles actross the beach and sees Jason laying on the ground unconcious near the remains of his camPfIre in the fun.for a monment he panics thinking he is alone, MARRISYL LEADS HIM TO JSASONhe runs to jason, picks him up like achild,tries to wake him
tries putting him in the water to wake him, hes sun bu1rned, he wakes slightly and cries out but 
harris knows he has to find jason in the dream and help `him find a way out from there. 
hedoes not fear getting losthimself because his father who has the curse of paragan has reasured him...orperhaps the fact that sen let hinm go reassred him of survival of self
harris lies don with jason sleeps and dreams confronts quetzl who is victorious to see him there
QUetzal lets go of Jason and departs.in the dream Jason falls unconscious, harris wakes to real life and wakes JAson, Jason is disoriented, not clearly remembering the dream[memory blocked by the trauma not knowing or understanding how Harris is there, not sure is he is awake or dreaming.
early pm 
Harris goes back to sleep with Jason guides him into another dream where they can communicated knowing they are in dream,here he is able to help heal Jason, remembering Jason’s storieds of healing Jonathans pain in dreaming
harris takes him to the place of healing, they might meet Chathalen there, since Chathalen is a healer, this would be a natural way to intorduce them to Chathalen.
marrrisyl might also appear there breifly
the kitten might also?
Jason recovers, when he walkes in the early eavening he finds Harris asleep there and remembers everything.[or jason is disoriented and remembers the dream only vaguely]
jason finds and reads the scroole prepared for him by sentran.it explains harris’s memory recovery and various items Harris has brought to help him adjust.
Jason lets Harris sleep, watching over him until the middle of the nioight, not wanting to disturb him but also not wanting to face him
jason has a small fire and has food prepared, food sent by sentran perhaps.
Harris wakes disoriented, switching off between traumatized adult Harris, terrified, and the regressed child 5 yr old harris from the returning memories. the child is generally more optomistic but less able to communicate with Jason. 
harris immediately realizes that jason is the son of desmond, tells him about his final encounter with Desmond, and tells Jason he is the HEIr of Paragan and has to return and take his place. 
also gives Jason the message from his father.
“I’ve got a message for you”
says Harris
Jason holds up the tube with the scrole “from your fater, I got it already.
no Jason Scott0Harris. from your father.from desmond Harris because he had the curse of Paragan because he knew you would be here with me at tis time when these memories returned.
reflexuvely jason responds” i’m not the sone of Desmond Harris. Jonathan is my father . i wasn’t even born when Desmond died. 
no jason harris insisted desmond told me about you.before you were born.jason stared back aNS  HARR I1S MET HIS3 G4AZE AND HELD IT with the certainty of Rae bearing her testimony of thee church.jason knew he couldnt win and conceded
ok harrois. what was the message?
harris grinned childlike knowing he had won and that this victory opened a door to Jason’s true self finally welcoming the freindship Harris had been seeking from the start of this journey and at the same time ending Harris’s lifelong quest to find the some of Desmond and the Heir of Paragan the man with the power to realease Harris frome his terrible destiny so he could stay on the marrion Jay with his father.
“he said tell you to go home”
“where is home>” h
“he didn’t say.” 
silence fell between them
jaspnthought of his childhood home in florida, watching the seagulls on the beachof his home in Manhattan Kansas with Jonathan and , where they were waiting for him to return. Matthias?
of Desmond’s childhood home, homeworld, and of the feeling he had when he first entered Home station, the home Desmond had built for his ado[ted [people
where Desmond had been livilng when this message had been planted in 4 yr old Harri’s brain.home
where is home and where woould desmond have called home?
jason pickeduup the guitar..Desmond
s guitar...
\\
elds hymn speaking of home crouded his mind.
home
and father.
jason sat down by the campfire staring ib\nto the flames. the fires heat bruned on his sunburned skin and he welcomed the distraction of the pain.
he sang softly one of raes favorite hymns, one written by the woman she was named fior. eliza r snow.he lost himself in the song as if hearing it for the first time
oh my father
thou that dwelkest 
in the high and gloru=ious place
when will I regain they [presance and agaonbehold they face
etc
if I were a father calling my child home, home would be back to me. Desmond knew he was dying He knew I would be jonathan’s son.but he still hoped I would chooose to be his son also the son of Desmond Harris.
Harris had seated himself uncomfortabluyon a large riock near the fire but not too near and he faced Jason avoiding the flames one side of his face was lit by the flames and the other side by the blue light of AIsissis jsut begaining to riseHarriss’s eyes shone with an inner light fuleed by worshipful memories of Desmond Harris, who was Paragan, and built Homestation, and had been his freind.
[insert convo here?]durring the conversation Jason cues into the fact that talking about Desmond makes Harris feel better, and by association with Desmond, LDS makes Harris feel better.
the rising sun was terrifying for harris and beautiful for Jason.[describe it through Jason’s eyes and add “Harris was clearly terrified”
jason looked at his own sunburned skin and harris’s skin and hair covered with dried salt from the oceian
“I need to go find medicine for my sunburn Harris”
hRRIS looked alarmed “go whare?”eyes wide, he moved closer and clung to Jason’s arm
into the forest to find some plants and to the water’s edge to get water and some other  plants
no don’t leave me here alone
you can come with me Harris
jason rose, and harris rose with him, still clinging. what’s wrong?
I’m scared.
I know that Harris, but why? what’s to be scared of? this is a safe place sepecially in daylilght.as soon as he said the word he remembered Harris’s fear of daylight, as explained on the other beach a few days earlier.
[discussion about eyes shattering could be held here, and the question of whether Jason’s eyes shatter, and Harris’s control over his shattering]
if that isn’t fully covered elsewhere in this version
jason gathers plants and preparres to medicate his skin.
he let harris hold the guitar as a security object, because it is associated with Desmond, and LDS for Harris. harris plays the guitar repearting jsut how Jason played the song and then plays songs he has never seen Jason play before. they talk about paterns and Navigtion, this being Harris’s superpower. 
while jason prepars meds he teaches Harris new LDS songgs which Harris plays on the guitar.
Json decides to bathe in the lagoon before medicationg his skin, he invites harris to do the same, to get the salt off.
jason helps Harris undress and learns that Paragangians have fur.
Harris freezes at the edge of the water.terrified.
jason sits down in the water and tries to think of LDS songs about being clean. glancing at the waterfall he thinks of “I like to look for rainbows” and sings it. he talks with Harris about baptism. 
esxplains that baptism is a clensing ritual which washes away past mistakes and makes one a member of the church community.
invites Harris to be baprized so they will be brothers and clear away all past mistakes which have passed between them, and all the lies. it’s llike being linked.
harris agrees, and then Jaosn tells him how baptism is done. Harris complains that Jason has tricked him, but he  walks bravely into the water to receive the ordinance
when Jason performs the ordanance he is overcome with the spirit and terrified and feels Harris’s fear of the water through his own fear of baptism, of the spirit. for Harris, he endures his terror and is baptized bty Harris. 
they play in the water, joyful and clean.they imerge from watter and sit on the ricks to dry off. Harris’s fears retrn as he sees the cat about to eat Marrisyl.
Jason interveins, gets scratched, and gives her to Harris to take care of.
then he treats his sunburn and wounds and Marrisyls wounds.
the cat is still watching them and it bothers Harris so Jason catches it fish and feeds it and it takes the fish and leaves
that evening they discuss plans. they decide to sleep in shifts and watch for wild animals and avoid the dream plane.
jason sleeps first and lets Harris sleep in the morning.
kitten visits early in his watch and he catches more fish for it and it leaves again
in the morning they ascend the cliff and prepare to move upriver.this night they might officially contact D’zeron. [when they met CHathalen before he would ahve not been welcoming as it was the morning after the night of his assention]
they travel several hours upriver and contact D”zeron. they sleep shifts, but sleep together for a short overlap while they cntact D’zeron...or they agr   ee Jason will do this alone? 
Harris doesn’t like traveling in the night any better than they day. the animals are naoisy in the night. things are duying there.
harris sleeps first shift, Jason feeds kitten on his watch.
and sets marrysil to watch. they sleep in the boat. 
jason sleeps late that morning, it is the third day and Harris is starting to recover jasons scratches are loonf HE MAKES MORE MEDS AND SAYS HE WANTS TO TRY TO MAKE IT ALL THE WAY TO D’ZERON THAT NIGHT. harris watches and learns
when they stop the third night, concerned about Jason’s illness they decide to travel through the next night to reach D’zeron. harris learns that jason has been feeding the kitten at night. and is angry about this seeming dishonesty. feeling it is a violation of their vow of full honesty as brothers jason apologizes. he didn’t mean to hide it jsut never thought to mention it it didn’t seem that significant.
harris forgives him.the kitten came seeking food while Jason sleeps that night. 
day 4 they travel but Jason is tired and weakHe’s trying to hide it from Harris, but it’s more than obvious, but he’s confused so he doesn’t realize how obvious it is.[pov Harris] 
harris is worried so he tells JAson to sleep on the boat and he will build the fire and keep watch. He then sleeps and seeks help from CHathalen in the dream plane.telling him of Jason’s condition.  and their location/. CHathalen tells Harris not to sleep any longer than necccessary, and he will come to help as soon as he can. 
Harris wakes to find Jason bleeding with the dead wildcat mother on top of him. 
Harris gathers spounge moss by the river and applies medicine while he waits for CHathalenholding Jason in his arms.
they are not far from Dzeron. 
harris blames himself because he stopped watching to sleep and because he didn’t trust JAson. and because Jason was injured trying to protect Harris. 
CHathalen reasures him that if he had not calle dfofr help Jasion would have a much lower chance of survival.the injury from the mother catwas nothing compared to the infectionand besides it was because jason failed to teach Harris how to feed the kitten that the mother attacked them. 
harris had chased the kitten away while he was building the fire]
Harris is not mad at Jason because he’s too scared about JAson.jason sleeping feels Harris’s presance in the dream plane, he’s concerned because Harris promised to keep watch and he knows how honest Harris is, so it cinfuses him to find Harris there, he wonders if something is werong. [harris has learned that sometimes brothers don’t tell everything, he’s following Jason’s example of holding back information to protect his brother. 
Jason gets up out of the boat, taking the pole they were using to proelll the boat,using it to steady himself, he stumbles towards the fire arriving just in time to fend off the mother cat.[transcription to computer incomplete]
2014 I might move this elsewhere later but for now it keeps related info in one place. good enough.
==92 Allissa cast the barrier==
Add intrduction here of him going to sleep and searching for her.
this might go before or after Jason’s dream scene. it would be happening at the same time, perhaps slightly earlier in the evening. for now I’ll place it first?
When Chathalen found her on the wind, She was dreaming; lucid, but alone. He touched her dream and entered it, stood before her dressed in Patriarchal robes.
 I am your husband Allissa, his eyes pleaded silently. She heard his thoughts. He felt her feelings. She raged, unsympathetic. You betrayed me, Chathalen
Age and time are not set in dreams, and space is relative. Standing before him, she was a tiny child, terrified, as she had been that day long ago in the forest when they fell from the tree…when he had broken her fall, and she has licked his face to clean his wounds, to help him heal. But she was also fully grown, a beautiful woman dressed in the robes of the Matriarch: a princess, his equal: a perfect match for him.  
he willed his voice to speak.
“Allissa”…his voice was broken and weary. His dark eyes filled with tears of sorrow, tears of hope. They were one in tears, in wordless sorrow. She was not a princess or a child, she was a fourteen year old woman with dragon wings; her final dream-form. He reached for her as a friend, a teacher, a concerned healer; he called her name with gentle and loving strength: “Allissa.” 
Allissa shut him out, raging. She pulled away, became a stranger
****describe her here???
. She laughed, crazy, and her memories replayed in his dream also,
[make a more clear and presant scene o this shared memory. at first show CHathalen receiving the memory as her receiving and accepting him as her protector, becuase for him that was the emotional content of the memory. for her, he then realizes the emotional content was terror that she could meet something that horrible in the dream plane, and then he is terrified to realize she is feeling so hurt that she perceives him as that ultimate enemy he had tried to protect her from.]
Long ago he had taught her how to cast a permanent and irrevocable barrier beyond authority a way to turn an attacker’s own power back to bind him, and the strength of his binding was his own strength. dire a person’s need must be to cast it, deep must be their feelings to provide the power for casting. “This should never happen,” he had told her, with love and with such adamant sincerity “You will never meet such an enemy. But if you do I want you to be safe. I don’t want to lose you like I lost my mother.”
 That was how she felt about him now, in her grief and confusion. He had betrayed her as a friend and as a trainer. He had stolen her destiny; left her with nothing. It seemed stunningly appropriate that he had given her, so long ago, this solution to her current circumstances. 
 He lived her hatred, felt the entire strength of it, was crushed by it. He was not prepared for this. He screamed in pain and terror, beyond control. 
He gathered his power and pulled away, pulled himself together, stood before her, a shadow copy of herself; as he once had been; a ragged fourteen-year-old village boy, with a dirty, tear streaked face. 
She paused, surprised to see blood beginning to ooze from an abrasion on his forehead, above his right eye. He took advantage of the pause as she drew her breath. He knelt before her, took her hands in his, and looked up into her eyes, ”Allissa, I need you. Stay with me”  
“I will never return. D’zeron does not want me” She screamed back at him. “I belong with the dragons now” So hurt and alone, not caring for anyone’s needs but her own, his words twisted in her mind and pushed her deeper into anger and dispair. He felt the shift, like a knife in his heart. With all the power he had, he held his form. 
She could tolerate no more, and spoke the words she beleived would block him away from her forever. He felt his dream form begining to shimmer and fade, the way a dream does when you awaken and you want to remember it but you can’t. He reached out for Allissa, trying to hold on, but she had already cut him off from her consciousness and he could no longer feel her e thoughts or feelings, they faced eachother as strangers. He tryed desperately to counter her inexperienced attack with something more advanced and complicated; but he was still being forced away, by his own power, the power he had given her to keep her safe. He felt his form fail and instinctively woke, screaming.
“Allissa, no!!!” 
==93 Harris decides to save Jason scraps==
copied Nov 27 needs editing to adapt to plotline changes
slight edit 2013. needs rewritten
 Harris dreams, decides to rescue Jason (transition from Chathalen Having been cast out of the dream plane by Allissa)
followed by Chathalen’s assention? or by a mini scene of Jason being tortured by QUetz’l , and then assention.
scene 23=
he goes back to the inn mid morning and passes out. 
He has a nightmare about Jason being tortured and calling him. He wakes up, confused, and makes Sylvia sober him. He tells DaraJeen the dream and she convinces him it’s because he feels bad about not helping Jason and should go. (SHe is assuming it was not an actual dream contact with Jason. DaraJeen not a dreamer, but Harris is. dreaming terrifies DaraJeen, so once Harris is awake he doesn’t say anything more to her about it)
He goes back to sleep, now sober, and realizes Jason has a spacer dream bond to him. and knows Jason really is being tortured and really is calling for help. Memorey of THe dream bonding and Jason’s birth, which was intentionally created by Sen’tran when Jason was born, has been locked by sen’tran, only to be triggered when the dream bond is activated. Harris will know exactly what is happening when the memories unlosk. this will explain to the reader what was happening when Jonathan’s memories of ALexandreil unloscked, 
******the most recent outline for this section of the story ;
 During that day, Harris is drinking through the night in jai ten. in the morning Rhonda comes looking for him, tries to tell him to go back and get sobered up so he can leave in the afternoon to meet Jason as he agreed to do. She appeals to him about the importance of this project to Paragangia, and how important that paragangia be represented, how they can’t trust Jason. SHe is also trying to just get the journey going as fast as possible so the Marrion Jay can go on the  Rhoisoh, and she fears with Jason out alone and no way to contact him the Marrion Jay will wait for him indefinately until they are able to learn of his welfare through D’neira. If Harris goes, having a link, she beleives they will be able to moniter Jason’s progress and Sen’tran will be willing to go on without him. Harris gets angry that she is talking bad about Jason and tells her off, using Sylvia to force her to stop pursuing him. 
but he keeps thinking of Jason out there alone, and how he had wanted to let Jason dream with him but they never got to do it. He feels uneasy about Jason, but wants to defy RHonda  and     he’s very ambivalant, thius he tries harder to get drunk and block his feelings.
so arround mid-day he finally goes back to the inn to sleep it off. He goes to sleep drunkenly, having disoriented drunken dreams, nightmares, he thinks he hears jason screaming and he awakens feeling very sick and hung over. he gets  up, gets Sylvia to heal him, sober him (she contains  a mini medical facility among other things) he goes down to the cafe, still shaken by the dream and not feeling well, in spite of Sylvias healing. he realizes Sylvia is angry, and thinks she has intentionally not healed him well, to punish him. He tells Dara Jeen this. Dara Jeen tries to encourage him to go with Jason, as Rhonda ordered her to do, even though she really does not want harris to go. He tells her about the nightmares, and how he regrets getting drunk, and about his fight with Sentran. she tells him the dreams are probably just him regreting not having been there to help Jason, and he should go meeting him on the island, as planned. 
he decides to do that but still isn’t feeling well, and isn’t thinking clearly. he goes to lie down again, and now being sober, falls quickly into lucid dream and sees jason being tortured by dreamsnakes, he realizes that jason is contacting him through a spacer dream-bond, though it seems impossible they should have a dream bond. But even though he can’t explain it, he feels loyalty to anyone who has a dream bond with him, and he felt loyalty and afection for Jason anyhow, and the poor guy is obviously really desperate. he can’t cntact jason in return because Jason’s entire attention is bound up in the torture he is enduring, though he was aware of Harris enough to be calling him. 
Harris wakens himself, [at this point remembering the locked memories about Jason’s birth and the dream bond intentionally formed between them BY his father. 
realizing that jason will not be able to come to the island to meet him with the boat, so he is going to need to get a boat for himself. he questions Dara jeen about how jason got a boat, and she tells him. so Harris goes to see George. George doesn’t understand about the dream, because harris can’t tell him exactly, but he agrees to help anyhow, since Jasons having expressed the thought that harris might decline to go made him think there was a chance jason would not be waiting on the island when harris arrived, just because he didn’t trust harris to go.
so George explains about the rules, what cannot be taken and why ****I need to make an good explaination of why****and harris realizes his implant is forbidden technology and also that Rhonda wants to use it to moniter him in D’zeron. He also realizes he can’t take SYlvia and she can’t be seperated from his implant, so they can’t jsut deactivate his implant. Harris doesn’t want to be used as a tracking device, but still wants to help jason, so he tells Tanna and Felix that he won’t go with them, goes to sen, in the middle of the night, and Sen agrees to remove his implant and to take him in the taxiship “falcon” and drop him at the island. 
****the transition out of this chapter goes back to 
Jason MIni chapter and CHathalen’s assention?
************older versions below**************
part 1 harris fights off Rhonda, hears jason in dream decides to go rescue him
after jason leaves when Harris learns of it and has his dream about Jason and the fire serpants (which was conveyed to him by the fire serpants, and which was entirely calculated by them to bring Harris to them, because Quetzal knows who Harris is and has forknowlege of the alliance they will form now with Paragangia.Quetzel 
Harris will be out drinking when the Queen comes to him, and orders him to get sober and go with Jason. This enters his defiance, and he refuses, and realizes she will send someone to make him sober, sets Sylvia for defense. Sylvia defends him, and confiscarets the device used to make him sober. But then he starts thinking about Jason and worrying (this would be about the time jason starts dreaming, which would be aerly evening in kaar-taal so early morning in jai-ten.****fix times**** Being disturbed by this he goes home and sleeps and hears Jason calling him in his dreams. He awakens, orders Sylvia to make him sober, 
Rhonda Teppin goes out looking for Harris mid-day right after she talks to Dara Jeen in fact her talk with Dara Jeen might stem from her looking for HArris.
“But this is a mater of great importance to all Paragangia, and very urgent.” 
“is it time for the marrion Jay to leave this port?”
“no”
Then it is not my business, leave me alone”
“but that’s the problem Harris. we can’t leave for Rhoisoh until the old man hads his little grandson settled into village life, and since he’s going on alone without technology, there’s no way for Sen to verify his arrival. if you were with him you could let us know, and we could go on, you being his gaurdian angel and all. [she would not talk that way. reword for her voice]. this would be a link discussion though, not a verbal discussion. even though she would reenforce her sincerity by apearing in person]
 Returning to the Inn He is slightly beat up[find a way in currrent version for RHonda to actually get someone to beat him up, perhaps Tanna and Feliz], sick and very angry at being forced sober when he is off duty. Soon after he arrives and receives the message from Jason, he realizes why Rhonda sent her people after him, and about then gets the feeling that Jason is in trouble and needs help. He is then regretful about having not been there for Jason, having ignored his messages, and no longer resents having been forced sober, in fact he feels inclined to thank Rhonda for it.  He begins to question the wisdom of his drinking ritual.
He learns they have made arrangements for him to join Jason the next morning, which he plans to do, even though he thinks he might need to be there sooner. But the spirit(or whatever) guides him first to sleep 
 as soon as Harris falls asleep, he enters his own spacer dream plane and the spacer dream plan is not connected to places, but to people, so because of the connection he as made with Jason, he is able to hear his cries for help on the dream plane but he is not connected enough to travel the dream plane to Jason, so he wakes himself, 
he then convinces Dara jean and George to help him to make a boat, because he realizes Jason may not be able to wake up to come out to get him in the other boat.
==94 Jason and quetzl minichapter==
placeholder. needed to remind reader Jason is being tortured by quetzl the whole time Harris getting ready to save him.
==95  Chathalen ascends --needs total rewrite==
copied from start complete edited file, nov 09
needs updating---especially since now the assention involves being introduced to the world of the Ancients and dream travel. 
chathalen might meet Allissas father, he might even learn who he really is but be sworn to secrecy and that would surely not be in THIS book. most of this might not be in THIS book. because Chathalens destiny is to die he gets to know things others don't get to know. but when he dies he gets to reunite with his mother who is with the ANcients, whereas he is still banned from her at the time he first ascends. this might be adressed in the book two version of his assention, her trying to get permission to see him.
Chathalen looked around uncomprehending in total disorientation. After a timeless time his eyes and mind regained focus. he was laying in bed at Tersh’s cabin. Tersh slept fitfully beside him. He stared blankly, numbly at the rough wooden beams and woven thatch over his head ****how would people with no metal form beams, figure out the exact construction tecknologies of D’zeron****  
How could she have felt that way about me? She know how much I love her, how much I need her. But passionate, impulsive Allissa felt that way about him for a moment, and that was enough. She existed only within the moment. She would regret it immediately, just as passionately, and that would hurt her more than whatever she felt he had done. Would she blame him for that pain also? Add it to his perceived offenses, whatever they were? 
I shouldn’t have looked for her, and never should have taught this. We were very young , and I was trying to keep her safe. I knew things I shouldn’t know. Regret for his impulsiveness and hers engulfed him., I was only 12. I did not have the power to make her understand. What’s done is done. I must find a way to make it right. And I will.”.
 “I designed that barrier to be unbreakable. However,” he reassured himself, “there are many things we don’t yet know.A dream spell created by a 12 year old apprentice must have weaknesses which can be overcome by a skilled mature dreamer with Authority. I will take all I learned on the dream wind, all that I gain in authority. I will bring her back. I was always willing to wait for Allissa. This doesn’t change things all that much.”
(waiting had not been easy for the part of him which was just a young man like all others; in spite of his strength and wisdom, and dream skill he still felt the pull of natural human desires.; he had no doubt he loved her enough to overcome that challenge)
*****?????********
Facing D’neira would already have been difficult: keeping his father’s secrets without violating the vows he soon must take. Now he would have to be even more careful, to tell D’neira about the barrier without revealing his wind walking. Humbled but determined, he entered the dream plane and arrived in the Appointed Place, where D’neira was waiting.
He met her eyes, They were dark and glassy;  devoid of feeling.
 “D’neira is skilled, but I am no less skilled. I must not show it.” For a moment he was grateful for his visit to Allissa, in spite of what happened. Allissa would be his guide. He on his memory of how her inexperienced spirit had appeared in the dream plane, mimicking her ignorance.
         He averted his eyes from D’neira’s, and knelt before her.  “D’neira, Matriarch of D’zeron. I give my life to serve our village, as I am called to do. Show me the path.”
         “Rise” 
         He had not anticipated this much strength from her. He had traveled the dream plane all his life, but her dream voice cut through to him easily, left him trembling. He could have blocked it, or answered in his own, but he carefully resisted all resistance, willing himself under her spell, holding on to just enough control to guard his fathers secrets. 
        What happened next would make everything easier.
        He steadied himself,  rose and looked into her eyes as he knew he must. He would make his vow carefully, before he tried to tell her about Allissa.
         D’neira began the ritual. “Chathalen son of Tersh; are you prepared?”
        “I am prepared, Matriarch D’neira” he stated formally, manifesting the training he had given Allissa, His role modal for innocence, he thought affectionately, being careful to not let his feelings escape from the wind.
“In dreams there are things that cannot be hidden, and things which are revealed, which cannot be revealed” He listened carefully as she spoke, weighing her meaning, wording his response with equal care. “I, Chathalen, hold no secrets” he paused, carefully adding “of my own.” Then continued “I give myself this night fully to the service and protection of those of my village,” He pictured Allissa and Tersh, knowing they were part of his village. He felt he could guard their secrets within this vow.
 “In my youth I have transgressed. I leave the past behind, I will no longer walk outside my vows” …this would free his visit to Allissa from tainting his vow, he thought, along with any other youthful folly. “I know that power exists within authority, and power without authority is a risk I shall not take again. I will be a Dream Keeper of D’zeron, in the honor of Allissa, daughter of D’neira, in the authority of the matriarchy.”
        “So be it then” D’neira, whispered, her voice overflowing sadness, all the power of her dream voice gone. “I have always known it would come to this.” 
        Then returning to her full power, she sealed his vow. “Chathalen, son of Tersh, the prophet, Chathalen, grandson of Sharra, Dream Keeper of D’zeron, and Jonathan Landon of Paragangia,  Chathalen, Patriarch of all future generations, receive your destiny.” He wanted to protest being addressed at patriarch, to say “I serve in Allissa’s honor only, I will not rule as Patriarch” but he couldn’t. Holding this truth within him with the power of the dream-wind, he answered “I receive it” 
        And he did receive it. 
        Or it received him; took him in, took him over, melted him into nothing and made him a part of it. He entered the plane of authority. 
         Nothing could have prepared him. It was much more power than he anticipated, far more than he had ever found in the wind, more than the dream bound manifest on the free dream plane. He had appeared in a dream form as a patriarch, but now it entered his soul completely, owned him, transformed him, earsed him and made him new. He became Patriarch, and dream keeper. He received it, with all his spirit except the little bit he held back, remembering Allissa, and keeping his fathers secret safe. He clung to them, held them as part of him self, allowed them to become part of his patriarchy. He would not let them be burned away as just part of the old life, taken from him forever.
He felt alive in a way he had never been before.  Everything was different, the world was new, like a dream plane of the dream plane, compared to this the wind was just a line, and the free dream plane without authority like a pencil sketch drawn by a child. Sorrow and regret for Allissa’s loss engulfed him, so completely that he couldn’t hide it form D’neira.  she should here, not him. She should be with him on the wind, but he was cast away from her instead, because in his bad judgment he had tried to contact her without authority. He over came it quickly, but not before D’neira noticed.
“This was never meant for her, Chathalen” said D’neira gently, as a mother comforting a grieving child “The moment she entered the temple with a dragon, I knew you would be standing here tonight.  Some currents on the plane of authority flow in courses that cannot be changed,” The image she projected to him as she said this included many things that cannot be changed within authority. One of those things was his barrier. Chathalen cringed, more careful not to show it this time, but she saw.
D’neira was not surprised by his regrets, she would have been suspicious if he had not manifest it, he let slip just the right amount to avoid raising her suspicion. “I’m good at this” he thought proudly, while continuing to present to her still an exterior of sorrow, appearing to give her his full attention.
“I see more than you realize, Chathalen.” She said, as his equal now, and a chill ran through him realizing how true this was. He never imagined authority had a plane of its own, like the wind, only greater than the dream plane, rather than within it. The plane of authority was to the dream plane as the dream plane was to the dream wind.  what did she know, what she could hide from him as he had hidden from her in the dream wind? what lay above the plane of authority? He let the wonder fill him, like a child; He was a child at the feet of the master now. In this plane, he was new-born and knew nothing. He had no need to pretend ignorance, no cause for pride in his own skill.
“You visited Allissa, before you came to me.” she stated matter-of-factly “It was foolish, but I was not surprised. She used your own power to cast you away, a skill you taught her long ago, against authority. It was a great power, and unusual. Yet you hold to her. She is gone forever, yet you do not let her go.” 
He threw himself into D’neira’s arms and wept like a child, relieved not to have to hide this anymore. He let the pain of it consume him.  He lived it fully, as one must do in order to go on. D’neira understood his need and held him, like the mother of an injured child.
 “I will not let her go” He insisted, when he recovered just enough to speak. “It was my mistake and I will find the way to make it right” he declared, in spite of the humility of the words, sounding like a stubborn child determined to find a way around the rules. D’neira smiled gently, as a loving mother “We will find a way Chathalen” she said gently, in the full power of her dream voice, holding his face between her hands. “You are not alone now Shae Thaleiln” she said, with undeniable love. Then raising one hand, she passed it lightly across his forehead, above his eye, and he felt the wound which had re-opened when he faced Allissa heal again. “We will bring her home when the time is right, but not tonight. Children are always in such a hurry.”
The newly ascended dream keeper awaked in his room, alone, the feel of D’neira’s touch still on his face, He basked in the joy of her motherly smile lingering warmly in memory. His own mother died long ago. He had spoken to her on the wind, but you can’t feel the wind, not like a touch of skin on skin on the plane of authority, more real than waking; more solid than the dream plane. In waking D’neira held herself aloof from everyone. She had been a kind and caring teacher and the leader of the village, but he had no affection for her personally, nor had she displayed any for him. Now he understood. In the plane of authority, they were her children, and she loved them all desperately. But she couldn’t get personally involved in waking, because she belonged to everyone. She lived alone. Chathalen shivered “Is this to be my fate also, then, to be alone?” He wondered “Must one be alone to be the dream keeper?” but he knew, centuries ago, that matriarch and Patriarchs had served together as one. He would find Allissa, and never let her go.
Staring up at the thatched ceiling of his cottage, he re-lived the night, too numb in the end to feel it all. In the past he thought it odd that they called the ceremony ascension. Now he felt the reality of his own ascension, and understood. On awakening, dreams fade away from the earthbound soul. He went to rise, and found himself exhausted, fell back on his bed and slept dreamlessly for several hours.
==96 sen'tran removes Harris's implant==
25/26
in the chapter before this, Chathalen became the dream keeper in the village meeting. He took his place in his culture as Harris is walking away from his place in his culture, Chathalen turns away from his father to join his community as Harris is reuniting with his father (although Harris is also taking a journey away from his father, their relationship becomes more personal and less determined by their cultural relationship at this point. they become friends, while Chathalen’s friendship with Tersh is temporarily lost to his new role as Dreamkeeper)
26
**When Harris has his implant removed, Sen’tran will have to tell him all the things about how Desmond became the king which Harris relates to Jason right after Jason’s marriage. 
 clearing the memories Sen’tran will have access to a lot of Harris’s private memories. but not to the hidden memories. but he does know there is something about Desmond there, he knows this is the time Desmond spoke of so he tells Harris about Desmond, and tells him he must serve the king.  (this will be mentioned during the transfer scene. Sen’tran’s thoughts?}
**while Harris is gone, and it will appear that Harris is still there, but sulking and refusing communication, so that Rhonda will not know his implant has been removed.
I supose she will think he refused to go with Jason. He will have told Tanna and Feliz that he will not go with them, that he is going back to the Marrion Jay.
so when the Marrion Jay leaves, only sen knows they are laeaving Harris behind. thus ANton becomes a navigator because to cover Harris’s abscence theyhave SYlvia navigate, since she being programed by Harris can imitate his style, give ANton’s future-seeing ability, he is a very skilled navigator.
Sen [Anton] can use Sylvia to navigate the Marrion Jay almost as well as Harris does. Sen may also scan Harris’s memory implant and learn things about Harris that nobody knows,. Sen will not tell them that he has removed Harris implant but will tell them that he has disabled parts of it …..will rig it to apear to the computer that Harris is still wearing it. 
Scene 26        Sen’tran removes Harris’s implant 
           Sen’tran was asleep. Then in an instant he was fully awake standing beside his bed, the hands of an intruder held immobilized. The intruder stood in silent resignation. 
        Only Harris could sneak in on me. No one else knows how to override all my sensors. 
       Sen’tran opened his eyes. Harris’s link was silent and his eyes were gray. His toy robot floated closer then usual, uncharacteristically still and expressionless, its fan-like wings hanging limp at its sides.  
       Harris recoiled slightly, instinctively resisting as Sen’tran reached out through the medical technology in his hands to assess Harris’s physical condition. ***[make sure med tech explained prior] Harris stopped resisting and closed his eyes. When he opened them they were dark, but tears instead of shattering still betrayed his fear. 
        No one denies the shattering as easily as Harris. 
       Along with fear, exhaustion and urgency, Sen’tran found the remains of a drinking binge hastily healed, and he also knew Harris had been with DaraJeen.
         Harris can prevent me from scanning his mind. He knows where I draw the line and how to turn my love against me. 
        After less than a tenth of a second he stopped probing and threw his arms around his son, drawing him close. Harris returned his embrace with equal affection, holding onto him desperately like a child, his link still full silent. 
      “It’s okay Harris. You’re not the first young man to decide he can better serve Paragan by going exile. You’ll come back safe. This is your destiny.” 
     “How did you know, Sen’tran?”
     “Desmond told me,”
      Harris opened his link and Sen’tran knew everything-- Jason, defiance, DaraJeen, Rhonda, the dream**[correct this list??]-- Everything except the one thing Harris had come to tell him. 
          In the next room, Sen’tran ordered him to sit and a chair which sprung up to claim his body. Surgical chairs were similar to navigation chairs only more advanced, controlled by both the surgeon and the patient’s link. Harris gave himself to the chair. 
          Why is he afraid? Water, the forest,--Jason has already begun to help him face these; as an experienced Negotiator, life without the link shouldn’t be too difficult.
          “I won’t remove the implant, just disable it. That way you won’t have returned-memories to contend with. We’ll transfer memories you need for the journey into biological memory and shut down everything else. It’s quite simple, you know. You could have done it yourself, but it is good that you came to me. I’ve prepared many temporary exiles. I can do it more efficiently than if you did it yourself and I know which memories you’ll need. I can also ease many of the side affects.” He began to direct the memory transfer. Harris cooperated passively, speeding the process. 
     ****sometime during this process Sen’tran will notice that all his memories which are related to Jason or to Desmond Harris have been stored in his brain, not his implant. Sen’tran can’t easily access those memories and doesn’t take the time to examine them at all, but wonders why he chose to separate them out this way. He might find other things which are interesting or confusing or enlightening to him. he might decide to meddle in some way? or be tempted and decide not to, because it would be  a violation of Harris’s trust.]
        “Sen’tran” Harris spoke aloud, shifting his chair back slightly to meet his father’s eyes.
        “Harris. It has been years since you last spoke my name without a curse.”
        “Dad, There’s something I haven’t told you. It’s not what you think.” His voice was a nervous, childlike whisper.
        Sen’tran waited silent, continuing the transfer. He reached a point right then where Harris’s memory was tightly locked in a perculiar way. He gave Harris a questioning look.
       “It’s Sylvia.”
       Sen’tran glanced up as the robot gave a sad whistle and made a little circular gesture with one wing. Harris opened a hidden part of his implant memory to Sen’tran’s mind.        
        “She can’t be separated from your implant.” Sen’tran frowned. “You can’t take her with you. We have to remove your implant.” He began to prepare the implant for removal.
       Harris’s eyes shattered “No! You can’t Sen’tran. She’ll die”
      “She’s a robot. You can just start her up again when you return.”
      “No! She’s sentient. She’s alive. She’ll die.”
       Sen’tran stopped, and examined the contents of Harris’s implant more thoroughly. Sylvia squealed, hurt and offended, as her mind was roughly, forcibly probed. Harris made no effort to protect her from the intrusion. She screamed wordlessly at Harris for not protecting her, and then sulked. 
      Sen’tran looked at her and smiled slightly, then laughed aloud, wiping tears from his eyes. Sylvia laughed back.
      “This is strictly forbidden. you never should have created this.”
      Harris hung his head, like a guilty child “I was eight.”
      “Eight-year-olds are accountable.”
       Harris lifted his shattered eyes to meet his father's. Sen’tran was still smiling.
      “I didn’t realize what I was doing until it was already done, Dad. Once she was alive I had to protect her.”
     Sen’tran reached up towards Sylvia with his technology-filled Paragangian-Shaman-hands holding the power of life and death. Sylvia screamed.
       “Don’t hurt her!”
       “You had to protect your child.”  Sen’tran grasped her gently. She beeped nervously, remembering his invasion moments earlier. He drew her in and cradled her in his arms like a baby. 
       “Right, Dad. I’m her father. I can’t let her die. But I have to go save Jason too, and she can’t go with me. What can I do?”
      Sen’tran chuckled. “You are more like a mother.” He shook his head slowly, grinning down at Sylvia cradled in his arms. “My favorite son, the only heir he gives me is an illegal robot. So. Let’s see if I’ve got this straight. She has no biological body, and thus no independent life. If the implant where her consciousness resides is removed from living tissue for more than a few minutes, she will die.”  
        Harris kicked the wall nervously with the toe of his boot. “You could transfer her into another body.” 
      “With a brain sophisticated enough to accept a central control implant. And keep a secret.”
      Harris looked up at him, eyes pleading.
     “So I should walk around the Marrion Jay with your StarWars junk floating around behind me? I can’t. There would be questions. The Old Man doesn’t play with toys. And she’s illegal, remember?
     “But you’re the Patriarch.”
     “Right. Patriarch; not Center. I have to set an example.”
     “Spacer law doesn’t always agree with Paragan law.”
     “I should break up the empire to save a sentient robot? No. It was my law. I established those laws for good reason and persuaded the empire to keep them. I will not compromise that.” He smiled down at Sylvia, rocking her gently in his arms; she hummed sweetly as Sen’tran reached out through the link and violently seized control of Harris’s mind tearing through barriers without any of his usual consideration and shook him. “How dare you put me in this position?” 
        Caught entirely off guard Harris reeled physically, though he couldn’t fall far, being confined in the chair. then he giggled like a little kid who had just been startled by a friend sneaking up behind him.
      “Dad!” He grinned. “I’m sorry.”
       Anton appeared, standing beside Sen’tran. “I’m sorry to interrupt your father-son moment. I know it’s been a long time since you’ve had so much fun together; never in my lifetime anyhow. ****[that doesn’t sound like a 7 yr old] Maybe the Old Man will be less grouchy now that he doesn’t have to fight with you Harris. Was he better before I came here? But I know you’re in a hurry to go get Jason so let’s get going. Hey Sen’tran…”
       “Anton!” Harris grabbed the boy, hauled him up onto his lap and squeezed him so hard he lost his breath and lay in Harris’s arms gasping. Harris laughed. “That’s the only way to get you quiet. Thanks for offering Anton, but you know…”
       Then he noticed Sen’tran’s expression.
      Sen’tran passed Sylvia to Anton, who released her to fly free above Harris again. 
      “Of course you can’t see it, Harris. You’ve wisely rejected your prophetic gift. Anton can only dream-travel when he knows it’s truly important. I’ve placed blocks in his mind to prevent him. But his prophetic gift is no less than his sister’s. He had the power to override my blocks and come here because he knows we need him. The Old Man doesn’t play with toys, but if you finally decide you’re too old for toys, you could give a toy Robot to a seven year old who is already in love with it, and it’ll seem like you finally grew up. Perfectly natural; we’ll all be pleased.”
       Anton grinned “Awesome. Can I have your light saber too, Harris?”
       “No” replied Sen’tran sharply
       “But she’s illegal” Harris objected, holding the child protectively.
       “No more illegal than she’s been for the past 12 years.”
       “But, Anton, he’s…”
       “Already illegal.” said Sen’tran, smiling. “He dream travels. In waking, even. He hasn’t learned to control it because it’s linked to his prophetic sense. That’s why I keep him on the Marrion Jay where I can keep him under control, and monitor his every move. You shielded her so well I might not have ever found her if you hadn’t shown me. No-one messes with Anton’s mind except me—he’s too dangerous-- so no one will ever know. 
        “Everyone deserves some freedom, right Harris? Anton didn’t choose his prophetic gifts or his dream-travel. He manifest these skills before he was old enough to know what they were. We keep him imprisoned here because of a genetic curse he received from his parents. This is one thing we can give him just because he wants it. Besides, Harris, We need him. if you are going to go rescue Jason, this is the only way to save Sylvia. Unless you have a better Idea. That’s why he’s here.”
       Anton called another surgical chair and climbed into it, grinning. Sen’tran began the procedure. “You do realize there’s a catch to this, Anton.”
       “Right. Sylvia can’t go with me when I dream travel, and if I leave her behind, she’ll be hurt. So no body better need me to be there right away until Harris gets back.”
       
                                               ----------///--------
      Harris tentatively examined the back of his skull with his fingers. There was a slight concavity. It was gone. The world was very quiet. A strange numb emptiness filled him. He looked at Sylvia floating above Anton as if seeing her from the outside for the first time. He closed his eyes, and felt his father’s arms around him.
       “Dad, I don’ know…”
       “You can Harris. Because you have to.”
       Sen’tran pulled back, his grip strong and comforting on Harris’s shoulders, and looked into his eyes. What he saw there drove him to another impulsive hug. “It’s okay son. It will all be ok. You’ll see soon enough, I promise.” 
        Funny how we feel compelled to say it even more when we know it isn’t true. Be safe, my son.
         Sen’tran’s material generator created a Kayak and a paddle.
        “Jason said everything on Kaar-Taal has to be made of natural materials,”  Harris protested. 
       Sen’tran shrugged. “D’neira’s not a retrotechnologist.” 
       It looked like natural material. Harris wondered if he should change his clothes.     
      “Wear what you are comfortable in,” Sen’tran insisted. “There’s only so much stress a brain can endure at one time even with our highest technology. D’neira will understand.” 
       “Jason won’t.”
       Sen’tran thought of Quetz’l. Merciless, sadistic Quetz’l. The longer they took, the longer Jason suffered. How much will he endure? “Jason is not in any position to object.”
       Sen’tran transferred into Harris’s brain and muscle-memory the basic skills he would need to paddle the kayak, but only the basics, because Harris’s brain was already stressed beyond its limit. To minimize harm, Sen’tran used traditional physical methods to block pain and to shut down the parts of Harris’s brains which contained three days of childhood memories. 
        The nerve-pathways to those memories had been replaced by his connection to the implant. Now open again, the path which for twenty-two years had connected to the implant would lead directly to those old returned-memories of three days in his life when he was 4 years old. After about 24 hours the medicines would begin to wear off. every time his brain reflexively sought the implant for any reason, returned-memories would surface gradually over several days as his body metabolized the medicines. Fear and stress might increase the rate of metabolism, and thus speed and intensify the return of memories. 
       Oh well, there’s nothing more I can do. 
                                              **** *****
On the Falcon:
**He will also explain about the oral history which is stored in his memories because he is the Heir of the shamen cult, and was created only for the purpose of replacing sen, and carrying on those memories, so in sentran’s mind, that is harris’s destiny because he was created for that purpose, but sen also realizes destiny has a mind of it’s own, we don’t control it, and Desmond had marked harris for a different destiny. maybe jonathan’s boy is part of this destiny also, says Sen. 
        Sen’tran landed the taxi-ship Falcon in the water, about half a mile closer to shore than the small Island, in sight of land, barely. He had written an ink letter to Jason with instructions on how to help Harris with returned-memories. Harris tucked the waterproof tube containing the parchment inside his shirt without a glance. Harris never had any reason to learn to read or write.
       Sen’tran pushed the Kayak out onto the water, and Harris sat beside it on the Falcon, terrified. ***detail this scene more?***With much coaxing Harris boarded the boat, crouching in the bottom clinging pathetically to the side of the Falcon. 
      “Dad?” He looked up with pleading and shattered eyes.
      His father tower over him, unsympathetically. “You know what to do.” 
      Harris glanced out at the ocean and squeezed his eyes shut. “I can’t Dad. Help me.”
      Sen’tran shrugged. No point in arguing. “Good-bye, son. Have a safe journey.” He leaned over the edge and hugged Harris. “Send me a message as soon as you get to D’zeron.” He forcefully tore Harris’s hands away from the Taxi-ship, shoved the Kayak away as far as he could into the ocean, tossed the paddle into the water along side it, and launch the Falcon into the air, hovering about 10 feet above the water, looking back. 
      “No! Dad!” Harris cried, reaching up, tried to stand. The boat lurched, and water splashed in. Harris sunk to the bottom of the boat in hopeless resignation. He glanced up. Sen’tran smiled and waved. Harris waved back dejectedly. “Thanks Dad! I couldn't have done it without you! See you soon!”    
      "I know. I wouldn't have done it without you either. Stay safe."
        The Falcon disappeared into the bright orange sky. 
==97 Jason and Quetzl minichapter.==
in these minichapters, Qetzl would tell JAson about things that were going on Elsewhere, such as Alton receiving SYlvia and Chathalen becoming a dreamkeeper, but he would say these things in ways Jason would not understand which would come across as jsut more torture and abuse, but later when he heard about the event, he would remember Quetzl told him. after awhile He's start thinking back on everything quetzl told him, replaying it in his private dreams, trying to learn from it.
==98x  outtakes pov to serai allissa remembers Chathalen and Serai==
 I don’t know If I need any of this so I save it here just in case, Jan 2011
there needs to be some sort of chapter here to separate the two Harris Chapters, maybe? 
parts of this could be used in other dialogues such as serai’s first date with Jason
*********part 1*******   Allissa’s remembering school ---flashback                         
Allissa sat in numb silence on Far Hill. She’d cried until all tears were spent, and nothing left to feel within her. Wrapping her arms around her thin legs, she leaned her head on her knees, looking back along the wavy rift between the trees which was the river Sh’harn. Back to the place where the village of D’zaron stood hidden by the trees and the distance. Beyond thinking, She sat quietly feeling the softness of her brown curls against her sun-warmed skin and the grass beneath her.
******this part moved and POV changer to scene 51 serai and Jason 1st date convo***
Memories of village life flowed through her mind, unthinkingly, un-willed, just passing by. Her training; so much time in recent years spent training. To dream, to heal, to serve as Matriarch of D’zaron. She remembered the first day Chathalen had come to instruct them, when he turned 14, the age which she was now. The age at which children assume adult responsibilities. She was 9 then, and didn’t yet have Jayden. Most of her time outside  training was still spent with Chath’en, exploring the forest. 
At school sometimes she played with other girls. They acted out their future role of wife and mother, speculating who they would marry. Allissa wasn’t interested; she was the princess. She would become dream keeper and matriarch. She had a greater destiny than marriage and family. She played along sometimes anyhow, just to be polite.
The day Chathalen first came to teach them the girls were all giggly and excited at lunch. How very handsome he was, and how mature he looked in the formal robes of an instructor with his hair in a thick, neat chestnut-colored braid down his back. Allissa had helped him comb out all the tangles and twigs after their forest climb the day before; not entirely appropriate for her to do for him, but she took no notice of such customes. Hair care was not something Tersh would help his son with, so Alyssa had helped her friend many times. That was the last time, she now realized.
Since future job assignments are not to be talked about in the village openly, Allissa had not known Chathalen would become a teacher, yet she realized when he came that the other girls talk at playtime had more often included him in recent week. They had all known. 
“I would not want his family, so I would never choose to marry him,” said Serai, Shuttering dramatically at the thought of being related to the village madman. Serai was older than the others, closest to Chathalen’s age. “But Tersh likes you, Allissa; even when he’s in a foul mood he calls you his princess, and Chathalen is such a prince. For a woman who is devoted to…” she paused to choose an acceptable word though they knew what she meant so the wording didn’t matter “…community more than family, he will make an excellant mate.”  Right then Chathalen entered the dinning hall to call them back to lessons. Serai gestured at him with her spoon, leaning close to Allissa; gripping her arm to be sure she had her full attention, she whispered. “Look at him Allissa, doesn’t he look absolutely gorgeous now?”
Allissa took notice of the young dream instructor’s apearance for the first time, not seeing just the child she had climbed rocks and trees with, ragged and dirty with long brown hair dusty and tangled with  twigs and leaves, tied loosely back with an old piece of twine. She had teased him about his hair just the other day in fact, offering to cut it for him when it snagged on a tree branch. How foolish he had seemed to her then as he teased back saying “I’ve gown my hair in preparation for adulthood; it is an important part of our customs, something you couldn’t possibly ever understand, Allissa, since you have no interest in adulthood.” 
Even then, she hadn’t realized he was turning 14. Such things were never openly spoken of and didn’t interest her. Surely Serai, who kept track of all the things which went unspoken, must have been expecting him this morning. 
“You’re right, Serai.” she said, her eyes following the pointing spoon “He cleaned up pretty good. Since you think he’s such a fine prince, you should marry him. You’ll be of age soon. There’s more to a good marriage than just family status, isn’t there?” 
*********end of part transferred to scene 51 Jason and Serai*****
***********part 2 ********remembering Chathalen, notice him --------flashback
She intended to go on teasing Serai. Her mind began a romanticized description of the new, young dream-instructor. But she kept it to herself because it was time to return to lessons. It continued to grow in her mind like a snowball, though, rolling through her memories picking up things she hadn’t consciously noticed before…how graceful and well formed his body was, his strength and agility, his muscles rippling like a wildcat as he crawled up the slope of the riverbank by the cliffs. His straight, bright teeth shining when he smiled at her, when she showed him some beautiful, never–before-seem insect she had found in the forest. How attractive the shape of his face was; different than anyone else in the village because of his alien ancestry. The warm and golden color of his skin was like no one else in D’zeron. She had to admit, though she had never previously noticed, her childhood friend had grown to be a well-built and very attractive young man, though different in color and form from anyone else in the village. No wonder Sarai, who always noticed such things, spoke highly of him. Yet Serai would not choose him. Social Statuses were all that mattered to Serai: things Allissa didn’t even notice. 
*********part 3********** the fall/his eyes
 Although she had never thought of marrying him, Allissa had always loved him. When Chathalen was badly hurt or very sad, which wasn’t often, incredible patterns of little lines like tiny root-threads rayed out from the pupils of his eyes like smoke across his dark-brown eyes. When he was 10, he had fallen from a tree, because a dead branch she had unwisely stepped upon had broken, bring both of them crashing to the ground. He had been below her, and tried to catch her as she fell. He took the full impact of the ground, the weight of the falling branch, and her; though Allissa’s thin, 5-year-old body added little to the impact. Startled but unhurt, she Jumped up and saw him lying unconscious beneath the fallen branch. 
She feared he might be dead, and knew she couldn’t carry him if he was too badly injured to walk home. She thought she should get help, but didn’t want to leave him, alone and bleeding, unconscious, lest he be attacked by animals. The thought of him alone and hurt horrified 5-year-old Allissa more than realizing he might die because she failed to get help for him, even though getting help was what she had been trained to do.
 
She yelled for help, though there was no-one there to hear her, and, still young enough to expect help from all unlikely sources, called out to the mythical spirit of the forest, the Shae. She tried, though fully awake to reach out into the dream-plane to call for help. Maybe Tersh would hear her, in his dreams last night. Chath’en was asleep, maybe he could call for Tersh. “Call Tersh, Chath’en’ she said to him, hoping he would hear her in his sleep. Gathering all her strength, which was a lot considering her size, she lifted the branch carefully off of him, and pushed it to the side. His shirt, already ragged before, was torn and blood soaked. She pulled at the torn edges, trying to assess the damaged. 
The wound did not seem deep, a large abrasion mostly, but she knew from the dirty old branch and all the fragments of bark that littered his skin, that it would need to be cleaned well and quickly before long or would be subject to serious infections. there was no way of knowing if he was further inured beneath the surface. Her training as a healer had began the year before, so she know the basics, but there was no way she could move him, and no sterile water in these woods. She carefully tore the bark-littered shirt away from the wound thinking she could keep it cleaner by removing the dirty shirt. He moaned in pain, and turned towards her. Blood from a scratch on his forehead beginning to run down into his eyes. 
She grinned; relieved to know he was at least alive. “Chath’en” she said “are you ok?” He didn’t answer, but tried to wipe the blood away from his eyes with his hand, adding branch crumbs to his already dirty face. He wasn’t fully conscious and might not even know that he was bleeding. “You’re bleeding Chath’en. Don’t put dirt in it” she said, again hoping he could hear and understand.  Allissa wanted to wipe away the blood and dirt from his face, but her hands were no cleaner than his. She held his hand away from his face, and kneeling beside him, she licked his forehead as she had seen the farm cats do when they were injured; as she would do if she cut her hand. She cleaned the wound. Freed of dirt, this also appeared to be a fairly minor abrasion. 
Her face was only inches from his when his eyes opened. She looked closely into them and was amazed. She realized now, thinking back on that event, that at the time she hadn’t even really thought of it as part of him. It was just one more of the many wonderful creations of nature which they had shared together, exploring and climbing in the trees, and around the river. They shared the feathers of the birds, the gills of the fungi, the smell of mint when you ran through a field of it growing wild, blooming like a purple haze on the hillside. Rain, rainbows, waterfalls; everything in this forest. Chathalen’s hurt eyes. It was all just part of her world, part of her life, part of her.
*************part 4 the fire ----flashback in flashback
********part of this transferred to scene 51 Jason and Serai Date convo****
From a distance, it looked like fog rising over the water, or smoke against the darkness; his eyes just grayed and softened. She had seen it only once before: the day Tersh had burned his cabin down. Allissa was 4 then, and lived nearby.  It was shortly before she began her training, so she didn’t really know Chathalen yet. 
She watched in awe as flames consumed the small wood and thatch structure. Her heart filled with joy at the beauty of it. She drank in every moment, every detail of the sight, as Tersh fought off all attempts of others to put the fire out, and seem to guide the flames to greater beauty just for her. 
In the end, the villagers gave up their vain efforts to help, and left cursing the crazy old man. Then the village madman sat down with the young princess, and they watch together sharing in the beauty of it: the largest fire she had ever seen. Allissa always loved fire --in the fireplace of her home; in the fields when they burned to clear the brush-- but she had never seen a fire this great. It was magical fire awakening in her a joy greater than she had ever imagined could be felt. It made the world new again. She had never really noticed Tersh before, but at this time, he became her hero: her knight in shining armor, the lord of flames who rescued her from the darkness and boredom of village life. 
When Serai thought of princes, of handsome men she would like to marry and longingly looked at the young men of the village, dressed in courting garb: extolled their virtues, trying to get her young friend to finally realize the importance of choosing a good husband, Allissa always thought of Tersh. Tersh was kind, sensitive, and understanding. He never seemed to think of her as a child or a wife or a mother or even as the future matriarch, though he always called her princess. He shared with her as an equal and no social rules bound or seperated them. Wasn’t that, really the intention of the rules forbidding them to speak of such things in public? Wasn’t Tersh living the spirit of this law better than anyone? If she would choose a mate, thought Allissa, she would marry someone like the village madman. 
The fire was Allissa’s great awakening to the beauty of the world, but Chathalen’s greatest tragedy. It was the end of his world, the tearing away of all that he held dear; of who he was, and where he came from. Chathalen had been born in that cabin; his mother lived in that cabin with him and died there when he was 4. The same age Allissa was when she watched the fire. But no one spoke of it. It was before her birth, so Allissa didn’t know. 
The 9 year old Son of Tersh arrived home from his training as a dreamer and a healer that day, and the old man had politely made their introduction. Allissa, with the new eyes Tersh had awakened, saw the smoke spread from the center in Chathalen’s eyes as the smoke rose from the ashes of his life that day. She had never noticed him before.
“My destiny began at the fire, when I met Tersh and Chathalen” she thought. “Until that day I was just passing through life without really experiancieng it.”
******part of above transferred to scene 51 Jason and Serai date convo*****
==99 Harris travels to Kaar-taal in boat==
       A few minutes later, thinking of Jason and the fire serpents, Harris gathered the courage to stick his hand into the water and pull the paddle out. Thanks to Sen’tran, his muscles knew what to do with it, and he began paddling quickly and automatically towards the shore.
     Then the fish came. Small at first, they jumped up along side the bow of the boat in a small school --ten or so-- as it glided smoothly though the ocean. Startled and terrified, he instinctively tried to jump away from them, and dropped his paddle in the water. They were no longer jumping. Where did they go? Reluctantly, cautiously, he looked down into the water. The green sun shone down sparkling through the clear water. He had in his terror of the water forgotten his fear of sun. Once brought to his awareness its beams cut through him like tiny knives. He closed his eyes, flinching away from it, than willed himself to open them, focusing only on looking for the paddle. 
       He scanned the bright surface of the waves and found it, bobbing gently in the moving, sun-reflecting, fish-infested water; about 15 feet behind him, out of reach. He closed his eyes and dropped his head into his hands, hopeless, remembering Jason, in dreams screaming. He looked toward the shore, towards Jason, lying up there somewhere beneath those grey cliffs rising from the ocean frosted with green fluff that he knew to be trees. Jason, I love you, but I don’t know… He closed his eyes, dropped his head into his hands again. Then he turned around slowly, lay down along the stern of the Kayak with his arms dangling over the sides and began paddling towards the Kayak paddle with his hands. Eyes and thoughts entirely focused on the paddle, he was almost there when something nibbled at his fingertip.
         He jerked his hand back and sat back down. The boat rocked precariously and water splashed up on him. They think I’m food He looked down into the water, noticed a large group of small fish near the surface. He cautiously lowered his hand and they approached. He screamed and jumped back. They retreated. He screamed again and they retreated further. He screamed at the tiny fishes until he was able to retrieve his paddle without getting nibbled on, caught his breath and began paddling with all his strength towards the shore.
            A happy streamlined water mammal with a long pointed face joined him, attracted by his screaming. It jumped into the air along side the boat, almost as long as the kayak, barking at him, the splashes of it’s return to water drenching him with every jump, inviting him to join in conversation. He screamed once, startle at first, then realized as it barked back enthusiastically that this only encouraged the strange creature. He endured the drenching splashes silently and paddled with all his strength till the water was too shallow and the monster finally left him.  Beaching the Kayak, he jumped out into shallow surf he pulled the light craft out onto the sand.
       
==100 Jason Mini chapter==
==101x very old scraps, no longer relevant Harris travels to Kaar-taal==
 old versions, copied from start comlete file. nov 09 may have no relevance now
harris builds a boat
(write details of that)
harris travels to Jason
Feliz and Tanna transport Harris in the evening(day 3), because Harris is concerned about Jason and willing to brave monsters and weathers to help him and tell him about Jason and how interesting he was and how they will never forget him, and wished he had been a bit less cold and more willing to connect personally. They will be sincerely pleased when Harris reassures them that Jason is just like that always to everyone, pleased to know that they are helping to reunite Jason with the one person who he is not that way with, and Harris will feel honored (or whatever…loved maybe) that Jason finally opened up to him, and they are friends, that he has the privilege of being that person for Jason. They might talk about how Jason had not known his father and was raised partly by Derrick Landon, who is a bit of a mythological figure on Terran 8. The gift of Jason’s friendship becomes of greater value to him as he fully realizes how rarely that gift has been given and highly esteemed Jason is of others who meet him they might speculate that Derrick could be the reason Jason felt that way about people, since Derrick is very impersonal and calculating, and the aliens might have praised Harris for helping Jason overcome his deprived childhood. That discussion could be what helps set up the feeling Harris has towards Jason, in terms of somewhat seeing him \as a son. 
They talk about the anti gravity drive mechanism of the ship, which is called a repulsion engine…this is a traditional Paragangian technology “we don’t push forward to the future we push away from the past” this view of life makes the repulsion engine a good analogy of Paragangian cultural values, and leads to discussion of Jason’s philosophy of Retro technology. Perhaps also to something of the philosophy of Tanna and Feliz’s people, which I will need to invent later.
Harris’s boat is carved out of a tree with his light saber, and will have paddle boat style propulsion, maybe. Or some sort of complicated wooden water propulsion system invented by Harris for the purpose. Like he turns some pump and it picks up water and throws it out the back like a jet engine, because that is what he knows how to do. It is also a parable for Harris’s way of dealing with life. He takes hold of the future ahead of him and puts it behind him.  It will be small, barely large enough for Harris, and Harris will take nothing with him because he is in a hurry to arrive to rescue Jason because he knows Jason is being tortured. 
(Later when they are going up the river with the kayak (which is built for two people because originally the plan was they were going to Drop Harris off the next morning and Jason would Row out to pick him up) they will talk about Jason’s view which has to do with learning from the past and the future to get the most out of the immediate moment. He is also very oriented to sensuality and physical experience, such as the joy of using your muscles to move the boat and using your mind to create what you need out of just the things given you by nature. They compare the two boats, and realize that in carving his boat with a light saber, Harris has lived up to that Ideal better than Jason in boat getting, and they then talk about he concept of we do not create in a vacuum, but build on the shoulders of others. And they will talk about relationships and families and how much of life Jason is missing out on by not bonding with people…this prepares Jason for meeting Serai )
Harris travels to Kaar-Taal
Feliz and Tanna transport Harris also, and tell him about Jason and how interesting he was and how they will never forget him, and wished he had been a bit less cold and more willing to connect personally. They will be sincerely pleased when Harris reassures them that Jason is just like that always to everyone, pleased to know that they are helping to reunite Jason with the one person who he is not that way with, and Harris will feel honored (or whatever…loved maybe) that Jason finally opened up to him, and they are friends, that he has the privilege of being that person for Jason. They might talk about how Jason had not known his father and was raised partly by Derrick Landon, who is a bit of a mythological figure on Terran 8. The gift of Jason’s friendship becomes of greater value to him as he fully realizes how rarely that gift has been given and highly esteemed Jason is of others who meet him they might speculate that Derrick could be the reason Jason felt that way about people, since Derrick is very impersonal and calculating, and the aliens might have praised Harris for helping Jason overcome his deprived childhood. That discussion could be what helps set up the feeling Harris has towards Jason, in terms of somewhat seeing him as a son. 
They talk about the anti gravity drive mechanism of the ship, which is called a repulsion engine…this is a traditional Paragangian technology “we don’t push forward to the future we push away from the past” this view of life makes the repulsion engine a good analogy of Paragangian cultural values, and leads to discussion of Jason’s philosophy of Retro technology. Perhaps also to something of the philosophy of Tanna and Feliz’s people, which I will need to invent later.
Harris’s boat is carved out of a tree with his light saber, and will have paddle boat style propulsion, maybe. Or some sort of complicated wooden water propulsion system invented by Harris for the purpose. Like he turns some pump and it picks up water and throws it out the back like a jet engine, because that is what he knows how to do. It is also a parable for Harris’s way of dealing with life. He takes hold of the future ahead of him and puts it behind him.  It will be small, barely large enough for Harris, and Harris will take nothing with him because he is in a hurry to arrive to rescue Jason because he knows Jason is being tortured. 
Later when they are going up the river with the kayak (which is built for two people because originally the plan was they were going to Drop Harris off the next morning and Jason would Row out to pick him up) they will talk about Jason’s view which has to do with learning from the past and the future to get the most out of the immediate moment. He is also very oriented to sensuality and physical experience, such as the joy of using your muscles to move the boat and using your mind to create what you need out of just the things given you by nature. They compare the two boats, and realize that in carving his boat with a light saber, Harris has lived up to that Ideal better than Jason in boat getting, and they then talk about he concept of we do not create in a vacuum, but build on the shoulders of others. And they will talk about relationships and families and how much of life Jason is missing out on by not bonding with people…this prepares Jason for meeting Serai 
888888
==            Journey To D'zeron Section 7: Salvation==
==102 harris arrives to rescue Jason old==
              Wet, exhausted and somewhat dazed Harris stumbled across the sand and rocks up the beach.  Seeing a boat by the cliff he ran towards it. Jason lay on the beach asleep, wrapped in a blanket beside the cold remains of his fire. He looks so peaceful. Perhaps it was just a nightmare induced by my fears for him, and my shame for not being here. 
       Harris knelt beside him, shook him gently “Jason? I’m here! I came to help you. Wake up little brother.” Jason went on sleeping. Harris nudged again, noticing then how badly sunburned his arm was, as the blanket slipped down slightly exposing the pale skin beneath. the ine between red and white was distinct, as if Jason had not changed his position at all during the whole day. 
            “Jason, wake up.” No response. He rolled him over to his back, shaking him, poking him, slapping him lightly, screaming in frustration. No reaction, whatsoever. Harris stopped screaming, calmed himself, and lifted Jason, cradling him like a child. Jason lay limp in his arms, his breathing calm and even, his heart rate normal for a sleeping man. He seemed so peaceful. No sign of anything unusual, except that he wouldn’t awaken. Carefully, Harris, shook him harder slapped him harder. “Jason, c’mon, wake up!”  No response. 
          Tears ran down Harris’s face. he  knelt on the sand held Jason tight, shut his eyes and tried to think clearly, but without his implant, he felt like half his mind was gone, “OK Jason” He whispered, speaking outloud, to comfort himself “normally nightmares produce some physical symptoms of distress, disturbed sleep, increased heart rate and respiration. I think your dream-form has separated from your physical body. But your body is still alive, so that’s a good sign. You look so peaceful.” but on the inside Harris knew he wasn’t peaceful. “It’s like that magical sleep, Jason, that fairytale-enchantment sleep, It’ll take something different to wake you, like the handsome prince who has to kiss the princess to wake her with the magic of true love in that fairytale you told me in Jai-Ten.” He smiled down at his friend in bitter irony, remembering that conversation. “I might be prince of Spacers, Jason, and you might be Paragan. I do truly love you, but not in the right way for fairy-tale magic. You know I’d do it if I thought it might help.  
           I would have to believe. 
     Harris tried to believe. He knelt on the sand holding him in his arms, touched his soft childish features and long silky blond hair caressingly, trying to believe. He smiled slightly and hugged him. “I’m sorry little brother. You are beautiful in your own way, but you have too much muscle and beard stubble to be a princess. Kissing you that way seems horrifying, somehow” Maybe horrifying is what we need.
        He turned to the waterfall. Now, that’s horrifying. Carrying Jason into the lagoon at the bottom of the waterfall, Harris threw the small sleeping man into the water. He floated limply, sweet and innocent, pale hair fanning out around his face, the corners of his blanket swirling gracefully in the current. Splashing his face with water also had no effect. Jason slept peacefully.
           Fishing him out of the water, Harris splashed ashore trying to think of something else. Physical pain great enough to over ride the pain of his dreams would injure him too much, and in this place, without Sylvia, Harris had no way to heal him and no way to call for help. “I don’t want to hurt you, not even to save you. What can I do?” 
         He reviewed memories of other conversation with Jason, because those were the only thing he could remember cleary. Dreams are real in this place. “Maybe in D’zeron your butterfly girl could wake you, like a fairytale princess.” He looked up at the waterfall, the sheer stone cliffs surrounding it, 20 feet tall, and the boat at the top of the cliff. Two days journey on the river through the trees.” you might not be able to endure the dream that long, or you could die of thirst before we got to D’zeron, and I’d be alone alone in the forest in with emerging returned-memories as well as the river, daylight, sky, and whatever real nightmare might hide in Zair Thaleil. eeven if I could get up there to the boat, That seems less feasible than fairy tale magic.”
          [memory of Anton and Jason] If only I could dream travel, like Anton. Dreams. When Aissis rose D’neira would be at the portal. She could help. But it was daytime now. No one would be sleeping for several hours[exactly how long]
         “What should I do Jedi Jason? What would Jonathan do?” Jonathan dreamed with him, on earth, without a dream plane. They had to be physically touching, but they could share dreams. We have a dream bond. I can find him, even if he has separated from his physical form, I can fight whatever is holding him. I can bring him back. “D’zeron may not sleep in the daytime, little brother, but Spacers do”
           He carried Jason to the shade of the cliff, lying down on the beach holding him close, and willed himself to be asleep. 
****** detail this dream scene better*****
        *describe in more detail his passage and more sensually his search and connection to Jason In lucid dream he joins his dream to Jason’s, following the sound of his screams. Jason struggles hysterically to free himself from flaming vines while dream creatures like flaming serpents circle, taunting. Harris glares at the dream creatures, summoning all his strength “NO!” he yells “This is my brother, you cannot have him!! Leave him NOW!!!” 
           They laugh. A larger one emerges from the crowd, leaving the rest to continue torturing Jason “Oh look!” cries the creature, twisting it’s flame-serpent body around Harris “It’s Harris Jenzar, Has the fairytale-prince of spacers come to rescue our pretty little princess.” The serpent laughed evilly, forming into a human shape mere inches in front of him, “ Still believing in fairytales, son of Sen’tran? Still waiting for your prince, the son of Desmond Harris?” the voice and the face morphed into a strange caricature of Sen’tran “Will you never grow up, Harris? Took you long enough to get here Harris, Afraid of a few little fishes? if you took much longer we might have had to kill him. He gets boring after while[mock him at this point HOW is him boring]. Although, I must admit he is holding up quite well. Maybe we should play with him a bit longer, just for fun. Don’t worry, Harris, we haven’t really harmed him.” 
**** 
************
*******
Notes for longer version of this dream ( it ought to be longer and more dramatic):
Harris treats the dream creatures as equals, with respect and understanding, gains their respect and empathy, They laugh about how, with not too much longer of torture, his mind would have been completely and irrecoverably gone, his body would have stopped functioning, and he would have both physically have dies and have been no longer fun to torture.”took you long enoug to get here, if you took any longer we might not have been able to give him back alive.” 
Quetz’l confesses his friendship with Sen’tan, makes Jokes about Sen’tran the mother of Jonathan, “ [ie they might Joke about Sen’tran being Jason’s grandmother]
they from then on refer to Jason as “son of Harris”, which quickly evolves into  “Harrison’” and treat him with respect, protect him like a child, 
apologies to Harris for their treatment of his “son” 
they faded anti-climactically into the forrest of the dreamplane as if they were never there, leaving Jason bound, still struggling, still hysterical
           Harris tears away the dream vines and Jason collapses into his arms crying hysterically. Harris holds him, kneeling on the ground beside him in the dream, until he’s calm “Time to wake up, Jason.” 
        Awakening, Harris found Jason crying out in his sleep. Harris shook him gently and Jason fell sobbing and screaming into his arms, clinging to him like a little child. ”Harris! you’re here! You came to help me. You’re really here.” 
           Harris held him like a child, comforting him until his sobs subsided into nervous laughter, and apologies. Pushing damp blond hair back from Jason’s face, Harris smiled “Hey little brother, that’s what I’m here for. Don’t worry; you’ll repay me soon enough.” and he handed him the letter from Sen’tran. It was soggy and wrinkled but still legible.
        Harris made Jason drink some water and eat some travel rations knowing Jason has been asleep a whole day, lying in the sun on the beach in summer sun. He’s sunburned, and hasn’t been able to eat or drink anything since the evening before. 
      It’s late afternoon by the time they get Jason awake and …umm….I need to sort out what else would have to be done. They would eat some simple Paragangian food Harris had brought, or that Jason had brought for him. Harris would be very concerned about Jason’s sunburn, so Jason would make some sort of natural remedy to treat it with. 
       They lie down together, clinging to each other like lost children, and sleep through the night, the deep and dreamless sleep of emotional and physical exhaustion.
==103 Jason and Harris convo before swimming convo==
Morning after Harris arrives convo.
I need to write the letter from Sen’tran to Jason. his letter would be reproduced in the book as a short chapter 
Harris would be physically exhausted from his journey. his muscles would be sore, it might be hard for him to move. he has never experienced this so he would not understand it and it would scare him. The tone of this conversation should change accordingly. some parts might need to be moved.
in Jai-ten, taking about Jonathan, Harris told Jason Exiles die young because they can’t live long without Paragangian medical care. Sen’tran won’t have talked about this in the letter, so Jason will be scared that Harris is going to die but afraid to ask, so this will  make Jason.
Jason would wake up for a time during the night while Harris sleeps and read over the letter from Sen’tran and maybe see the kitten and try to sort out what to do and how to feel. 
pov, it is inconsistent.
       They wake in the morning as the sun is rising, clothes and blankets still damp from the night before. [they might have actually gotten cleaned up a bit, since Jason treated his sunburn? Harris would go right to sleep and Jason stay up alone to treat the sunburn?]
      “I thought you weren’t coming, Harris. I would have gone up the river yesterday without you. I shouldn’t have doubted.”
        “No. I told you I wasn’t, and you believed me. I wasn’t coming. Even after Rhonda tried to get me sober and arranged transport. I’m stupid when I’m drunk.” 
       “You are,” Jason agreed, remembering his first breakfast in Jai-ten. “So Why are you here?” 
        “I had a dream. Those creatures, dancing around you, chanting. I smelled the fire and felt your fear. It was horrible, You were screaming. But I wasn’t thinking clearly. I didn’t believe it was real. You know how it is when you’re drunk.”
       “No,” replied Jason pointedly “I’ve never chosen to make myself stupid.”
      “Remind me not to next time, no matter what Sen’tran says, okay?” 
       “I will certainly do that.” 
       “Being drunk wasn’t fun anymore when I thought of you, so I let Sylvia get me sober, and I ate and went back to sleep and you were still there, screaming.”
      “I was. But how could you hear me? You’ve never been here. I couldn’t go back to Jai-ten. I tried. I tried everything but they were controlling my dream. Something about a barrier cast by [what would Quetzal call Allissa? destiny child?] You told me you’ve never walked the wind.”
      “I haven’t. I don’t eve know what wind is. But I heard you. You were calling me, so that might be an invitation to walk the Wind. Maybe that’s why I heard you.” He hesitated, staring at the pale young man, assessing him somehow.  “Jason?”
      “Yeah?”
         “I’m going to tell you a Spacer secret, something we never tell outsiders. I should tell you this. You need to know. You’re not a Spacer, but your father was Paragangian, so in one way you are Paragangian.” Jason frowned thoughtfully.
       “Jonathan isn’t Paragangian. His mother was Mexican.”
      “It takes more than a mother to have a child and more than birth to be Paragangian. When I lived on HomeStation Jonathan was Paragangian. He had an implant. Hey Jason, you want to know why I first watched StarWars?”
       He had wondered this.    
       Harris grinned. “Jonathan thought I would like it because I wanted to become a navigator and it reminded him of how we navigate. Anyhow, as I was saying, Spacers have a dream world too. Different than the Dream Plane of D’zeron and different than your Wind and different than on Earth.”
      “That’s not possible. There’s no dream field in space.” 
      “Right. That’s how it’s different. It’s not connected to a planetary field, like the dream field of Terran 8, or earth. It’s connected to people, to families mostly. We share dreams, like you and Jonathan. It’s a Paragangian genetic trait. That’s probably why you can dream.” 
         “Because Jonathan’s father was Paragangian?”[whose pov] that can’t be right.
         “The Planet Paragangia had a dream field and a dream plane like Terran 8. Maybe better. Dreaming was an intrinsic part of our culture. That’s why we don’t use written language. Before the Community Mind we used the dream plane for many things Terrans use writing for. Record keeping, education, religion, entertainment.”
           “So the Community Mind gradually replaced the dream plane?”
          “For most things. But just like you read books even though computers are better, some of us still dream.”
        Jason laughed. “Dreaming, the Retrotechnology of Spacers. You play with dreams. You said that once.”
        “Spacers families dream together.”  ***Harris should  clearify the distinction between Spacers and Paragangians. ] Like you do with Jonathan, except we don’t have to be sleeping in the same place. On the same ship or planet, we can dream together. Not as solid as normal dream; Just ghostly images, like a pre-alliance Earth movie. We aren’t really together, we can’t touch eachother, but we can see each other, and hear each other. That’s how I could hear you.”
       Harris paused. Jason was listening quietly without expression. “Jason, we have a dream-bond. Like brothers. I don’t know how, or why. But I heard you screaming. You called me and I heard you.”
        “You lied to me.” Jason replied slowly. “you said you didn’t know anything about dreaming.”
        “I didn’t lie, I just felt I couldn’t tell you. We don’t share this with outsiders. Jonathan is an exiled traitor, and you ally yourself with him. I wasn’t sure you were one of us. But you are now. You have to be. We have a dream bond. You’re my brother. Surely you understand?’
     “I don’t have secrets.” 
     “I’m sorry” Harris felt chastened. “I’m telling you everything now because you’re my brother. If we have a dream bond, it’s okay to speak to you of dream bonds, right?” 
      Jason nodded “Many cultures have secrets. HomeWorld LDS colony couldn’t tell me about sacred temple ceremonies which seal them together into eternal families. ***give example from Mexican Planet culture.  ** **** It’s ok. I don’t like secrets, but I can hold this secret for you. Teach me how Spacers learn to dream.”
      “We don’t learn it, we’re born with it. There’s a lot you don’t know about Spacers and Paragangia, Jason, and about why we’re here. There’s more at stake than you know. Alexandreil doesn’t know who you are. I’ll tell you later when I’m feeling better, okay little brother?” 
        Jason looked up expectant and childlike at the large, dark man sitting beside him on the beach of Kaar-Taal. “I guess so, Harris?” 
        Harris laughed and tousled his still-damp hair. The gesture seemed brotherly and loving, so Jason felt no offense this time. 
       Jason clambered to his feet. “Let’s go make breakfast and figure out where to go from here.” He wrapped the damp blanket like a toga, throwing one end over his shoulder, then reached down with both hands to help Harris to his feet. Harris rose stiffly, obviously in pain. “Poor Harris, your clothes are soaked, and you hate water. Come on, I’ll get some food ready while you change.”
        
==104 harris's memories returning==
       Harris put on dry clothes ****[explain how Harris has dry clothes…he might be really insistant about privacy while he changes?] and sat down on the trunk of an old fallen tree near Jason’s campsite. He looked arround himself for the first time, taking in the sandy beach, littered near the shore with stranded crabs and seaweed, the ocean and the seabirds which skimmed it’s surface looking for a meal, calling to each other, squabbling over what they found along the beach. The cliff rose steeply into the forrest behind the beach, to the forest full of plants and creatures, terrifyingly unimaginable, their alien cries and whistles echoing down from the clear, bright orangish sky above. 
       Alien sounds and alien life asssailed him from every direction. He reached dizzily for a branch to steady himself. His vision blurred and darkened. He watched his body falling to the sand as if he were outside himself. Instinctively, he tried to call for help, but the place in his brain where help came from was gone. No implant connected him to ship, community and family; no Sen’tran, Sylvia, Marrion Jay; only a flood of strangely vivid memories. 
          “Harris? Harris! Are you okay?”
            His vision cleared. Jason was crouching over him in the sand, full of concern. 
           “Son of Paragan,” Harris mumbled, “I need to tell you something.” Struggling to sit up with Jason’s help, He leaned his back against the log. He tried to speak, couldn’t form words for a moment. His mind reached for help again and reeled under the flood of memories. He focused his full attention on Jason’s pale blue eyes. Such a strange color. So full of love and concern. Desmond’s eyes were darker.
         He remembered Jason when he first came to the Marrion Jay, a pale young man climbing walls nearly-naked, hanging upside down. Jason will help me. Jason can do things no Paragangian would ever dream of. Harris knew that reaching for help through his now-removed memory implant would always bring memories he wasn’t ready to face. He needed not to go there now.
        “Jason,” he whispered, finally managing to push away the memories and focus all his attention on the pale young man, nearly naked, slightly sunburned, crouched beside him. “You will help me now. YOU will help me now. When I need help you will help me. Jason. I have no ship I have no community. No Sen’tran to give me a lecture I don’t want to hear. No Sylvia. I have only you. Jedi Jason.” 
       Kneeling beside him, Jason stared back silently. Harris was trying to sort out his own thoughts, not really addressing him; trying to convince himself of his current situation. “I will, Harris” he replied finally with a tone of practiced confidence he didn’t feel. “I’ll help you, like you helped me”  How can I help? With effort, he held back his tears.
         Harris looked up at him with eyes veined in grey like Jonathan’s eyes when Jonathan was in terrible pain. 
         “Harris your eyes are like Jonathan’s. Maybe you’re really Jonathan’s son.”
         The Paragangian laughed and his eyes cleared to their usual dark brown. “See? I told you Jonathan is Paragangian. It’s Paragangian genetic trait. We call it shattering, like the destruction of our planet. Paragangian mothers say our eyes shatter in pain or sadness because we remember the shattering of our world. It’s not true of course; our eyes did the same thing before the implosion, but it’s a nice myth to tell children.” 
        Harris sat up painfully. His space-black hand pushed pale blond hair away from Jason’s eyes. ***[Harris plays with Jason’s hair way too often in this section]He examined them thoughtfully. “Your eyes are the color of shattering. I’d never know if they shattered. It’s like you’re perminantly shattered.” Jason smiled. That fit how he was feeling. [***pov shift to Jason, fix that]
       Harris held out his hand. “Only a pure Paragangian has black skin, but the shattering passes to almost everyone with any Paragangian ancestry. the shattering and the dreaming ability.”
        “So Jonathan really was my father?”
        “What do you mean?”
        “His name is on my birth certificate, but my mother always told me my biological father died before I was born.” He paused, grinning hopefully. “I never entirely believed it. Maybe she declared him dead while they were separated, and didn’t want to change her story. I always thought Jonathan was really my father. So maybe he really was. Maybe that’s why I can dream. Maybe he came back for me when he realized nobody else could ever take his place.”
       “I have a different explanation for your dreaming.” Memories poured out into his mind again. “I used to hang out with Jonathan and your mom when she was painting the history on the station. They were inseperable. Everyone knew they were lovers. You could have been his son. Even Sen’tran thinks you are.” 
        Harris stopped, noticing Jason’s smile. I shouldn’t build his hopes, only to crush them later.
 
==105 baptism old file==
I think there is a more recent much more recent edit of this file but I cannot find it right now. I'l update when I find it. editing for baptism chapter.
pg 8 make Harris more modest about his fur, more reluctant to undress.
pg 10   improve Jason’s explanation of baptism and how he connects it to Harris.
pg 11     how/what does Jason know about Paragangian ceremonies ?
Introduction to swimming in the waterfall, which happens right before they get Marisyl
          Jason and Harris on the beach in the morning after Harris arrives in Kaar-taal. The forest rises thick and lush above the steep rocky cliff behind them. Harris sits in the middle of the beach as far away from the water as he can get without being any closer to the forest. He sets his Kayak on its edge, trying to make shade for himself. ****perhaps also tries other methods to build shelter, Jason would surely help him with this, it would give them a chance to work together on something.  He wraps his arms arround his head, trying to block out the sounds of the forrest and the sounds of the water, but the terror is rising within him and the memories returning was no less terrifying. Everytime he felt afraid his brain automatically reached to his commuity for help, and only found more memories. He tried to focus outside himself, as Sen’tran had instructed him, but the forest and the water terrified him, sent him back to seeking comfort, and finding ony memories.
           Jason knelt beside him, worried, put his arms arround him, tried to get him to look up “Harris, talk to me. What’s wrong? Sen’tran you have to focus on new things and things outside yourself, but if you wrap yourself up inside yourself, how can I help you? Listen, you have to talk to me Harris. I can’t read your mind, I don’t have a link or anything. Talk to me.”
        “There’s too much life here Jason. I can feel the patterns of it all. All the infinite options of all this life, and all of it is dying. every path of every living thing leads to only dying.”
       “Of course it does. That’s true everywhere. People die in Paragangia too, don’t they?”
       “I can’t go in there. I can’t walk though all that fighting for life and dying. I can’t listen to them screaming all the time, and I don’t want to hear the water any more. This place is horrible. I want to go home.” He cried like a little kid and pulled away, screaming “Leave me alone!”
         Jason held on. “Are you truly afraid of the forest?” ***he would know something more of Harris’s fears, from what he learned in the forest of jai ten]
         “We could die here Jason, we could really die. I can see it. The patterns lead more to death than life. Of course I’m scared. I don’t want to die. I don’t want you to die and leave me alone in this terrible place of death with no technology, completely cut off from my people and my ship.”  Then he became a four year old again, wailing, panicked, mindless.
        Jason judged the present and real fears to be less stressful than the reversions to childhood. They would have to be faced eventually anyhow. The water and the forest were not going to go away. The returned memories would fade in a few days. “Why do you fear death, Harris? Death is part of living. 
****get Harris ok and talking about the forest for a minute befor Jason accidentally takes him back to the ship thoughts]
“…Of course there are paterns that lead to death, but you won’t choose that path. You’re a navagator. If you navigate a Ship Community into a star it would lead to death, but you would never choose that path.” oops. Too close to home, The panicked child showed in his eyes again. 
        Jason went on quickly, insistently “Listen to me now Harris. You’ve faced your fears with me before remember? We can do this.”
       “ Death itself I do not fear; death before my time is what I fear, Jason. And being here without you if you die. And if you die…”
         Jason could see the memories carrying him away again. “Harris! I won’t die. I’ll help you. We’re going to D’zeron. There’s really nothing to fear, and many wonders to learn about. I’ll help you find a way through this. Stay with me.”
        “When I try to navigate all I get is memories. When I think of home or family or anything I care about, anything but you, all I get is memories.”
         “talk to me”
         “People don’t die young in Paragangia, Jason. Almost never. That’s why the death of Desmond Harris was tragic. It wasn’t time for him to die.”
         He was calmer now. Good topic. Something theoretical, rational. He could talk rationally about the memories, and the dying, about his culture, without feeling it. “What do you mean ‘time’? If you die, doesn’t that mean it was your time? Do we have a pre-appointed time to die, but something goes wrong and we fail to live so long? Who apoints our time to die?
        “It is like that in Paragangia. Nobody appoints it. Our bodies don’t fail with age like yours.”
       “I know. That makes it impossible to know how old you are.” 
        “Twenty-five earth years. Paragangians don’t live forever. We die when our time comes. The time comes, and we know. We aren’t afraid. We just let go of life and choose to die. But I’m afraid. It’s not my time. I don’t want to die here.”
         “Twenty five? You’re only twenty five?” Jason stared at him incredulous. 
         Harris laughed “How old did you think I was?”
         Good distraction, thought Jason. He’s not thinking of the forest or the water, and he’s also not thinking of the Marrion Jay or Sylvia. 
       “I don’t know, Harris. I could never tell. I thought you were much older than me. You’ve been a navagator for a long time. DaraJeen seems about as old as my mom. You talk about being on the station with Mom and Jonathan. I thought you were around their age.” 
        “I was four when you were born, 10 when I became navigator of the Marrion Jay and 15 when I fell in love with DaraJeen.” 
       “So she’s almost old enough to be your mother.”
       “Paragangians don’t consider age when choosing a mate. Our bodies don’t age. She’s older than my mother. My mother was 16 when I was born. 
      “In many cultures age was not a consideration in choosing a mate. Jonathan was in his early 20’s and Sharra was, what, maybe 50?”  Harris was calmer now, and Jason still needed to understand so he could help. “So --you see patterns of life and death in the forrest.?
      “In StarWars, the Force the Jedi use to navigate, and to fight, is the combined life force of all the creatures, plants and everything that lives. That’s what I feel here.
       “You feel the life Force like a Jedi. Jedi Harris.”  
      Harris Grinned “Yeah, that’s what I do. I’m a Navagator. I find patterns, and choose the best path through them. I didn’t stop being a Navigator when I was seperated from the Marrion Jay. I didn’t start being a navigator when I got my implant. Navigation was part of my body and my soul from the moment I was conceived. It is what I am. I am the greatest navigator ever bred in the history of Paragangia; the last genetic child born before Vendantailian Paragan (###) decided we should have life-long family relationships for love, not just genetics. I’m a Jedi.”
         Jason smiled talking about Jedis doesn’t trigger memories. He watched that movie with Jonathan when he was less than 4. 
         “Jedi Harris, --twenty five year old Jedi Harris-- I still haven’t seen your movie. I’m sorry. We never had the time to watch it before we left, did we? This all happened rather suddenly.”
          Harris laughed. “Things happen in their own time”
          Jason “Like death?”
         “Like death, I suppose.” the young Paragangian exile agreed
          Jason “Then live, Harris. Maybe you will still live 425 years like Sen’tran Jenzar.”
         “426”
         “Whatever. Traveling to D’zeron isn’t as dangerous as you imagine but fear can make it Dangerous. When we fear we don’t choose the best path. Let go of your fear and feel the Force. Let the force guide you. Jedi-navigate your way through this forest, with all it’s life and death”
        Harris laughed “Well said, Jedi Master Jason. That’s not how I navigate the Marrion Jay.”
        “Perfect. So you can Jedi-navigate our path through the forest without triggering memories.”
        “I navigate by the pattern of all the masses and energy fields in space, and the patterns of the relationships between those patterns. But there’s something else, Jason. something not physical, greater than mass or energy or even life. It’s like a spirit-pattern above all the physical patterns. When I’m scared I can’t see it. It’s like you said; fear blinds me. But I still feel the life Force. Community leaders use the life Force to lead the community. That’s what Sen’tran does. I do it too, but only with passangers, not the whole Ship Community. The Center of Paragangia can feel the life Force of all of Paragangia. His implant links him to the Community Mind which is linked to every Community Mind and thus to the mind of every individual person. We rule by the Force, like Star Wars.” 
         “Is that why the water scares you? The life in the water?”
          “Water is full of life. So many Animals and plants live and die in the water; overwhelming life--little fish and huge screaming things bigger than a boat that jump and splash, and crabs and plants that wash up on the shore. But no. that’s not mostly what scares me. And ocean water has its own patterns. Currents and pressure and tides and all. and There’s just so much of it, and it’s always moving; acting and being acted upon as if it’s alive. But it’s not alive, Jason. It’s soulless and impersonal. But that isn’t what scares me either. The water itself scares me, I don’t know why. It just does. The look of it; the feel if it, the sound of it, the smell of it in the air. It’s so all-encompassing and unfamiliar. It makes me scared. Then I can’t see the spirit pattern and that scares me more. I feel blind and alone. Drowning in the water.” [the hydroponic garden?”]
         “You should be a Mormon Harris, since you feel the spirit.
         “Tell me about Mormons.” asked Harris with sincire curiosity
          Another good distraction. I know enough to keep him focused on this for a long time. Plus Mormon concepts will be quite useful in overcoming this fear.
       “Desmond Harris was a Mormon” added Harris.
       “Yeah, he was.” Even better. Harris is already obsessed with him.  “That’s why they gave me permission to do my field study there.” 
      “Your biological father.”
      “Just like you said, Momons say it’s hard to feel the Spirit when you feel afraid. Maybe it’s not exactly the same spirit, but similar.”
      “How would they heal the fear?” 
       Normally Jason made a point not to think too deeply about LDS beliefs, but anything that might help Harris was worth considering: What would they say?
       A children’s song came to mind. Jason frowned “I am a child of God.”  Why that one? And then he remembered sitting alone in a park with his guitar on Blue destiny, the Mexican planet, when even speaking English, even singing in English was not allowed, the song had helped him overcome his culture shock on Blue Destiny. he had sat there and played the song on his guitar and a little boy heard him, and sang along in Spanish.  It rings true; that’s exactly what they would say. They’d sing “I am a child of  God” and it would calm their fears. 
          But that wouldn’t work for Harris. Harris wouldn’t understand the doctrines that made this song so comforting and Jason couldn’t explain them. He was about to give up on the Mormon solution when remembered a scripture verse. [this might come with a memory about Rae when he first arrives on HomeWorld]
          “Harris. In the Bible, one of the books they study, it says “Perfect love casteth out fear.” Harris, you’re the best friend I’ve ever had, my brother, the only brother I’ve ever known, other than in dreams, and I love you. Please let me help you.” 
           Harris grinned “I love you too, little brother. Thanks for helping.” 
          “We can’t get you back to Paragangia until we get to D’zeron and We’re going to have to spend two days on the river before we reach D’zeron.  You’re going to have to make peace with the water. Water is our ally, not your enemy. The River Sh’harn will take us to D’zeron where you can call Sen’tran and go home. I’ll help you make peace with the water, Harris. I need you to do this now, for me, so I can help you.”
        Harris met his eyes very sincirely “I do not want peace with the water. I want to be safe, and dry. I want to go home.” his eyes shattered, and he began crying like a child.
        Jason stood, and began undressing. “That’s okay Harris. You don’t have to want it, but you are going to do this, brother, because I want you to live, so you can go home, just like you want to. The only way to contact the Marrion Jay is in D’zeron. Two days in a boat and I don’t want you to be afraid all that time. I don’t want you to feel blind and spiritless. It isn’t safe to travel through this forest blind and spiritless and doing so would put us both in danger. It’s bad enough your brain is scrambled I don’t want you spirit-scrambled too.  Let’s go swimming in the lagoon, so you can get used to feeling the water in a safe situation. Then it won’t be unfamiliar. I want you to enjoy the journey.”
         Harris stared at him resolutely “I felt the water yesterday. It was horrible. I paddled that Kayak in the daylight almost from the Island, I fought off sea monsters, and the water splashed and rolled, and then I had to step right down into that water and walk through waves to get to shore to wake you. I felt the water. It was horrible. I don’t want to feel any more water.”
          Jason stood before him, naked and unafraid. “Would you choose to spend two days on the water in terror, without your spirit pattern? You do want peace with the water, Harris. You just can’t see it now because you’re scared and blinded. Jedi-navigate your way past that fear, Harris. See the pattern of it. Fear makes you blind to the spirit, but you can still find the pattern if you look for it. ‘Perfect love casts out the fear’, remember? Maybe you can’t do it for yourself. Do it for me because I love you and I don’t want you to spend two days in terror.” Harris stared blankly at him. Jason shook his head, disbelieving. “Sen’tran said focusing on something new holds back the memories. This is something new. It will help. [talk about when Harris flew through trees with him and walked on the beach at Jai-Ten]…C’mon Harris. Undress, we’re going swimming.” 
Harris would argue a bit more. Jason would point out Harris needs to wash off the salt from the ocein water anyhow because it’s bad for his skin. 
***** Harris should argue for his modesty a bit more than he does here , and there needs to be description of Paragangian clothing closures ####
He helped Harris pull his shirt off. Harris cooperated passively like a sleepy child.
 
         Jason stared in surprise for a moment, softly touching the Paragangian’s black chest with his fingertips “You have ….um…body hair?” 
       “No, Jedi Jason” Harris laughed loudly, and touched Jason’s chest, In imitation.  “Pale Alien bastards like you have body hair. Pure Paragangians like me have fur. Another secret Paragangian genetic trait, little brother. and I didn’t lie to you. you’ve never asked me if I had fur.”
          “Fur” Jason grinned, petting the thick soft fur on his friend’s arm with a sort of childlike wonder. “Your clothes cover all the fur. I had no idea. that’s why you wanted to be sure I didn’t watch you change earlier.”
          “We don’t show it. It is a private reminder of where we came from.”
           “I’m surprised you allow the fur to grow. Most Paragangians don’t even grow hair.” 
         “Life in Paragangia is much different than you imagine Jason. You would like us better if you had ever given us a chance.” 
         “I do like you, Harris.” He took Harris’s hands, helping him to his feet “and I like your fur, it’s very soft. It makes you seem more like a natural creature, less like advanced technology pretending to be human.” 
          Harris gave him an exaggerated grin “I thought my wildcat teeth did that.” ***they need to have talked about this before, so harris would Know Jason thought his teeth made him look like a wildcat.”
          “Those just make you look like a monster.  C’mon, undress so we can go swimming” Harris obeyed almost robotically, as if in a trance. 
        “Are all Paragangians afraid of water? Maybe it’s a natural aversion because of your fur. Cats don’t like water.”
       “I’m not a cat.”
       “If you evolved on a cold planet, wet fur could be instinctively perceived as a health risk, if you don’t have the right sort of fur for water. But you’ll be very safe here, Harris. Think about it. It’s very warm. You’ll dry quickly, even with fur, and the fresh clean water will wash away the salt from the ocean, so you’ll feel much better.” 
         With Jason’s arm arround his furry back, Harris allowed himself to be lead to the water’s edge. There he stopped, starring silently at the water, stood solidly unmoving and would not go forward.
         Jason left him there and waded into the water up to his waist. Kneeling down on the sand with clear fresh water up to his shoulders, he looked back at Harris, standing nervously at the water’s edge. [standing tall, dark and naked just short of the water’s edge,]
       “How old were you when you got your memory implant, Harris?” Jason could see the memories emerging behind Harris’s dark eyes even as he asked the question.
      “Four” Harris whispered, holding up four fingers.
       He sounds like a four year old when the lost memories return. 
      “Part of your brain is four again, right? You’re starting over, going back 21 years. You have to grow up all over again. I bet you were a really brave four-year-old, huh, Harris? Like Anton.” 
       Harris stared, down at the water a few inches in front of his toes In childlike horror. Harris had often seemed like a child, even when Jason believed him to be much older. The song echoed in his mind again, “I am a child of God/ and he has sent me here” He shook it away but it left in it’s wake something that might help; something that might appeal to the child-mind of Harris Jenzer.
        “Hey Harris, want me to tell you about something else Mormons do?” 
        “Sure” Harris grinned, arms wrapped around his furry chest in a gesture that reminded Jason of Mormon children praying. 
        “I’ll tell you about a ritual; a rite of passage for Mormon children.”
        “Okay” Harris listened with childlike enthusiasm.
        “Mormon’s believe that people make choices in life the way you choose a path to for your ship-community.****what was I going for there ?????   They call it free agency. When Mormon children are eight years old, they are old enough to be accountable for their choices. Are you old enough to be accountable for you choices, Harris Jenzar? 
         Harris pondered the question very seriously. “Yes,” he replied with solomn childlike reverance. Jason remembered Paragangians had community rituals which involved ritual questions and answers. *****how does Jason know that?? Harris was entering into a ritual, almost trancelike state. Jason could use this to get Harris into the water if he could ask the right questions.
       “Do you know what baptism is, Harris?”
         “No”
         “Mormon kids are baptized when they become accountable.” He hoped Harris didn’t know baptism meant being put under water. Judging his reaction, he didn’t. “it’s a rite of passage, which makes them become a member of them community, and also helps them be forgiven and healed from their wrong choices. and then they can receive the gift of the holy spirit, which is like your Spirit pattern. It talks to them and shows the right way. It heals them.”
        “Will it take away my fear?”
       “Baptism takes away all the bad choices they made and they are born again. They start a new life, just like you are starting a new life now, Harris. Would you like to be born again, receive the Holy Spirit, and be healed? 
       “Yes, I want the Holy Spirit”
       “Do you want to be baptized, Harris?”  
       “I want to be baptized, to receive the Holy Spirit and be born again born of the Spirit, not the body, because I am accountable for my actions, and In my bod I have made mistakes. I need healing. I need to feel the Spirit and be whole again. I can’t so this alone.” Harris replied, all child-like innocence and sincerity.
         He expressed the pattern more clearly than I did. Maybe he understands it better than I do. Harris is taking this far too seriously. I don’t have the authority to really do this. I don’t have the power to heal him. Jason decided not to continue.
      “Harris” he said seriously “I know you want to be baptized but I’m not a Mormon. I don’t have the Authority. I haven’t been baptized myself, so I can’t baptize you.” 
       “Why not? I will baptize you first. Then you can be healed. Perfect love casts out fear.” said Harris enthusiastically. 
          The Prophet Joseph Smith and his friend Oliver had done exactly as Harris suggested. Jason bit his lip, starring down into the water, trying to quickly think of a way to stop what he had set in motion. They had permission from angels. I don’t believe in Angels and I need him to overcome his fear of water. This is working; is there any harm?
        He shook his head to clear his thoughts. I’m not a Mormon. I don’t believe in Mormon mythology. There are no gods or angels to give or with hold authority. I’m helping Harris, not disrespecting Mormons. They’ll never know. Is there any harm if it helps?Other churches baptize. Mormon’s aren’t offended. I’ll create a new kind of baptism just for Harris. 
       Careful not to use the words of the real ritual, he continued. “Ok Harris, I’ll baptize you, but not as a Mormon, because I’m not a Mormon. When Mormon kids are baptized they become members of the Mormon church. But we can’t make each other members of the Mormon church, so what will we become?” 
       “Brothers” said Harris.
       “Perfect” He’s following his spirit pattern and he’s not afraid. He’ll navigate his way through. Harris will create the ritual he needs if I just keep asking the right questions.
       “They are baptized in the name of their God. In what name will you be baptized, Harris? 
      “Perfect Love” said Harris “that casts out fear.” 
      Jason grinned. That would be…well…perfect. “Are you sure you want to do this, Harris? It isn’t going to be easy.” 
      “I’m sure.”
      Jason grinned, shaking his head, and stood up
      Looking Harris straight in the eyes, he said very solomnly “Those who participate in the ritual of baptism must wear the color of purity. For Mormons, that color is white. For retrotechnologists like me, the least possible technology is the most pure. He theatrically examined himself, then looked at Harris. “For Paragangians, black is the color of purity. Are we well dressed for this ritual?”
      Harris grinned and nodded, childlike “We are, Jason.” 
      “Ok then.” Jason took a deep breath and unconsciously offered a silent prayer to no one in particular, losing his eyes, an bowing his head. “Before new life can have birth we must give death to the old life.” He intoned ceriminiously. 
        “True” Harris agreed “Life and death walk hand in hand” 
        Jason’s eyes sprung open and he stared at Harris waiting for the chills to pass. That wasn’t Mormon Doctrine, but it was something the people of HomeWorld colony often said. He wondered how Harris knew. He had known Desmond. Maybe Desmond said it.
      “You understand how Humans bury their dead, right Harris?
      “I understand.”
      “To baptize me, so I can baptize you, you will bury me beneath the surface of this water, that I may die from my old life, and I will rise from the water born again. Stand beside me. I will hold your hand with both of mine and you hold your other hand over my head...”  Why did they do that? Jason didn’t know, so he made something up “…as if you are holding hands with the creater of the whole universe, taking power from Him and giving it to me” Jason added. “Or taking my troubles and giving them to him to fix.”
       Harris nodded, smiling. “I connect you to his perfect love.” 
       “Right” Jason shook off the chills again and continued “Say my whole name and tell me that you baptize me to become your brother in the name of perfect love. Then lay me down entirely under the water, so my old self is dead and buried. My new self unborn and this water is the womb of perfect love. Bring me up out of the water, and I am born again, as your brother, in the name of perfect love.” He gestured for Harris to come forward
       Still mesmerized, Harris took one step forward into the water. the trance broke. “You tricked me!” Harris jumped back to the shore and sulked like a petulant four year old. It took all Jason’s strength to keep from laughing, but with effort he maintained his tone of ritual authority. “You have free agency, Harris Jenzar. You are accountable for the path you choose. This is the path you have chosen. You declared it to be your path. I witnessed the choice. TO this I testify. You have seen the pattern. Walk the path you chose. Baptize me, brother.”
        Harris grinned brilliantly and strode fearlessly into the water to where Jason stood solomly waiting. He held out one large, black hand and Jason grasp it between his. Harris  raised his other hand toward the sky and said. “Dr Jason Scott-Harris, son of Desmond Harris...” He paused “…and Jonathan Landon,” he added,  “I baptize you, my brother, in the name of Perfect Love which casts out fear.” He shoved Jason down under the water and brought him up again.
        Jason grinned so much his face hurt, and tears of joy streamed down his already wet face. “You did it Harris! Perfect love casteth out fear” and hugged him, so overwhelmed with joy and love that his vision blacked out and for a moment he and thought he might faint. 
       I’ve been baptized! The thought overwhelmed him. He didn’t understand why he felt so elated. There was more to his joy than just Harris overcoming fear, or declaring him a brother. He had witnesses several baptisms of children on Homeworld, and was never able to comprehended why the Mormons revered this simple cerimony so highly. Now he knew. He didn’t understand, but he knew. It left him wanting to really be baptized. Shaking his head, he banished that thought as quickly and completely as he could, regained his balance, and stood straight.
        “Your turn Harris” he said, regaining his ritual stance.
         He looked up at Harris standing close beside him, towering above him, seven feet tall. “Harris, you’re too much taller.  You should Kneel”
        Harris grinned and knelt before him in the water I kneel before you now, he thought silently grasping the hand of the son of Desmond Harris. Vendentailian Paragan the 199th, true king of Paragangia. Jason raised his other hand above Harris’s head, and said ‘Jedi Harris Jenzar of the Marrion Jay, son of Sen’tran, I baptize you, my brother, in the name of Perfect Love which casts out fear.” He lowered him gently below the surface of the water, and brought him quickly out again reborn.  
       Harris grinned and hugged him. Jason wondered if Harris thought this was part of the ritual, because Jason had done it. I guess it is part of our ritual. 
      But it didn’t matter what anyone might think… Harris was in the water unafraid.
       I healed him. Through his faith in me, and in this improvised ritual; through perfect love which casteth out fear, I really did have the power to heal him.
       Jason felt a power beyond himself, guiding him, and was terrified. He shook his head to drive it away, it doesn’t matter how much this scares me, I will do what I have to do for Harris.  “Okay Harris. Now the water is life, not death. Joy not fear. Look!” He dove into the warm clear water and swam away, then swam back. “I’ll teach you to swim. You’ll be safe in the water if you know how to swim and there’ll be no reason to fear it.”  Harris agreed enthusiastically. Harris learned quickly and they spent several hours joyfully floating, swimming, splashing and playing water games. 
When they are done playing in the water, they get out and sit on some rocks by the water for awhile to dry. in the sun
==106==
==107==
==108==
==109==
==110==
==111==
==112==
==113==
==114==
==115==
==116==
==117==
==118==
==119==
==120==
==121==
==122==